Databook Fire Alarm Systems En54 en 3868942603

Advantage Line
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
LSN Panels
Conventional Panels
Display Panels
Power Supplies and Batteries
Automatic Fire Detectors
Manual Call Points
Interface and EOL Modules
10
Notification Appliances
11
Distributors and Relays
12
Test and Service Devices
13
www.boschsecurity.com
Bosch Security Systems B.V.
Table of contents | 3
Housings for Frame Installation FPA-5000
66
Fire Alarm Panels
10
FPC-500 Conventional Fire Panel
10
66
70
Fire Detectors
13
FCP500 Conventional Automatic Fire

Detectors
FCP320/FCH320 Conventional Automatic Fire
Detectors
13
Manual Call Points
17
FMC300RW Single Action Call Points
17
Housings for Frame Installation

CPH 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for
6 Modules, Frame Installation
MPH 0010 A Modular Panel Housing for
EPH 0012 A Extension Housing for
USF 0000 A Universal Housing Small, Frame
Installation
PSF 0002 A Power Supply Small, Frame
Installation
PMF 0004 A Power Supply Big, Frame
Installation
Audible Notification Appliances
19
Accessories - Frame Installation FPA-5000
76
FNM-320 Sounders Conventional
19
Visual Notification Appliances
21
76
77
78
79
FNS-320 Beacons Conventional
21
FBH 0000 A Mounting Frame Large

FMH 0000 A Mounting Frame Medium
FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame Small
FHS 0000 A Mounting Frame Large with
Distributor Rail
RLE 0000 A Junction Board EU
HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate for Mounting
Frame
FRB 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit, Large
FRM 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit, Medium
FRS 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit, Small
FDT 0000 A Front Door Transparent
Housings for Wall Mounting FPA-5000
87
87
89
95
Advantage Line
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel
15
23
71
72
73
74
75
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
Modular Fire Panel FPA-5000
24
FPA5000 With Functional Modules

BCM0000B Battery Controller Module
ANI 0016 A Annunciator Module
LSN 0300 A LSN improved Module 300 mA
FPE5000UGM Interface Module
CZM 0004 A 4 Zone Conventional Module
IOS 0020 A 20 mA Communication Module
IOS 0232 A RS232 Communication Module
ENO 0000 B Fire Service Interface Module
IOP 0008 A Input/Output Module
RML 0008 A Relay Module
RMH 0002 A Relay Module
NZM 0002 A Notification Appliance Zone
Module
ENO 0000 A Fire Service Interface Module
24
30
33
34
36
38
40
42
43
44
46
48
50
52
54
Housings for Wall Mounting

HCP 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for
6 Modules
HBC 0010 A Modular Panel Housing for
10 Modules
HBE 0012 A Modular Extension Housing for
12 Modules
PSS 0002 A Power Supply Small
PSB 0004 A Power Supply
DIB 0000 A Distribution Box
Panel Rails FPA-5000
56
Accessories - Wall Mounting FPA-5000
Panel Rails
56
Panel Controller FPA-5000
58
Panel Controller
Address Cards
FMR-5000 Remote Keypad
ADC5000OPC License Key
58
61
62
65
RLU 0000 A Junction Board

FRK 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit
FDT 0001 A Large Front Door Transparent
95
96
97
98
99
100
Power Supplies FPA-5000
101
Battery 12 V / 38 Ah
Power Supply Brackets
UPS 2416 A Universal Power Supply
101
102
103
90
91
92
93
94
4 | Table of contents
Cable Sets and Accessories FPA-5000
104
LSN Panels
Cables
CPR 0001 A Printer Cable
CRP 0000 A Cable Set Redundant Panel
Controller
CBB 0000 A Cable Set BCM/Battery
CPA 0000 A Cable Set AT 2000
THP 2020 A Thermal Printer
PSL 0001 A Labelling Strips, Small
PSK 0001 A Labelling Strips, Wide
FDP 0001 A Dummy Cover Plate
104
105
106
Accessories - BZ 500 LSN
120
120
121
Software FPA-5000
113
FSM-2000 Fire Monitoring System
113
ERWE 10 voltage converter

ERT100 Module for Loop System Power
Supply
Isolator Type YBOR/SCI
SIV 28 Fuse Distributor 28 V
ERLE 10 Line Extension
ERSE 10 Interface Extension
SM 20 Interface Module
BS ATE 100 LSN Primary Extension Kit, Red
ATE 100 LSN red Extension Kit, Red
Key Switch
TRN Panel Relay Module
RTP Panel Relay Module
BS NRKN Network Relay Card
MOD 300 Modem
Options Plate
Mounting Kit 19" for BZ 500 LSN
Fire Department Action Card Box
DR 500 T/AV Tabletop Printer
Service Switch for Extinguishing Systems
ICPBSTRSP Panel Relay Plug-in Board
ICPLSA20 Connection Strip
Document Bag
Thermal Paper for Printer
TeleService
TeleService Software Package
Control for Transmission Units
Control for Key Deposit
Switching the Detector Zones to Daytime
Operation
System Interface for Networking the
BZ 500 LSN
Event Database
Input per Text Line
Panel Points of the Central Functions
Hardware accessories and changes to existing
security systems
Instruction on the basis of the user guide, per
commenced 15 minutes
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
107
108
109
110
111
112
115
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
116
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
116
119
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
Accessories - UEZ 2000 LSN
156
LVM 100 Line Extension Module

ERT100 Module for Loop System Power
Supply
MOD 300 Modem
DR 2020 T/AV Log Printer with Roll-up
Equipment
DR 2020 T Log Printer without Roll-up
Equipment
SEMO 1 Interface Card
TD32DC Telemodem
Additional Key Switch
ASE for Monitored Activation of External
Signaling Devices
ATE 100 LSN Parallel Display
Service Switch for Exstinguishing Systems
ATBLEA Panel Control
RTBL Relay
EV FUEM2 Power Supply Filter
156
157
LSN Detectors
206
FAP520 Automatic Fire Detectors LSN

improved version
FAP-420/FAH-420 Automatic Fire Detectors
LSN improved version
206
Accessories - Series 500 LSN and 520 LSN
216
FAA500TR-W Trim Ring, White

FAA500TRP Trim Ring, Transparent with
Color Inserts
FAA500 LSN Base
FAA500R LSN Base with Relay
FAA500BB Ceiling Mount Back Box
FAA500CB Built-in Housing for Concrete
Ceilings
FAA500SB Surface Mount Back Box
FAA500SB-H Surface Mount Back Box with
Damp Room Seal
FAA500SPRING for Concrete/Wooden
Ceilings
216
217
Accessories - Series 420 LSN improved

version
225
MS 400 Detector Bases

MS 420 LSN Detector Base with Spring
FAAMSR 420 Detector Base with Relay
MSC 420 Additional Base with Damp Room
Seal
MPA External Detector Alarm Display
according to DIN 14623
FAA420RI Remote Indicator
Mounting Bracket for Fire Detectors on False
Floor Stilts
MK 400 Detector Console
MH 400 Detector Heating Element
SK 400 Protective Basket
SSK 400 Protective Dust Cover
TP4 400 Support Plate for Detector
Identification
Identification
225
226
227
228
LSN RF Fire Detection Systems
238
LSN RF Fire Detection System
238
Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System
243
DZW 1171 Radio Test Unit

Radio Spy 1 Field Strength Measuring Unit and
Software
DBZ 1193A Detector identification
Exchanger device for the DOW 1171 RF smoke
detector
243
244
Conventional Panels
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
181
Conventional Panels
182
FPC-500 Conventional Fire Panel
182
Display Panels
187
LSN Display Panels
188
BAT 100 LSN Display Panel
188
Power Supplies and Batteries
191
Power Supplies
192
Type 519, 24 V/0.35 A Power Supply Unit

NAG 03, 24 V/0.9 A Power Supply Unit
FPP5000TI Trouble Interface for FPP5000
FPP-5000-TI13 LSN Communication Interface
for FPP-5000
FPP5000 External Power Supply Unit Kit
24 V/6 A
192
193
194
196
Batteries
199
Battery 12 V / 6.5 Ah
Gel Battery 12 V / 7.2 Ah
Lithium Block Battery 9 V for Optical RF
Smoke Detector DOW 1171
199
200
201
202
203
204
197
205
211
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
245
246
Conventional Detectors
247
FCP500 Conventional Automatic Fire

247
Detectors
FCP320/FCH320 Conventional Automatic Fire 251
Detectors
DO1101AEx Optical Smoke Detector for Ex
254
Areas
Accessories - Series 500 Conventional
256

FAA500TRP Trim Ring, Transparent with
Color Inserts
FCA500EU Conventional Base
FCA500EEU Conventional Base EOL
FAA500CB Built-in Housing for Concrete
Ceilings
FAA500SB-H Surface Mount Back Box with
Damp Room Seal
FAA500SPRING for Concrete/Wooden
Ceilings
FAA500RTL Exchanger Device
FAA500TTL Test Adapter with Magnet
256
257
267
MSC 420 Additional Base with Damp Room

Seal
MSD 320 Conventional Detector Base with
Diode
MPA External Detector Alarm Display
according to DIN 14623
Mounting Bracket for Fire Detectors on False
Floor Stilts
Identification
Identification
Accessories - DO1101A-Ex
279
Base for DO1101AEx Smoke Detector

DBZ 1191 Additional Base
DBZ 1192 Additional Base for Damp Rooms
DBZ 1193A Detector Identification
SB3 Safety Barrier incl. DCA1192 Input/
Output Module
279
280
281
282
283
258
259
260
261
262
263
Specialty Detectors
284
FAS-420-TM Series Aspirating Smoke

Detectors LSN improved version
FAS420 Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors
Components for Smoke Aspiration Systems
Fireray 50/100RV Linear Smoke Detectors
Fireray 2000 Linear Smoke Detector
FRAY5000-EN Linear Smoke Detector
FCSLWM1 Linear Heat Detector
ADW 511 A Linear Heat Detector
Infrared Flame Detectors
FAD420HSEN Duct Smoke Detector
FCS-320-TP Series Conventional Aspirating
Smoke Detectors
FCS-320-TM Series Conventional Aspirating
Smoke Detectors
N4387A Linear Heat Series
N4387A Linear Heat Series Cables
N4387A Linear Heat Series Extensions
284
289
294
295
299
303
306
308
311
313
315
319
323
325
327
264
Manual Call Points
265
266
LSN Manual Call Points
330
330
267
FMC420RW Single Action Call Points LSN

improved
FMC210DM Double Action Call Points
FMC210SM Single Action Call Points
268
Conventional Manual Call Points
338
269
FMC300RW Single Action Call Points

FMC120DKM Manual Call Points
338
340
Accessories - Manual Call Points LSN and

Conventional
343
Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets (Blank), for

Operating Panel and Labeling Field
FMXFSOLSN Punched, Self-adhesive Foil
Sets (Blank)
FMXFSOGLT Punched, Self-adhesive Foil
Sets (Blank)
FMCFSTDE Printed Labeling Foils for the
Upper Label Field
FMCSPGLDEIL Spare Glasses
343
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
329
333
336
344
345
346
347
Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas 348

Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas
348
Accessories - Manual Call Points for Ex Areas 350

SB3 Safety Barrier incl. DCA1192 Input/
Output Module
350
351
423
LSN Interface Modules Series 420
352
Test Devices
424
FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface

Modules 4wire LSN
FLM420NAC Signaling Device Interface
Modules
FLM420RHV Relay High Voltage Interface
Modules
FLM420RLV1 Relay Interface Modules Low
Voltage
FLM420RLV8S Octo-relay Interface Module
Low Voltage
FLM420I8R1S Octo-input Interface Module
with Relay
FLM420I2 Input Interface Modules
FLM420O2 Output Interface Modules
FLM-420-O8I2-S Octo-output Interface Module
with 2 Inputs
FLM420O1I1 Output-input Interface Modules
FLM-420-RLE-S Extinguishing Interface Module
FMXIFB55S Interface Box Surface-mount
FLMIFB126S Surface-mounted Housing
FLMI 420S Short Circuit Isolator
352
424
426
427
428
429
364
SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester

SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester
SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole
Spare Test Beaker for Service Set
Solo A3001 Test Aerosol for Optical Smoke
Detectors
Solo CO Testing Gas
LSN Simulator
LSN Test Device
367
Service Devices
433
370
373
376
SOLO200 Detector Removal Tool

FME420ADAP Tool Adapter for MS420
Exchanger Device for DO1101AEx and
DOW 1171
SOLO101 Fixed Extension Pole
SOLO610 Test Equipment Bag
433
434
435
355
358
361
380
384
386
387
388
EOL Modules
390
FLM-320-EOL2W Conventional EOL Module 2Wire

FLM-320-EOL4W-S Conventional EOL Module
4-Wire
FLM-420-EOL2W-W EOL Module LSN
FLM-420-EOL4W EOL Module LSN
390
436
437
438
391
392
393
395
396
MSS Detector Base Sounders

DS 10 Sounders
HPW 11 AC Alarm Horn
FNM-420-A Sounder Indoor
FNM420ABS Base Sounder, Indoor
FNM-420-B-RD Sounder Outdoor, Red
FNM-320 Sounders Conventional
FNM-420U Sounders, uninterruptible
FNM-420U-A-BS Base Sounders (Indoor),
uninterruptible
396
398
400
401
403
406
408
410
412
415
FNS-P400RTH Rotating Beacons

PB 2005 Strobe Red, 24 V
FNS420R LSN Strobe, Red
415
416
418
419
421
Relays
422
UAR Relays for Fire Detection Systems
422
430
431
432
Advantage Line
Fire Alarm Panels
10
Fire Detectors
13
Manual Call Points
17
19
21
10 | Advantage Line | Fire Alarm Panels
FPC-500 Conventional Fire

Panel
Labeling strips for LEDs
Quick Installation Guide
Quick Operation Guide
CD with Installation and User Guide, battery calculator

and software flashing tool
EOL resistors for zones and inputs
Battery cable set
Cable ties for strain relief on power supply feeder
Rubber pads to fix batteries
Technical Specifications
The Conventional Fire Panel 500 Series ideally meets

the needs and expectations of small shops, warehouses,
office buildings, schools, and kindergartens. The series
comprises three different panel types for up to eight
zones and 256 detectors. The modern, attractive design
and small size of these robust panels make them blend
discreetly into the decor.
The fire panels of the 500 Series are exceptionally easy
to install, custom-configure, and maintain with little or
no training. The panels are also self-explanatory and
intuitive, making it quick and easy to teach end users
how to operate them.
Features
FPC5002
FPC5004
FPC5008
Detector zones
Max. number of
detectors in
accordance with
EN 542
64
128
256
Max. number of
detectors per zone in
accordance with
EN 542
Max. extension
modules
32
Prog. inputs
1
1
AUX output
NAC output
Relays
Alarm counter
999 alarms
Event history
1000 events
Self-explanatory icons for intuitive operation
Test history
1000 test events
Two history functions with 1,000 entries each, one

for events and the other for walk tests
Electrical
Fully certified according to EN 54, featuring

outstanding quality and reliability from Bosch
Autoscroll function for easy checking of the overall

panel configuration
LCD with backlight screen and status indication

for all detector zones
Certifications and Approvals
FPC5002
Input voltage
Max. current
consumption AC
Power consumption
Operating voltage
FPC5004
FPC5008
230 VAC +10%/-15%, 50-60 Hz

275 mA
312 mA
21.4 VDC to 29 VDC
Certification
Imin
70 mA
Europe
CE
FPC-500
Imax, a
0.7 A
CPD
0786-CPD-21105 FPC-500
VdS
VdS-G211100 FPC-500
Imax, b
2.3 A
Zones
Parts Included
voltage
20 VDC 1VDC
Qty.
Components
current
max. 100 mA 5 mA
Fire panel FPC-500-2/FPC-500-4/FPC-500-8
Labeling strips for zones
max. cable
resistance
375 mA
80 W
Region
Germany
22.5
Advantage Line | Fire Alarm Panels | 11
No dual-detector dependency:
680 5%
AUX
voltage
21 VDC to 29 VDC
current
500 mA 10%
max. cable
resistance
22.5
fuse
3.9 k 1%
voltage
21 VDC to 29 VDC
current
500 mA 10% each
fuse
0.75 A @ 60 V
max. cable
resistance
22.5
Zone (with EOL-Module)

Alarm resistor
820 5%
910 5%
680 5%
0.75 A @ 60 V
NAC
Mechanics
FPC5002
Dimensions ( H x W x
D)
FPC5004
FPC5008
351 x 351 x 90 mm
Weight
2200 g, without batteries
Housing material
Relay outputs
contact rating
1 A @ 30 VDC
max. cable
resistance
22.5
Front
ABS+PC
Back
ABS-FR
Housing color
OC outputs
contact rating
max. cable
resistance
recommended cable
type
End of line resistor
No inductive load.
Front
RAL 9003 (signal white)
20 mA @ 24 VDC
Back
PANTONE 10 C (cool grey)
22.5
Unshielded cable, 0.8 mm cable diameter to
1.5 mm cable cross section
Batteries
2 x 7.2 Ah (max.)
max. internal
resistance
800 m
current
consumption
2.3 A
fuse
5 A @ 60 V
Discharge voltage
threshold
21.4 V
Communication parameters
Normal
A-
10 15 V
B+
0 0,5 V
Alarm
A-
01V
B+
21 29 V
Inputs
Alarm resistor
820 5%
3.9 k 1%
Zone (with resistors)
FPC5002
FPC5004
Protection class as
per IEC 60529
IP 30
Protection class as
per EN 60950
II
EMC emmission
EN 61000-6-3
EMC immunity
EN 50130-4
Vibrations
Permissible
operating
temperature
Permissible storage
temperature
NAC
Alarm resistor
Environmental conditions
Permitted relative
humidity
FPC5008
EN 60068-2-6
0C to +40C
-10C to +55C
95% non-condensing
Ordering Information
FPC-500-2 Conventional Fire Panel
Order number FPC-500-2
FLM-320-EOL2W Conventional EOL Module 2-Wire
for EN 5413 compliant termination of conventional lines
Order number FLM-320-EOL2W
820 5%
910 5%
12 | Advantage Line | Fire Alarm Panels
FLM-320-EOL4W-S Conventional EOL Module 4-Wire

Order number FLM-320-EOL4W-S
Accessories
Relay Extension Module
Order number FPC-500-RLYEXT
OC Extension Module
Order number FPC-500-OCEXT
Access Key
Order number FPC-500-KEY
Advantage Line | Fire Detectors | 13
FCP500 Conventional
Electrical
Operating voltage
8.5 V DC bis 33 V DC
Standby current
FCA-500-EU
3 mA
FCA-500-E-EU
24 mA
Alarm current
47 mA
Fault current
FCA-500-EU
52 mA
FCA-500-E-EU
58 mA
Alarm resistance
0 (UL application) or 680
Fault relay output
NC / C
Indicator output
Relay connects 0 V over 1.5 k
Mechanics
The FCP-O 500 smoke detector is specially designed for
installation in highly esthetic and very dusty
environments. It is flush-mounted on the ceiling so that
only the smooth, sealed faceplate is visible from below.
The faceplate can also be color-matched to the ceiling
using a unique system of insertable color rings. The
FCP-O 500 uses virtual smoke detection areas with
Bosch signal processing technology developed on the
basis of years of research and experience. The FCP-500
OC includes a CO detection feature for even greater
immunity to false alarms and faster smoke detection.
Features
u
Modern, ultra-flat design that blends into the

decor
Range of color rings for nearly invisible installation
Smooth, easy-to-clean surface even in dusty

environments
False alarms minimized by continuous monitoring

of detector pollution
Easy to replace and service

Comply with:
EN54-7:2000/A1:2002/A2:2006
Individual display
Two-color LED,
red (alarm), green (test mode)
Dimensions
Detector
113 x 55 mm
Detector with trim ring
150 x 55 mm
Detector with cover, base

and ceiling mount back box
150 x 110 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
Signal white, RAL 9003
Front plate color

FCPO 500/ FCPOC 500
Signal white matt
FCPO 500P/
FCPOC 500P
Transparent/silver-gray
Weight
Without / with packaging
FCP-OC 500(-P)
180 g / 370 g
FCP-O 500(-P)
170 g / 360 g
Trim Ring
30 g / 60 g
Protection class as per
EN 60529
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCP 500 series
CPD
0786-CPD-20203 FCP-O 500 / 500-P
CPD
0786-CPD-20204 FCP-OC500 / 500P
Permissible operating
temperature
VdS
G 205124 FCP-O 500/500-P
FCPO 500 (P)
-20 C bis +65 C
VdS
G 205118 FCP-OC 500/500-P
FCPOC 500 (P)
-10 C bis +50 C
Germany
FCPO 500 (P)
IP 53
FCPOC 500 (P)
IP 33
14 | Advantage Line | Fire Detectors
Permissible relative
humidity
95% (non-condensing)
Permissible air speed
20 m/s
Planning
Monitoring area
Max. 120 m
(Heed local guidelines!)
Maximum installation
height
Max. 16 m
Minimum installation height
Out of arm's reach

recommended by BOSCH: 2.70 m
In the case of flush ceiling

mounting with ceiling
mount back box
Thickness of the false
ceiling
Max. 32 mm
Required bored hole
130 mm (-1 mm bis +5 mm)
Installation depth
110 mm
Note: Above the false ceiling, a free
height of at least 110 mm is required.
Minimum distance to lamps
0.5 m
FCPOC 500P Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,

Transparent with Color Inserts
ultra-flat design, conventional technology
Order number FCP-OC 500-P
for 500 and 520 Series Fire Detectors
Order number FAA-500-TR-W
FAA500TRP Trim Ring, Transparent with Color Inserts
Order number FAA-500-TR-P
for the FCP-500 Series detectors
Order number FCA-500-EU
for the FCP500 Series detectors, with integrated EOL
resistor
Order number FCA-500-E-EU
for ceiling flush installation in false ceilings when
mounting 500 and 520 Series Bases and Fire Detectors
Order number FAA-500-BB
Special features
Detection principle
FCPO 500 (P)
Scattered light measurement
FCPOC 500
(P)
Combination of scattered light

measurement and combustion gas
measurement
Features
All FCP500
detectors
Contamination detection
Drift compensation (optical section)
In addition, for
FCPOC 500(P)
Drift compensation in the gas sensor

section
Response sensitivity
FCPO 500 (P)
< 0.18 dB/m ( EN 547)
FCPOC 500
(P)
Optical section: < 0.36 dB/m (EN 547)

Gas sensor section: in ppm range
FCPO 500 Optical Smoke Detector, White
Order number FCP-O 500
FCPO 500P Optical Smoke Detector, Transparent
with Color Inserts
Order number FCP-O 500-P
FCPOC 500 Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,
White
Order number FCP-OC 500
Advantage Line | Fire Detectors | 15
FCP320/FCH320
Conventional Automatic Fire
Detectors
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCP-/FCH-320
000018/01 FCP-O320
Europe
Germany
CPD
0786-CPD-20353 FCH-T320_FCHT320-R470
CPD
0786-CPD-20351 FCP-O320_FCPO320-R470
CPD
0786-CPD-20355 FCP-OC320_FCPOC320-R470
CPD
0786-CPD-20352 FCP-OT320_FCPOT320-R470
VdS
G 208003 FCH-T320_-R470
VdS
G 208001 FCP-O320_-R470
VdS
G 208002 FCP-OT320_-R470
VdS
G 208005 FCP-OC320_-R470
The FCP-320/FCH-320 Series conventional automatic
fire detectors set new standards in fire detection with a
combination of optical, thermal, and chemical (gas)
sensors and intelligent evaluation electronics. They
excel with their ability to prevent false alarms, in
addition to fast, accurate detection. An extended
operating voltage range from 8.5 to 30 V DC and 820ohm alarm resistors let these products be used with
nearly all conventional fire panels.
Features
Electrical
Operating voltage
8.5 V DC to 30 V DC
Current consumption
< 0.12 mA
Alarm output
Increase in current
(alarm resistance 820 or 470 )
Indicator output
Open collector connects 0 V in the

event of an alarm over 3.92 k
Mechanics
Evaluation electronics for highly reliable detection
Individual display
Automatic threshold adjustment (drift

compensation) for pollution soiling of the optical
sensor
Dimensions
LED red
Without base
99.5 x 52 mm
With base
120 x 63.5 mm
Mechanical lock to prevent removal/theft (can be

activated and deactivated)
Housing material
Plastic, ABS
Dust-proof labyrinth and cap design
Housing color
All detectors have a chamber-maid plug at the

bottom for cleaning the optical chamber with
compressed air (not required for the FCH-T320
heat detector)
White, similar to RAL 9010,

matt finish
Weight

The detectors comply with:
Detector type
EN545:2000/
A1:2002
FCP-OC320
FCP-OT320
Approx. 85 g / approx 130 g
FCP-OT320 / FCP-O320 /
FCH-T320 / FCH-T320FSA
Approx. 80 g / approx. 120 g
Protection class as per EN 60529
IP 40,
IP 43 with detector base with
damp room seal
Permissible relative humidity
20 m/s
FCP-O320
FCH-T320
EN547:2000/
A1:2002
FCP-OC320
temperature
FCP-OC320
-10 C to +50 C
FCP-OT320
-20 C to +50 C
16 | Advantage Line | Fire Detectors
FCP-O320
-20 C to +65 C
FCH-T320 / T320-FSA
-20 C to +50 C
Planning
Monitoring area
FCP-OC320, FCP-OT320,
FCP-O320
Max. 120 m2 (Heed local

guidelines!)
FCH-T320

guidelines!)
Maximum installation height
MSS 300-WHEC Detector Base Sounder White

Control through fire panel via interface
Order number MSS300-WH-EC
required if the detector is not directly visible or has
been mounted in false ceilings or false floors
Order number FAA-420-RI
16 m (Heed local guidelines!)
FCP-O320
FCH-T320
Special features
Optical part
< 0.2 dB/m, in line with EN 54 T7
Thermal maximum
part
>54 C
Thermal rate-of-rise
part (in line with
prEN 545)
FCH-T320: A2R
FCH-T320-FSA: A1R
Chemical part
In ppm range
Color code
FCP-OC320
Blue ring
FCP-OT320
Black ring
FCP-O320
No marking
FCH-T320 / T320FSA
Red ring
FCPOC320 Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical
conventional technology, with 820 Ohm alarm resistor
Order number FCP-OC320
FCPOT320 Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal
Order number FCP-OT320
FCPO320 Optical Smoke Detector
Order number FCP-O320
FCHT320 Heat Detector
conventional technology, thermal differential/thermal
maximum detector, with 820 Ohm alarm resistor
Order number FCH-T320
MS 400 Detector Base
Order number MS 400
MSS 300 Detector Base Sounder White
Control via C-point of the detector
Order number MSS 300
Advantage Line | Manual Call Points | 17
FMC300RW Single Action Call

Points
Region
Certification
Germany
CPD
0786-CPD-20332 FMC-300RW
VdS
G 207086 FMC-300RW
Parts Included
These single-action, resettable products are for

manually triggering an alarm in the event of fire. The
series includes two types:
Glass-break versions with a glass pane (covered with
plastic sheet to prevent injury) that has to be broken in
order to press the black marking. They are reset by
inserting and turning a key and replacing the glass pane.
Resettable versions without a glass pane, which are
reset simply by inserting and turning a key.
Activation of the call points can be heard, felt, and seen
thus leaving no doubt that they have been successfully
triggered. An activated call points address appears on
the fire panel so its location can be quickly pinpointed.
All of these products are certified as compliant with the
strict EN54-11 European standard for fire detection and
fire alarm systems. Installation is very easy, thanks to
plug & play. The units also come with a variety of
accessories such as bezels, keys, and spacers for
installation in different conditions.
Quant
ity
Components
FMC-300RW-GSGBU Manual Call Point with Glass Pane,

Blue
FMC-300RW-GSRBU Manual Call Point Resettable, Blue
FMC-300RW-GSGRD Manual Call Point with Glass Pane,

Red
FMC-300RW-GSRRD Manual Call Point Resettable, Red
FMC-300RW-GSGYE Manual Call Point with Glass Pane,

Yellow
FMC-300RW-GSRYE Manual Call Point Resettable, Yellow

Notice
The FMCKEYRW Test Key is not included in the
scope of delivery and must be ordered
separately.
Electrical
Operating voltage
20 VDC
(8.5 VDC to 30 VDC)
Current consumption
specified by the respective

security system
Alarm resistor
820 +/- 10%

(8.5 VDC to 30 VDC)
Mechanical components
Dimensions (H x W x D)
87 mm x 87 mm x 56 mm (3.4
in. x 3.4 in. x 2.2 in.)
Plastic, ASA
Features
u
Alarm triggering by pressing the black marking or

breaking the glass pane
Housing material
Protection against injury by plastic sheet-covered

glass pane
Red
RAL 3001
LED display for evaluating triggered alarms and

inspection
Blue
RAL 5005
Yellow
RAL 1003
Highly reliable and flexibly deployable
EN 54-11 approved

Applies to EN 5411:2001/A1:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FMC-300RW-GSGRD, -GSRRD
CE
FMC-300RW-GSGYE/BU, -GSRYE/BU
Colors
Protection category according to
EN 60529
IP 54
temperature
-25 C to +70 C
18 | Advantage Line | Manual Call Points
FMC300RWGSGBU Manual Call Point with Glass

Pane, Blue
for indoor use, surface-mounted, direct triggering
(type A), conventional technology
Order number FMC-300RW-GSGBU
FMC300RWGSRBU Manual Call Point Resettable, Blue
Order number FMC-300RW-GSRBU
FMC300RWGSGRD Manual Call Point with Glass
Pane, Red
for indoor use, surface-mounted, direct alarm triggering
Order number FMC-300RW-GSGRD
FMC300RWGSRRD Manual Call Point Resettable, Red
Order number FMC-300RW-GSRRD
FMC300RWGSGYE Manual Call Point with Glass
Pane, Yellow
for indoor use in interior areas, surface-mounted, direct
triggering (type A), conventional technology
Order number FMC-300RW-GSGYE
FMC300RWGSRYE Manual Call Point Resettable, Yellow
Order number FMC-300RW-GSRYE
FMCSPGLRW Spare Glasses
Spare glasses for all RW call points.
1 unit = 5 spare glasses
Order number FMC-SPGL-RW
Accessories
FMCSIGNRW Out of Order Sign
Used instead of the glass pane when a call point is not
ready for use.
1 unit = 5 signs
Order number FMC-SIGN-RW
FMCKEYRW Test Key
The key can open, check, and reset manual call points.
1 unit = 1 key
Order number FMC-KEY-RW
FMCFLAPRW Clear Hinged Flap
To protect against accidental triggering; with seal.
1 unit = 5 flaps
Order number FMC-FLAP-RW
Advantage Line | Audible Notification Appliances | 19
FNM-320 Sounders
Conventional
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Acoustic Signaling Device, red or white
Base, surface or flush mounting
Electrical
Operating voltage
9 V DC to 30 V DC
Max. current consumption

FNM-320-SRD /-FRD/SWH/-FWH
33 mA
FNM-320-LEDSRD
36 mA
Monitoring
Reverse polarity
Mechanics
Dimensions (W x H)
This integrated sound transducer offers a selection of
32 distinct tones, including various wailing tones, fire
alarm signals (e.g. the DIN tones defined in EN 457 and
DIN 33404), etc. The tones are set using a 5-pin DIP
switch in the sounder. A second tone can be set for twostage alarms; it is activated via the second input. An
integrated potentiometer permits flexible adjustment of
the volume. Depending on the operating voltage and the
set tone and volume, the maximum sound pressure level
is 112 dB(A). A monitored connection to a fire panel is
possible. A bayonet lock simplifies mounting.
Features
FNM-320-FWH/-FRD
93 mm x 63 mm
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
93 mm x 91 mm
FNM-320-LEDSRD
93 mm x 107 mm
Weight
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
FWH/-FRD
250 g
FNM-320-LEDSRD
300 g
Housing material
ABS V0, PC
Color
Red, RAL 3001

White, RAL 9010
Maximum volume of 112 dB(A)
Compact, robust, and maintenance-free
Suitable for adverse environmental conditions
Available as combined solution sounder with

integrated LED
temperature
Available in versions for surface- and flush-mount

feed cables

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNM-320-SRD,FNM-320FRD,FNM-320-SWH,FNM-320-FWH
CE
FNM-320-LEDSRD
CPD
0832-CPD-1374 FNM-320SRD_FN-320-SWH_FNM-320FRD_FNM-320-FWH
CPD
0832-CPD-1375 FNM-320LED-SRD
VdS
G 210036 FNM-320-Serie
VdS
G 210037 FNM-320-LEDSRD
CNBOP
1182/2012 FNM-320
Germany
Poland
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
FWH/-FRD
-25 C to +70 C
FNM-320-LEDSRD
-10 C to +55 C
Permissible rel. humidity
Complies with EN 543

EN 60529
FNM-320-FWH/-FRD
IP 54 *
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
IP 65 *
FNM-320-LEDSRD
IP 65 *
* Manufacturers specification, not third party verified
Special features
Max. sound pressure
At 12 V
105 dB(A) 3 dB(A)
At 24 V
112 dB(A) 3 dB(A)
FNM-320-LEDSRD
20 | Advantage Line | Audible Notification Appliances
Light output
> 0.5 cd
Flash rate
1 Hz
FNM-320-SRD Sounder Red, Surface Mounting
for connection to fire alarm systems, with sound
transducer, suitable for use in adverse environmental
conditions
Order number FNM-320-SRD
FNM-320-FRD Sounder Red, Flush Mounting
conditions
Order number FNM-320-FRD
FNM-320-SWH Sounder White, Surface Mounting
conditions
Order number FNM-320-SWH
FNM-320-FWH Sounder White, Flush Mounting
conditions
Order number FNM-320-FWH
FNM-320-LEDSRD Sounder Red with LED, Surface
Mounting
transducer and integrated LED, suitable for use in
adverse environmental conditions
Order number FNM-320-LEDSRD
Advantage Line | Visual Notification Appliances | 21
Mechanics
Housing material
ABS V0 + PC
Base color
Red, RAL 3001
Dimensions ( x H)
93 mm x 121 mm
Weight
180 g
EN 60529
IP 21C (IP 65)*
temperature
-20 C to +70 C
*Manufacturers specification, not third party verified

The FNS-320 Beacons are universally employable
signaling devices for optical alarms and designed for
connection to fire panels. The beacon lamp is mounted
in the upper, clear part of the device. When activated via
the fire panel, it flashes at a rate of once a second. The
connections are protected against reverse polarity.
The upper part is attached to the base by a bayonet
lock. The strobe lens has screw threads and is
additionally secured against removal by a safety screw.
Features
u
Compact, robust and maintenance-free
Xenon flash tubes for reliability, bright light, and

long service life
For two operating voltages: 12 and 24 V DC
Can be used in adverse environmental conditions
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
Special features
Light output
10 cd (1.25 J)
Flash rate
1Hz
FNS-320-SRD Beacon Red, Surface Mounting
for local visual alarm notification
Order number FNS-320-SRD
FNS-320-SGR Beacon Green, Surface Mounting
Order number FNS-320-SGR
FNS-320-SYE Beacon Amber, Surface Mounting
Order number FNS-320-SYE
FNS-320-SWH Beacon Clear, Surface Mounting
Order number FNS-320-SWH

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNS-320-SRD, FNS-320-SYE,
FNS-320-SWH, FNS-320-SGR
Germany
VdS
G 210038 FNS-320 Serie
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Signaling device in red, clear, amber or green
Mounting base, red, surface mounting
Electrical
Operating voltage
9 V DC to 30 V DC
Current consumption
24 V
88 mA
12 V
185 mA
22 | Advantage Line | Visual Notification Appliances
FPA-5000 Modular Fire
Panel
Modular Fire Panel FPA-5000
24
Panel Rails FPA-5000
56
Panel Controller FPA-5000
58
Housings for Frame Installation FPA-5000
66
Accessories - Frame Installation FPA-5000
76
Housings for Wall Mounting FPA-5000
87
Accessories - Wall Mounting FPA-5000
95
Power Supplies FPA-5000
101
Cable Sets and Accessories FPA-5000
104
Software FPA-5000
113
24 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Modular Fire Panel FPA-5000
FPA5000 With Functional

Modules
3
Ethernet
OPC
Thanks to the modular configuration, the innovative

FPA5000 Modular Fire Panel easily adapts to local
circumstances and regulations. Due to the different
functional modules, country-specific characteristics are
accommodated in the connection just as quickly as the
respective alarm handling.
The fire panel is available with two different housings:
Housing for mounting directly on the wall
Frame installation housings which are fitted to the
mounting frame and can be swiveled.
With the aid of special mounting kits, the housings can
be mounted in 482.6 mm (19") cabinets. All housings
can be extended with various additional housings for all
conceivable applications.
The FMR5000 Remote Keypad offers the decentralized
operation of a control panel or control panel network.
Thanks to the external CAN and Ethernet interfaces,
several Panel Controllers and Remote Keypads can be
interconnected. With singleloop structure or
multipleloop structures with Ethernet backbone, the
network adapts to every application conditions.
1 Fire Panel
2 Remote Keypad
3 Building Integration System (BIS)
FPA5000 systems can be connected to the Bosch
UGM 2020 Universal Security System and thus, be
integrated into a large network system.
The entire fire detection system is configured via a
laptop using the FSP-5000-RPS programming software.
Features
u
Modular configuration allowing for easy extension
Easy adaptation to country-specific regulations

and conditions
Complete set-up with up to 46 modules per

control panel
Interconnection of up to 54 Panel Controllers,

Remote Keypads, and OPC server
CAN loop connection with redundancy
Ethernet
CAN
CAN
CAN
1 Fire Panel
2 Remote Keypad
Additionally, the Ethernet interface allows for the
connection to a Building Management System (BIS
Bosch Building Integration System) via an OPC server.
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Modular Fire Panel FPA-5000 | 25
System Overview
O
U
T1
O
U
T2
O
U
T3
O
U
T4
O
U
T5
O
U
T6
O
U
T7
O
U
T8
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
IO
P0008A
NETZEIN
N
T
Zn
S
TR
O
M
S
tE
ru
g
B
T
S
tA
rT
uE
nR
gIE1
B
T
S
tA
rT
uE
nR
gIE2
FAU
LT
A
T
AC
FB
A
U
L1
L-T
+BAT1
- +BAT2
- +
-T F
+AU
AIN
+M
-
IN
1
IN
2
IN
3
IN
4
IN
5
IN
6
IN
7
IN
8
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
B
C
M
0000A
+AU
-2 +AU
-3 +AU
- +AU
-5 +AU
X-1 +AU
X
X
X4
X
X-6
F ire
Test
1
City Tie
A2BC
3
DEF
City Tie Fault

Ground Fault
Battery Fault
4
GHI
5
JKI
6
MNO
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ
Power
*
Trouble
Signal Silence
Bypassed
Supervisory
?
B C B AT
OUT
B C B AT
IN
N AC 3
N AC 1
NAC 7
N AC 5
N AC
9
10A
+
N AC 2
NAC 6
N AC 4
N AC 8
N AC
10
B AT 2
25 A
PS 2
PS 3
PS 5
PS 4
+
PS
6
25 A
+
Bri dge 2- 3
B A T1 A
Bri dge 3- 4
Bri dge 4- 5
Bri dge 5- 6
B AT1 B
F
H
Depending on the requirements, the following selection

can be made when planning:
1. Housing type: Frame installation or wall-mount
Selection of a basic housing
Optional Extension Housings
Optional Power Supply Housings
Optional kits for installation in 482.6 mm
(19") racks
2. Operating and Display Unit with Panel Controller
Selection from the various language variants
3. Panel Rail
Selection according to housing type and/or
number of required functional modules
4. Functional modules
Selection based on planning and countryspecific requirements
5. Power supply
Batteries
Additional power supply facilities
Power Supply Brackets are preinstalled exworks for Frame Installation Housings
For Wall-mount Housings, Power Supply
Brackets are selected as needed
6. Additional accessories
Front Doors
Printer with Frame Installation Housing
Cable Sets for special applications
IN
Modules
OUT
ZONE2
Strung
NC2
C2
NO2
NC1
C1
NO1
+ - a -b + + - a -b +
AU XL1S NAU
1 X L2S N 2
ANI0016A
ZONE3
Strung
LSN 0300 A
CZM0004A
ZONE4
Strung
RMH0002A
+ - - + - + + - - + - +
AUX1 OUT1 IN1 AUX2 OUT2 IN2
F1 F2
RELAIS2
Strung
ZONE1
Strung
RELAIS1
Strung
AUX3 OUT3 IN3 AUX4 OUT4 IN4

+ - - + - + + - - + - +
FB1
+ -
FB2
+ -
Pos.
Description
Functional Modules
ADC Address Cards
Panel Controller
Distributor, optional (RLE/RLU/HPD)
Panel Rail Short
Power Supply Bracket (installed in Frame Installation

Housings ex-works)
Power Supply
Housing (in this case: HCP 0006 A)
Panel Rail Long
Batteries
Remote Keypad
Functions
Modular Structure of the FPA5000 Modular Fire
Panel
The functional modules are autonomous, encapsulated

units that can be inserted into any control panel slot
using "plug-and-play" technology. Thus, the power
supply and the data traffic to the control panel are
indicated automatically without any additional settings.
The module is automatically identified by the control
panel and functions in the default operating mode.
Wiring to external components is performed using
compact connector/screw terminals.
After a replacement, only the connectors need to be
reinserted; extensive rewiring is no longer required.
Module
Description
BCM0000B
Battery Controller Module

module that controls batteries and power
supply
ANI 0016 A
Annunciator Module
with 16 red and 16 yellow LEDs, freely
programmable
LSN 0300 A
LSN improved Module 300 mA

for the connection of an LSN loop with up
to 254 LSN improved elements or 127
standard LSN elements, maximum line
current 300 mA
LSN 1500 A
LSN improved Modul 1500 mA

to 254 LSN improved elements,
maximum line current 1500 mA, or with
up to 127 standard LSN elements,
maximum line current 300 mA
FPE5000UGM
Interface Module
for the connection to a UGM2020
System
Due to its modular structure, the FPA5000 Modular Fire

Panel provides complete flexibility and thus customized
solutions for any application.
CZM 0004 A
4 Zone Conventional Module

for the connection of existing
conventional peripherals, with four
monitored conventional lines
IOS 0020 A
20 mA Communication Module
sports an S20 interface, an RS232
interface and an S1 interface
for a connection with a voice alarm
system Plena via RS232
IOS 0232 A
RS232 Communication Module

with two RS323 interfaces
for a connection with a voice alarm
system Plena, a printer or laptop
ENO 0000 B
Fire Service Interface Module

for the connection to fire service
equipment according to DIN 14675
IOP 0008 A
Input/Output Module
with 8 digital inputs and 8 open collector
outputs
RML 0008 A
Relay Module
with 8 relays for low voltage applications
RMH 0002 A
Relay Module
with 2 relays for mains power (250 V)
and with feedback inputs (can also be
used as an interface to extinguishing
systems)
NZM 0002 A
Notification Appliance Zone Module

with two monitored primary lines
Networking
Up to 54 Panel Controllers, Remote Keypads, and OPC

server can be connected to a single FPA5000 network.
Depending on the usage, Panel Controllers and Remote
Keypads can either be defined as a group or as a
network or as a local node. Within a group, only the
conditions of the control panels belonging to the
defined group can be displayed. From the network
nodes, the conditions of all control panels, regardless of
their classification as a group, can be displayed and
edited.
When networking via CAN and/or Ethernet interfaces,
the following connection topologies are optional:
1. Redundant loop via CAN1 and CAN2 (max. 32
nodes)
2. Ethernet loop (max. 16 nodes)
3. Multiple CAN loops with Ethernet backbone and up
to 54 nodes (max. 20 nodes per CAN loop)
For networking with optical fibers, you can use various
converters. For detailed information on suitable
converter types and maximum line lengths, refer to the
FPA-5000 System Description (available online for
download).
Detection Points
The Address Cards activate detection points. The

FPA5000 governs up to 4096 detection points.
Each element and input which, after the programming,
is able to set off an alarm requires a detection point.
Inputs are considered as detection points if they are
programmed accordingly in the FSP5000RPS
Programming Software.
This applies to all manual call points and automatic
detectors as well as to the following modules and
interfaces because of their inputs:
Modules
Detection Points
CZM 0004 A
up to 4
IOP 0008 A
up to 8
ENO 0000 B
requires a detection point only if an FSE

release element is connected and
programmed via the FSP-5000-RPS
programming software
Interfaces
Detection Points
FLM-420/4-CON
up to 2
FLM-420-I8R1-S
up to 8
FLM-420-I2
up to 2
FLM-420-O8I2-S
up to 2
FLM-420-O1I1
up to 1
FLM-420-RLE-S
up to 2
FLM-420-EOL-2W-W
1 detection point for each interface
The following interfaces do not require the allocation of

detection points: FLM420NAC, FLM420RHV,
FLM420RLV1, FLM420RLV8, FLM420O2.
Signaling devices and outputs have no detection points!

The provided options according to EN 542:1997/
A1:2006 include:
Output to fire alarm devices
Control of fire alarm routing equipment
Output to fire alarm routing equipment
Alarm confirmation input from fire alarm routing
equipment
Outputs to fire protection equipment
Output type A
Output type B
Output type C
Fault monitoring of fire protection equipment
Delays to outputs
Dependencies on more than one alarm signal
Type A dependency
Type B dependency
Alarm counter
Fault warning condition
Fault signals from points
Total loss of the power supply
Output to fault warning routing equipment
Disabled condition
Disablement of adressable points
Test condition
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FPA-5000
4620/DT/2010 FPA-5000
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20818 FPA 5000
Germany
VdS-S
S205106 BS FPA
VdS
G 205106 FPA-5000_G205106
DIBt
Z-6.5-2027 (B) FSA 5000 LSN
DIBt
Z-6.5-2027 (E) FSA 5000 LSN
In network, per control panel
Region
Certification
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19197 FPA-1200_FPA-5000

Brandmeldesystem
Austria
PFB
007/BM-PSys/019/1 FPA-1200/5000
Brandmeldesystem
PFB
007/BM-PSys/020/1 FPA-1200/5000
Brandfallsteuerzentrale
PFB
007/BM-PSys/021 FPA-5000 Hierarchie
Belgium
BOSEC
TCC2-894 FPA 1200_FPA 5000
Poland
CNBOP
2662/2008 FPA-5000
CNBOP
0400/2008 FPA-5000
Czech Republic
TZS
080-011414 FPA-5000
Hungary
TMT
TMT-32/2005 FPA-5000
MOE
UA1.016.0008784-11 FPA 5000
PSB
022767 FPA-5000
Singapore
Installation/Configuration Notes
Country-specific standards and guidelines must be
considered during planning.
Connection conditions for the regional authorities
and institutions (police, fire service) must be
maintained.
It is preferable to use the loop formation owing to
the greater security of loop lines compared with
stub lines.
It is possible to combine LSN interface modules and
LSN detectors on one loop or stub line.
For a mixed connection of LSN classic elements and
LSN improved elements, a maximum of
127 elements are permitted.
Existing conventional detectors can be connected to
a CZM 0004 A module. A CZM 0004 A module
provides four DC primary lines (zones).
In accordance with EN 542, control panels with
more than 512 detectors / call points must be
connected redundantly. To that end, a second basic
housing with a second MPC Panel Controller is
used.
For operation of the fire detection system according
to EN 5413, it is necessary to terminate every stub
and T-tap with EOL-modules.
General System Limits

Max. number
Control Panels/Remote Keypads/OPC server in
network
Detection points / detector zones

Stand-alone
4096 stand-alone
In network
32512
In network, per control panel
2032
Limits per Fire Panel

Sets, e.g. bypass group
128
Total number of modules, per control panel
46
Printer
Alarm counter (external, internal, revision)
Number of entries in the event database
10000
FSP-5000-RPS programming interface
Time control channel
20
Time control programs
19
Programming defined days
365
User
10
Access level
System Limits Functional Modules

Functional module
Max. number
BCM-0000-B
ANI 0016 A
32
LSN 0300 A
32
LSN 1500 A
11
FPE-5000-UGM
CZM 0004 A
32
IOS 0020 A
IOS 0232 A
ENO 0000 B
IOP 0008 A
32
RML 0008 A
32
RMH 0002 A
32
NZM 0002 A
System Limits for Each LSN 0300 A Module
CAN loop
32
Ethernet loop
16
Multiple loop with Ethernet backbone

(max. 20 per CAN loop)
54
Addresses
Stand-alone
4096 stand-alone
In network
32512
2032
Up to 254 LSN improved version elements or

127 classic LSN elements can be connected
Output current
LSN 0300 A: up to 300 mA
LSN 1500 A: up to 1500 mA
Cable length
LSN 0300 A: up to 1600 m
LSN 1500 A: up to 3000 m
Unshielded cables can be used
Notice
Owing to the FSD (Fire System Designer)
programming software, the planning of fire
panels in compliance with the limits (e.g.
concerning cable length and power supply) is
quick and easy.
Installation Notes
Fire panels can only be installed in dry, clean

interior rooms.
To ensure optimum battery service life, the control
panel should only be operated at sites with normal
room temperatures.
The following environmental conditions must be
noted:
Permissible ambient temperature:
-5 C 50 C
Permissible relative humidity:
Max. 95 %, non-condensing
Operating and display elements should be located
at eye level.
Frame installation housings require at least 230 mm
free space on the right next to the last housing; this
space is for swiveling out the attached housing for
connection, maintenance, and service.
Sufficient space should be left underneath and next
to the control panel for any possible extensions, e.g.
for an additional power supply or an extension
housing.
Do not operate devices showing condensation.
Only use the mounting materials specified by
BOSCH ST. Interference resistance cannot
otherwise be guaranteed.
If connected to a Building Management System (BIS
Bosch Building Integration System) via the Ethernet
and an OPC server, please verify with the
responsible network administrator that in case of a
network spanning multiple buildings
the network is designed for connections across
multiple buildings (e.g. no interference by
different potentials of the ground connection)
all users are assigned to the network.

for connecting an LSN loop with up to 254 LSN
improved elements with a maximum line current of
1500 mA, or with up to 127 classic LSN elements, with a
maximum line current of 300 mA
Order number LSN 1500 A
for EN 5413 compliant termination of LSN stubs or Ttaps
Order number FLM-420-EOL2W-W
for connecting the fire panels FPA5000 and FPA-1200
to superordinate systems (UGM 2020, FAT 2002/RE,
FSM2000)
Order number FPE-5000-UGM
for connecting conventional peripherals; provides four
Order number CZM 0004 A
provides one interface each of S20, RS232 and S1
Order number IOS 0020 A
for connecting two devices, e.g. voice alarm system
Plena, a laptop or a printer, via two independent serial
interfaces
for connecting fire service equipment in compliance
with DIN 14675
Order number ENO 0000 B
Used to connect an AT 2000 to the MPC and the
ENO 0000 B.
Order number CPA 0000 A

monitors the power supply of the fire panel and the
charging of the batteries
Order number BCM-0000-B

for individual displays or flexible connection of various
electrical devices, providing eight independent digital
inputs and eight open collector outputs
Order number IOP 0008 A

displays the status of 16 individually programmable
detection points
Order number ANI 0016 A

provides 8 change-over contact relays (type C) for low
voltage
Order number RML 0008 A

improved elements or 127 classic LSN elements, with a

provides 2 change-over contact relays (type C) for high
voltage, for monitored connection of external elements
with feedback
Order number RMH 0002 A

NZM 0002 A Notification Appliance Zone Module

for connecting 2 separate notification appliance zone
lines, provides 2 monitored primary lines
Order number NZM 0002 A
Accessories

For available module slots
Order number FDP 0001 A
20 sheets each with 6 strips, printable,
for the functional modules BCM0000B, LSN 0300 A,
LSN 1500 A, CZM 0004 A, NZM 0002 A, RMH 0002 A,
CTM 0002 A and ENO 0000 B
Order number PSK 0001 A
20 sheets each with 10 strips, printable, for the
ANI I0016 A Annunciator Module
Order number PSL 0001 A
BCM0000B Battery Controller

Module
System Overview
The BCM-0000-B Battery Controller Module monitors

the power supply of the entire control panel. It controls
the charging of up to four batteries (12 V/24 Ah to 12 V/
26 Ah or 12 V/36 Ah to 12 V/45 Ah). The charging is
actuated by temperature and time.
The key has three functions, depending on the state of
the battery controller module:
The LED test of the module is activated by pushing
the key.
The key starts the charging of the batteries if the
battery voltage is between 18 V and 21 V. A mains
power supply is required.
The reset of the 24 V outputs. If an error occurs, the
output is deactivated.
Features
u
Two voltage outputs of 2.8 A at 24 V each
Temperature-controlled charging and monitoring

of batteries according to EN 544:1997/A2:2006
Ready to go thanks to plug-and-play technology

and pluggable terminal blocks
Description
Connector
24V +/-
Output max. 2.8 A (battery buffered)
24V +/-
Output max. 2.8 A (battery buffered)
MAIN +/-
Power supply unit UPS
MAIN FAULT
Input fault, mains
BAT1 +/-
Battery pair 1
BAT2 +/-
Battery pair 2
FAULT AC -
Main power fault signal output
FAULT BAT-
Battery fault signal output
FAULT -
Collective fault signal output
FAULT +
Signal output +
Do not use the 24V outputs in parallel wiring.
For FPA-5000 systems with the MPC xxxx A Panel
Controller, the BCM 0000 A Battery Controller
Module must be employed.
Configuration specifications for Battery Controller

Modules
With 1 to 4 BCM modules:

max. 2 modules at the start of the first panel
rail
max. 2 modules at the end of the last panel rail
BCM
The following capacities are feasible:

24 26 Ah and 36 45 Ah for 2 batteries
48 52 Ah and 72 90 Ah for 4 batteries
BCM
Parts Included
BCM
BCM
With 5 to 8 BCM modules:

2 modules at the start of the first panel rail
(BCM 1 and 2)
2 modules at the end of the last panel rail
(BCM 3 and 4)
additional BCM modules as shown
Qty.
Components
BCM-0000-B Battery Controller Module
Cable set with 2 connection cables:

BCM/battery (90 cm) and battery/battery (17 cm)
Notice
If the batteries are placed in a power supply
housing, the cable set CBB 0000 A is required
(cable length for BCM/battery 180 cm).
BCM
BCM
Electrical
BCM
BCM
BCM
BCM
BCM
BCM
Input voltage
BCM
BCM
20,4 V DC to 30 V DC
Current consumption
Standby
25 mA
Fault
40 mA
Voltage outputs
BCM
BCM
BCM
BCM
2 outputs, switchable
BCM
BCM
2
Pos.
Description
Area 1
Area 2
Current consumption of the BCM modules must
not exceed 10 A in Area 1.
Current consumption of the BCM modules must
not exceed 10 A in Area 2.
This only applies to the current consumption for
consumer loads of the outputs (1) 24 V and (2)
24 V.
Calculation of the standby current according to

EN 544
Formula (1) gives the maximum panel current required

to provide a specific buffering time (Imax,Standby).
Formula (2) gives the maximum panel current with
simultaneous consideration of the battery charge (Imax,A).
According to formula (3), the required standby current
of the panel (Inom) is based on the smaller value of the
two maximum current values of the panel.
Parameter:
tStandby = buffering time in hour
IAlarm = maximum alarm current (Imax,B)
CBatt = battery capacity in Ah
+24 V (20.4 - 30 V)
2,8 A
battery-buffered (programmable)
Capacity of the outputs

BAT FAULT, AC FAULT and
collective FAULT
0 V / 0 to 20 mA
Maximum current of the

module
Max. 6 A
to the panel rails

(PRS 0002 A/
PRD 0004 A)
Max. 6 A
of the outputs
Max. 5.6 A
(2 x 2.8 A, not in parallel wiring)
Maximum battery resistance

(fault threshold)
430 m
Permitted battery capacity

with 2 batteries
24 26 Ah
36 45 Ah
with 4 batteries
48 52 Ah
72 90 Ah
Mechanics
Operating/display elements
1 green LED
Power ON
3 yellow LEDs
Trouble mains/batt. 1/batt. 2
1 key
Batteries charge at V < 21 V and

central units start with battery
current
Housing material
ABS plastic, Polylac PA-766

(UL94 V0)
Housing color
Satin finish, anthracite, RAL 7016
Dimensions
Approx. 127 x 96 x 60 mm
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Without packaging
Approx. 195 g (6.9 ounces)
With packaging
Approx. 340 g (12 ounces)
Permitted operating
temperature
-5C to 50C (23F to 122F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20C to 85C (-13F to 185F)
Permitted relative humidity
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
ANI 0016 A Annunciator

Module
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Labelling strips
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5%

Standby (all LEDs off)
6 mA (at 24 V DC)
All LEDs on
26 mA (at 24 V DC)
Mechanics
The module, with 16 red and 16 yellow LEDs, can

display the status of 16 individually programmable
detection points.
Features
u
Status display of 16 individually programmable

detection points
ANI 0016 A
System Overview
Display elements
16 red LEDs
16 yellow LEDs
Housing material
ABS plastic, Polylac PA-766 (UL94

V-0)
Housing color
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Without packaging
With packaging
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
detection points
Functions
The Annunciator Module has 16 red and 16 yellow LEDs
for displaying the operating states of 16 definable
detection points.
The module is inserted in an open module slot and is
therefore ready for operation.
Only the detection points to be displayed must still be
defined via the programming software [RPS].
LSN 0300 A
LSN improved Module 300 mA
System Overview
3 4
2
+
a-
b+
LSN1
AUX2
a-
b+
LSN2
LSN 0300 A
AUX1
This module allows the connection of an LSN loop with

up to 254 LSN improved elements or 127 classic LSN
elements, with a maximum line current of 300 mA.
Features
u
Up to 254 LSN improved elements
Line length up to 1600 m, depending on

configuration and cable type
Unshielded cable can be used
Line current up to 300 mA, depending on

Additional voltage output (ERT-capable)
It
e
m
Descripti
on
Connection
LSN loop
LSN stub
1
/
2
AUX1 + /
-
Auxiliary power
supply
Auxiliary power supply

stub 1
LSN a1-
LSN a1- outgoing
Stub 1 LSN a1-
LSN b1+
LSN b1+ outgoing
Stub 1 LSN b1+
5
/
6
AUX2 + /
-
Auxiliary power
supply***

stub 2
LSN a2-
LSN a2- incoming
Stub 2 LSN a1-
LSN b2+
LSN b2+ incoming
Stub 2 LSN b1+
*** Auxiliary power must only be returned to AUX2 in

looped isolators (ERT systems). [Suitable isolators
include YBO-R/SCI isolators]
Notice
Current consumption of the connected devices
and cable length can be calculated with the Fire
System Designer (FSD).
to EN 54-13, it is necessary to terminate every stub
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Electrical systems
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC /
5 V DC 5 %
Output voltage:
LSN
30 1.0 V DC
Aux auxiliary power
28 1.0 V DC

Accessories
1750 mA at 24 V DC
Nominal current
consumption
Module
39 mA at 24 V DC
LSN
1,7 x current consumption of LSN

elements
AUX
1,2 x Auxiliary power
LSN line current
Max. 300 mA, depending on

AUX auxiliary power

(28 V DC)
Max. 500 mA in an LSN loop (ERT

system) or 2 x max. 500 mA in
2 stubs
Mechanical systems
Operation/display elements
2 LEDs ( red = alarm, yellow = fault)

1 button (LED test)
Housing material
ABS plastic, (UL94 V-0)
Housing color
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Approx. 225 g
System limits
Max. line length
1600 m, depending on configuration

and cable type
Number of elements
Max. 127 classic LSN elements

Max. 254 LSN improved elements
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95 % , non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
LSN 1500 A
LSN improved Module
1500 mA
2
1
/
2
AUX1 + /
-
Auxiliary power
supply

stub 1
LSN a1-
LSN a1- outgoing
Stub 1 LSN a1-
LSN b1+
LSN b1+ outgoing
Stub 1 LSN b1+
5
/
6
AUX2 + /
-
Auxiliary power
supply***

stub 2
LSN a2-
LSN a2- incoming
Stub 2 LSN a1-
LSN b2+
LSN b2+ incoming
Stub 2 LSN b1+
*** Auxiliary power must only be returned to AUX2 in

looped isolators (ERT systems). [Suitable isolators
include YBO-R/SCI isolators]
System limits for each LSN 1500 A LSN improved
Module
Notice
Current consumption of the connected devices
and cable length can be calculated with the Fire
System Designer (FSD).
This module allows the connection of an LSN loop with

up to 254 LSN improved elements with a maximum line
current of 1500 mA or with up to 127 classic LSN
elements, with a maximum line current of 300 mA.

It can only be plugged in on the left side of a PRD
0004 A panel rail and requires two slots!
to EN 54-13, it is necessary to terminate every stub
Features
u
Up to 254 LSN improved elements
Line length up to 3000 m, depending on

Line current up to 1500 mA, depending on

Additional voltage output (ERT-capable)
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
System Overview
1 2
3 4
5 6
Notice
Ready for delivery on request.
7 8
Electrical systems
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC /
5 V DC 5 %
Output voltage:
LSN
30 0.85 V DC
Aux auxiliary power
28 1.0 V DC
4010 mA at 24 V DC
Nominal current
consumption
It
e
m
Descripti
on
Connection
LSN loop
LSN stub
Module
260 mA at 24 V DC
LSN
1.7 x current consumption of LSN

elements
AUX
1.2 x Auxiliary power
LSN line current:
Standby

Alarm

configuration and cable type,
Max. 300 mA at connection of classic
LSN elements
AUX auxiliary power

(28 V DC)
Max. 500 mA in an LSN loop (ERT

system) or 2 x max. 500 mA in 2
stubs
Mechanical systems
Operation/display elements
2 LEDs ( red = alarm, yellow = fault)

1 button (LED test)
Housing material
ABS plastic, (UL94 V-0)
Housing color
Dimensions

(5.0 x 7.6 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Approx. 440 g
System limits
Max. line length
3000 m, depending on configuration

and cable type
Number of elements
Max. 127 classic LSN elements

Max. 254 LSN improved elements
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95 % , non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
improved elements with a maximum line current of
1500 mA, or with up to 127 classic LSN elements, with a
Accessories
FPE5000UGM Interface
Module
2
SDO 1 -
Data input -
SDI 2 +
SDI 2 -
Data input -
SDO 2 +
Data input +
SDO 2 -
Data input -
Transmission path 2
Data input +
Functions
Quant.
Component
FPE-5000-UGM Interface Module
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
Maximum current consumption

Standby
7 mA (at 24 V DC)
One transmission path

active
10 mA (at 24 V DC)
Both transmission
paths active
13 mA (at 24 V DC)
The Communication Module is used to connect the fire

panels FPA5000 and FPA1200 to a superordinate
system like the UGM 2020, FAT 2002/RE and FSM2000.
The module provides two bi-directional transmission
paths.
Maximum line length
1000 m
Features
Maximum line resistance
70
9600 bit/s at 1000 m to
38400 bit/s at 200 m
Easy and redundant connection to superordinate

systems
Baud rate
MTS protocol
Mechanics

Operating and display

elements
System Overview
1
3 4
4 Bi-colorLEDs
Green = transmission / Yellow =

fault
1 key switch
LED test
Housing material
ABS plastic (UL94 V0)
Housing color
satin finish, anthracite, RAL 7016
Dimensions
110 x 90 x 60 mm
SDI
Weight
150 g
SDO
SDI
temperature
-5 C to 50 C
SDO
Permissible storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C
max. 95 %, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
Pos
.
Labeling
Connection
SDI 1 +
Transmission path 1
SDI 1 -
Data input -
SDO 1 +
Data input +
Data input +
FSM2000)
CZM 0004 A 4 Zone

Conventional Module
2
The CZM 0004 A is used to connect conventional

peripherals and provides four monitored conventional
lines.
Pos.
Description
Connector
1/2
AUX1 + / -
Auxiliary power supply* zone 1
3/4
OUT1 - / +
Zone 1 output low/output high
5/6
IN1 - / +
Zone 1 input low/input high
7/8
AUX2 + / -
9 / 10
OUT2 - / +
11 /
12
IN2 - / +
13 /
14
AUX3 + / -
15 /
16
OUT3 - / +
17 /
18
IN3 - / +
19 /
20
AUX4 + / -
21/
22
OUT4 -/ +
23 /
24
IN4 - / +

* +24 V DC, connectable
Features
u
Connection of 2wire and 4wire conventional

elements

All auxiliary voltage outputs (AUX 1AUX 4) can be
switched on and off simultaneously.
2-wire and 4-wire conventional components can be
connected.
to EN 54-13, it is necessary to terminate every
conventional zone with EOL-modules.
Observe the maximum line resistance:
25 for conventional lines with FMC-300-RW or
automatic fire detectors
12 for conventional lines with FMC-120-DKM
manual call points.
System Overview
1 2
AUX1
OUT1
7 8
+
IN 1
9 10 11 12
AUX2
OUT2
+
IN 2
C ZM 0004 A
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC (min...max)
5 V DC 5%

AUX3
+
OUT3
-
IN 3
-
AUX4
+
OUT4
-
IN 4
-
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Standby (all 4
zones)
65 mA (at 24 V DC)
Alarm (all 4 zones)
65 mA + 100 mA per zone (at 24 V

DC)
Outputs OUT1- OUT4

Max. output voltage
20 V DC 5%
Max. output current
100 mA per zone 10%
Max. line resistance
2 x 25 per zone
Auxiliary power supply AUX1 - AUX4

Max. output current
(all 4 outputs in
total)
230 mA
Mechanics
8 LEDs (4 x red, 4 x yellow)

4 keys
Housing material
ABS plastic, Polylac PA-766 (UL94

V-0)
Housing color
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Without packaging
With packaging
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
IOS 0020 A 20 mA
Communication Module
2
3/4
TX - / +
20 mA interface
5/6
RX + / -
20 mA interface
7/8
AUX - / +
Power supply, +24 V DC/max.

1.3 A
20 /
21 /22
RXD/TXD/GND
RS232 interface
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Electrical
The IOS 0020 A Communication Module has the

following interfaces:
An S20 interface
An RS232 interface
An S1 interface.
The voice alarm system Plena can be connected via
RS232.
Features
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5%
15 mA (at 24 V DC)
Max. output current AUX
1.3 A at 24 V DC
Max. cable length

20 mA interface
1000 m (3280 ft.)
RS232 interface
3 m (10 ft.)
Mechanics
Housing material

(UL94 V0)
Connection of peripherals with serial interface
Housing color

Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
System Overview
1
Without packaging
With packaging
IN
OUT
-
TX
+
RX
+
AUX
IO S 0 0 2 0 A
S1
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
Permitted relative
humidity
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
4
9
3
8
TXD
RXD
TXD0
GND RXD0
5
GND
1
6
20 21 22
Pos.
Description
Connector
1/2
S1 IN/OUT
S1 interface
IOS 0232 A RS232

Communication Module
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Electrical
Input voltage
5 V DC 5%
15 mA (at 24 V DC)
Max. cable length
3 m (10 ft.) per interface
Mechanics
The RS232 Communication Module can be used to

connect two devices, e.g. voice alarm system Plena, a
laptop or a printer, via two independent serial
interfaces.
Features
Housing material

(UL94 V0)
Housing color
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Without packaging
With packaging
Connection of peripherals with RS232 serial

interface

System Overview
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
4
9
3
8
GND
RXD2
TXD2
GND
RXD1
TXD0
GND RXD0
5
TXD1
IOS 0232 A

interfaces
1
6
15 16 17
20 21 22
Pos.
Description
Connector
15 / 16 /
17
RXD1/TXD1/GND
RS232 interface 1
20 / 21 /
22
RXD2/TXD2/GND
RS232 interface 2
ENO 0000 B Fire Service

Interface Module
2
NQuit
Acknowledge
GND
Ground
7/8
E + / -
Transmission unit power supply
Monitoring of key deposit
10
The ENO 0000 B enables the connection of fire service

equipment in compliance with DIN 14675:
Transmission unit to fire service (AT 2000)
SD key deposit
Signal light (BEGA light, BL 200)
Monitoring of a release device
4 freely-programmable relays.
The ENO 0000 B module is only used in Germany.
11
Ground
12
Door release magnet, 24 V, approx. 10 W
13
Lock monitoring
14
6/7
Ground
15
Heat system, 24 V, approx. 8 W
16
10
Ground
17 /
18
FSE + / -
Monitoring of the release device
19 /
20
+/-
Signal light, 24 V, approx. 10 W
21 32
1/2/3/4
Relays 1-4
For a fire system operation according to EN 54-2,
the transmission units (FMAAT2000GSM/-ISDN/IP) must be installed directly next to or within the
fire panel. If the installation is remote, the feedback
line to the fire panel must be monitored.
Features
u
Connection of Fire Service Systems according to

DIN 14675

System Overview
Jumper from position 10 to 11 for the door

release magnet of a 12 V key deposit.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Labeling strips
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5%

Standby
25 mA (at 24 V DC)
All relays triggered
60 mA (at 24 V DC)
Contact load relay
1 A / 30 V DC
Max. lead resistance

transmission unit (E)
2 x 10
Max. cable length key

deposit
10 m
Cable type key deposit
LiYY 10 x 0.5 mm2
Pos.
Descript
ion
Connector
Ground
Mechanics
Transmission unit control
Housing material
Feedback contact
ABS plastic, Polylac PA766

(UL94 V0)
AWUG fault
Housing color
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 150 g
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C
95 %, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
with DIN 14675
Accessories
ENO 0000 B.
IOP 0008 A Input/Output

Module
System Overview
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
OUT8
GND
OUT7
OUT5
IN 8
OUT4
IN 5
OUT6
OUT3
IN 4
IN 7
OUT2
IN 3
IN 6
OUT1
IN 2
IO P 0 0 0 8 A
IN 1
The IOP 0008 A Input/Output Module has eight

independent digital inputs and eight open collector
outputs for individual displays or flexible connection of
various electrical devices.
Features
u
Interface for electrically isolated inputs and

outputs
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Pos.
Descripti
on
Connector
1-8
OUT1OUT8
8 outputs with a max. voltage of 35 V DC,

nominal 700 mA
9-1
2
GND
Ground
1320
IN1-IN8
8 inputs with a max. voltage of 5 V DC at

0.1 mA per input
2124
GND
Ground
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5%
10 mA (at 24 V DC)
Output current
Max 1.5 A, nominal 700 mA (shortcircuit protected)
Max. cable length
3 m (10 ft.) per input/output
Mechanics
Housing material

(UL94 V0)
Housing color
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60C (-4 F to 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
System Overview
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
NC4
C3
C7
C4
NO3
NO7
NC8
NC2
NC6
NO4
C2
C6
C8
NO2
NO6
NC3
NC1
NO8
C1
NC5
NC7
NO1
C5
RML 0008 A
NO5
The module has eight change-over contact relays (type

C) to provide potential-free output contacts.
Each of the eight relays has an NO (normally open) and
an NC (normally closed) contact.
The maximum relay contact load is 30 V DC/1 A.
Features
u
8 freely programmable relay outputs

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Pos.
Description
Connector
1-3
NO1 / C1 / NC1
Relay 1
4-6
NO2 / C2 / NC2
Relay 2
7-9
NO3/C3/NC3
Relay 3
10-12
NO4/C4/NC4
Relay 4
13-15
NO5/C5/NC5
Relay 5
16-18
NO6/C6/NC6
Relay 6
19-21
NO7/C7/NC7
Relay 7
22-24
NO8/C8/NC8
Relay 8
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
RML 0008 A Relay Module Low Voltage
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5%

Standby
4 mA (at 24 V DC)

Max. contact load
68 mA (at 24 V DC)
1 A at 30 V DC
Mechanics
Housing material

(UL94 V0)
Housing color
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
voltage
System Overview
C2
NC2
R M H 0002 A
C1
NC1
10 11 12
NO1
1 2 3
NO2
The module has two change-over contact relays (type C)

for monitored connection of external elements with
feedback, e. g.
Door retaining magnets
Fan
Smoke dampers.
Each relay has an NO (normally open) and an NC
(normally closed) contact and is protected by a 6.3 A
fuse.
The maximum relay contact load is 5 A at 120 V/
230 V AC and 5 A at 30 V DC.
The Relay Module can also be used as an extinguishing
system interface in accordance with VdS 2496.
Features
u
Contact rating of 5 A

FB1
+
FB2
-
15
16
21
22
Pos.
Description
Connector
1-3
NC1/C1/NO1
Relay 1
10-12
NC2/C2/NO2
Relay 2
15 / 16
FB1 + / -
Feedback relay 1
21 / 22
FB2 + / -
Feedback relay 2
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
RMH 0002 A Relay Module High Voltage
Labeling strips
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5%
Standby
10 mA (at 24 V DC)
Both relays
triggered
50 mA (at 24 V DC)
Max. contact load
5 A at 120/230 V AC
5 A at 30 V DC
Feedback current
Max. 4.5 mA per relay
Feedback voltage
Max. 30 V DC
Maximum line restance of

the feedback lines
2 x 25
Fuses
F1 = T 6.3 A, F2 = T 6.3 A
Mechanics
Operating/display
elements
4 LEDs (2 x red, 2 x green)

2 keys
Housing material
PPO Noryl
Housing color
Dimensions
Approx.127 x 96 x 60 mm
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
with feedback
NZM 0002 A Notification

Appliance Zone Module
System Overview
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
IN 1
O UT2
IN 2
The NZM 0002 A Notification Appliance Zone Module

provides two monitored primary lines. This enables the
connection of two separate notification appliance zone
lines.
Connection of:
Sirens
Strobes
Horns
The operating status of each zone is shown by a red and
a yellow status LED.
Features
u
Monitored control of signaling devices by voltage

polarity reversal

SYNC
GND
IN
BAT
-
OUT
DC
+
GND
NZM 0002 A
O UT1
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Pos.
Description
Connector
1/2
B OUT1/A OUT1
NAC zone 1
3/4
B IN1/A IN1
5/6
B OUT2/A OUT2
7/8
B IN2/A IN2
17 /
18
DC + / -
External power supply
19 /
20
BAT + / -
24 V DC input, battery voltage
21 /
22
SYNC GND/OUT
Synchronization output
23 /
24
SYNC GND/IN
Synchronization input
NAC zone 2
For operating the fire alarm system according to EN
54-13 the signaling device lines must be designed in
loop topology.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Labelling strips
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
5 V DC 5 %

Standby (2 zones)
40 mA (at 24 V DC)
Alarm (2 zones)
65 mA (at 24 V DC)
Max. output voltage
29.5 V DC
Max. output current for

Power supply via rail
500 mA per notification appliance

zone line (in the event of an alarm)
3 A per notification appliance zone

line (in the event of an alarm)
Max. cable length
Dependent on type and number of

connected signaling devices
Mechanics
4 LEDs (2 x red, 2 x yellow)

2 keys (LED test)
Housing material
Housing color
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 135 g
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C to 50 C
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C

IEC 60529
IP 30
ENO 0000 A Fire Service

Interface Module
2
The ENO 0000 A enables the connection of fire service

equipment in compliance with DIN 14675:
Transmission unit to fire service (AT 2000)
SD key deposit
Signal light (BEGA light, BL 200)
Monitoring of a release device
4 freely-programmable relays.
The ENO 0000 A module is only used in Germany.
System Overview
9
13
12
E+
Quit
GND
11
15
14
16
Connector
Ground
Transmission unit control
Feedback contact
AWUG fault
NQuit
Acknowledge
GND
Ground
7/8
E + / -
Transmission unit power supply
Monitoring of key deposit
11
Ground
12
Door release magnet, +24 V, approx. 10 W
13
Lock monitoring
14
6/7
Ground
15
Heat system, +24 V, approx. 8 W
16
10
Ground
17 /
18
FSE + / -
Monitoring of the release device
19 /
20
+/-
Signal light, +24 V, approx. 10 W
21 32
1/2/3/4
Relays 1-4
Qty.
Components
Labeling strips
10
7
6
6/7
5
4
Descript
ion
Parts Included
E-
3
2
Pos.
Electrical
Input voltage
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (min...max)
5 V DC 5%
ENO 0000 A
FSE
+
1
+
Standby
25 mA (at 24 V DC)
60 mA (at 24 V DC)
Contact load relay
1 A / 30 V DC
Max. lead resistance

transmission unit (E)
2 x 10
Max. cable length key

deposit
10 m (33 ft.)
Cable type key deposit
LiYY 10 x 0.5 mm2
Mechanics
18
17
20
19
22
21
24
23
26
25
28
27
30
29
32
Housing material

(UL94 V0)
Housing color
31
Dimensions
(5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 in.)
Weight
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C ... 50 C (23 F ... 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C ... 60 C (-4 F ... 140 F)
95%, non-condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
Order number ENO 0000 A
Accessories
ENO 0000 B.
56 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Panel Rails FPA-5000
PRD 0004 A Panel Rail Long
Panel Rails
CANL
CANH
+24V
GND
MID
PRS 0002 A/
PRD 0004 A
CANH
CANL
+24V
GND
+5V
MID
MID
GND
+24V
CANH
A
CANL
+5V
The PRD 0004 A Panel Rail Long has four module slots.
The panel rails are supplied with voltage via the
BCM-0000-B Battery Controller Module and have an
integrated DC/DC voltage converter for the 5 V module
operating voltage.
The PRS 0002 A Panel Rail Short and the PRD 0004 A
Panel Rail Long are plug-and-play rails made from glassfiber-reinforced plastic for two or four modules. The
power supply for both modules and all the data traffic
between the module and the Control Panel are achieved
via the plug contacts in the rail.
Features
RE
120W
Plug-and-play rails
Adequate for two or four modules
Parts Included
Type
Qty
.
Components
PRS 0002
A
Panel Rail Short, for 2 modules
PRD 0004
A
1
1
Panel Rail Long, for 4 modules

Data transmission cable
Functions
PRS 0002 A Panel Rail Short
Due to its hidden position behind the Operating and

Display Unit with Panel Controller, the PRS 0002 A
Panel Rail Short is intended for mounting of the
following modules without operating and display
elements:
BCM-0000-B Battery Controller Module
IOS 0020 A and IOS 0232 A Communication
Modules
The two modules on the short rail are supplied with
voltage (+5 V/GND) directly from the Panel Controller.
Electrical
Input voltage
+5 V DC via MPC
+24 V DC via BCM-0000-B
MID
+5V
GND
+24V
CANL
CANH
Output voltage
CANH
CANL
+24V
GND
+5V
MID
MPC
CANH
CANL
+24V
GND
+5V
MID
PRS 0002 A
+5 V DC via DC/DC converter

PRD 0004 A
Mechanics
Material

(UL94 V0)
Color
Dimensions
PRS 0002 A

(5.7 x 8.5 x 1.4 inches)
PRD 0004 A

(5.7 x 15.6 x 1.4 inches)
Weight
PRD 0004 A / PRS
0002 A
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Panel Rails FPA-5000 | 57
PRS 0002 A
PRD 0004 A
temperature
-5 C ... 50 C (23 F ... 122 F)
Permissible storage
temperature
-20 C ... 60 C (-4 F ... 140 F)
for up to 2 modules
Order number PRS 0002 A
for up to 4 modules
Order number PRD 0004 A
58 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Panel Controller FPA-5000
Panel Controller
Functions
Networking
The Panel Controller is the central element of the

system, which shows all messages on the display. The
complete system is operated via a touch panel above
the display. The user-friendly user interface adapts to
the various situations. This allows correct operation that
is simple, targeted and intuitive.
The FSP-5000-RPS programming software enables
adaptation to country-specific circumstances.
Features
u
Interconnection of up to 54 Panel Controllers,

Remote Keypads and OPC server
Ethernet interface for OPC connection
Ergonomic design
14.5 cm (5.7") touchscreen with 22 fixed keys for

the standard entries
11 LEDs for displaying the operating status of the

system
System Overview
1
Up to 54 Panel Controllers, Remote Keypads and OPC

server can be interconnected within a network.
Depending on the application requirements, Panel
Controllers and Remote Keypads can be grouped,
defined as network node or local node. Within a group,
only panel conditions of the same group can be
displayed. Regardless of the groups, network nodes
allow for the display and handling of all panel
conditions. Local nodes display the conditions of the
related panel.
When networking via CAN and/or Ethernet interfaces,
the following connection topologies are optional:
1. Redundant loop via CAN1 and CAN2 (max. 32
nodes)
2. Ethernet loop (max. 16 nodes)
3. Multiple CAN loops with Ethernet backbone and up
to 54 nodes (max. 20 nodes per CAN loop)
Alarm indication
The indication element is a high-resolution LCD

touchscreen (320 x 240 px) with automatically
activated backlight. 11 LEDs provide continuous
information about the operating status of the control
panel and / or system. Additional LED annunciator
modules, each containing 16 detection points, can be
used to visually display alarms or faults.
Operation / processing of messages
The operation of the Panel Controller and the

processing of all messages is done on the
ergonomically-designed control panel using the
integrated LCD touchscreen. To that end, there are
permanently located keys on the right, bottom, and
upper edge of the display as well as variably located
virtual keys in the touch-screen area.
There is a key switch underneath the status LEDs; the
key switch has two programmable switch positions,
e. g.:
For switching back and forth between day and night
operation
Local alarm ON / OFF (internal / external alarm)
Interfaces
To transmit the desired configuration to the Panel

Controller, an USB interface is available. Additionally,
there is an Ethernet interface to add for example the
BIS software to the local network.
Saving and printing messages
Messages and events are saved internally and can be

viewed on the display at any time. A log printer for
printing incoming messages can be connected.
Language variants
The language of the menu can be selected arbitrarily.
Pos.
Description
Status LEDs
Key switch
LCD touch display
Membrane keys
In accordance with EN 54 Part 2, panels with more than

512 LSN elements must be connected redundantly. To
that end, a second basic housing with a second Panel
Controller is used.
Cable Set CRP 0000 A is required for the redundant
connection.
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Panel Controller FPA-5000 | 59
Parts Included
Qty
.
Components
Panel Controller, user interface and labeling strips in the

relevant language, CD with FSP-5000-RPS programming
software
Electrical
Operating voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC

Standby operation
120 mA @ 24 V DC
In the event of an alarm
205 mA @ 24 V DC
PRS 0002 A Power Supply

Operating voltage
5 V DC 4,5 %
Current consumption
max. 500 mA
MPC-3000-B Panel Controller PL

central element of the system with a user-friendly user
interface and an integrated high-resolution LCD
touchscreen, Polish version.
Order number MPC 3000 B
MPC-5000-B Panel Controller FR-NL
touchscreen, French / Dutch version.
Order number MPC-5000-B
MPC-6000-B Panel Controller EL
touchscreen, Greek version.
MPC-7000-B Panel Controller RO-EN
touchscreen, Romanian / English version.
1000 m
depending on configuration,
topology and cable type
MPC-8000-B Panel Controller RU

touchscreen, Russian version.
Display element
14.5 cm (5.7") LCD display
Operating element
Touch screen
Permanent operating elements
22 keys
Permanent display elements
11 LEDs
MPC-9000-B Panel Controller TR

touchscreen, Turkish version.
Interfaces
CAN1, CAN2, Ethernet, USB,

RS232, 2 signal inputs
190 mm x 404 mm x 60 mm
Active surface (H x W)
127,5 mm x 170 mm
Weight
ca. 2 kg
Max. cable length when

networking
Mechanics
Permissible operating temperature
-5 C to 50 C
Permissible storage temperature
-20 C to 70 C
MPC-0000-B Panel Controller DE
touchscreen, German version.
MPC-2000-B Panel Controller ES
touchscreen, Spanish version.
MPC-1300-B Panel Controller EN

touchscreen, English version.
MPC-1400-B Panel Controller PT
touchscreen, Portuguese version.
MPC-1500-B Panel Controller CS
touchscreen, Czech version.
MPC-1600-B Panel Controller HU
touchscreen, Hungarian version.
MPC-1700-B Panel Controller IT-DE
touchscreen, Italian / German version.
Accessories
ADC 0064 A 64 Point Address Card
for MPC Panel Controller
Order number ADC 0064 A

ADC-2048-A 2048 Point Address Card
Order number ADC-2048-A
Address Cards
ADC 0128
A
SIM card with 128 addresses
ADC 0512
A
ADC 1024
A
ADC 2048
A
A control panel can be equipped with up to four
optional Address Cards each containing 64, 128, 512,
1024 or 2048 addresses depending on requirements.
Features
u
Up to 64, 128, 512, 1024 or 2048 addresses on

one card
Up to four cards in one control panel
System Overview

ADC-2048-A 2048 Point Address Card
Order number ADC-2048-A
The Address Cards activate detection points. The
FPA5000 governs up to 4096 detection points.
Each element and input which, after the
programming, is able to set off an alarm requires a
detection point. Inputs are considered as detection
points if they are programmed accordingly in the
FSP5000RPS Programming Software.
Detection points are required for:
manual call points and automatic detectors
inputs of LSN elements
inputs of functional modules
Signaling devices and outputs have no detection
points!
Examples for required detection points:
The CZM 0004 A 4 Zone Conventional Module is
allocated to 4 detection points, one per zone.
The IOP 0008 A Input/Output Module is
allocated to up to 8 detection points, one for
every single supervised input.
Parts Included
Type
Count
Components
ADC 0064
A
FMR-5000 Remote Keypad
System Overview
The FMR5000 Remote Keypad is a convenient solution

for the remote operation of the FPA1200 Fire Panel, the
FPA5000 Modular Fire Panel or a complete network.
The design of the user interface is identical with that of
the FPA1200 and FPA5000 Panel Controllers and
therefore enables an intuitive and quick operation.
In a network of FPA5000 fire panels, up to 32 Panel
Controllers, Remote Keypads and OPC server can be
connected.
The FPA1200 Fire Panel can be networked with up to
three FMR5000 Remote Keypads.
Features
u
Identical user interface like Panel Controller
Convenient solution for remote operation of

fire panel
Up to 32 Panel Controllers, Remote Keypads and

OPC server in a network of FPA5000 fire panels
Surface and flush mounting possible
14.5 cm (5.7") touchscreen with 22 fixed keys for

the standard entries
Pos.
Description
Status LEDs
Key switch
LCD touch display
Membrane keys
Functions
Networking
Up to 32 Panel Controllers, Remote Keypads, and OPC

server can be connected to a single FPA5000 network.
Depending on usage, various Panel Controllers and
Remote Keypads can be grouped, defined as network or
local node. Within a group, conditions of panels can be
shown which also belong to the defined group.
Independent of groups, via network nodes conditions of
all panels can be displayed and be edited. Local nodes
display conditions of the associated panel.
For networking via CAN1 and CAN2 interfaces the
following three connection topologies are possible:
Non-redundant bus via CAN1
Redundant bus via busses CAN1 and CAN2
Redundant loop via CAN1 and CAN2
Alarm indication
The indication element is a high-resolution LCD

touchscreen (320 x 240 px) with automatically
activated backlight. 11 LEDs provide continuous
information about the operating status of the control
panel and / or system. Additional LED annunciator
modules, each containing 16 detection points, can be
used to visually display alarms or faults.
Operation / processing of messages
The operation of the Panel Controller and the

processing of all messages is done on the
ergonomically-designed control panel using the
integrated LCD touchscreen. To that end, there are
permanently located keys on the right, bottom, and
upper edge of the display as well as variably located
virtual keys in the touch-screen area.
There is a key switch underneath the status LEDs; the

key switch has two programmable switch positions, e.g.:
Operation released / not released
For switching back and forth between day and night
operation
Interfaces
The USB interface enables the configuration of the

connected fire panel or the complete network.
Saving and printing messages
Messages and events are saved internally and can be

viewed on the display at any time. A log printer for
printing incoming messages can be connected.
Language variants
The language of the menu can be selected arbitrarily.

Region
Certification
Germany
VdS
G 208161 FMR-5000
Poland
CNBOP
2663/2008 FMR-5000
CNBOP
0401/2008 FMR-5000
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
FMR-5000 Remote Keypad, user interface and labeling

strips in language of the country
Literature pack
Elektrical
11 V DC to 30 V DC

Standby
130 mA @ 24 V DC
Alarm
225 mA @ 24 V DC
Max. resistance
18
Max. cable length when

networking
1000 m
depending on configuration,
topology and cable type
Mechanical
Display element
14.5 cm (5.7") LCD display
Operating element
Touch screen
Fixed operating elements
22 keys
Fixed display elements
11 LEDs
Interfaces
CAN1, CAN2, Ethernet,

100BaseTX, USB, RS232
Dimensions (H x W x T)
280 mm x 340 mm x 87,2 mm
LCD display (H x W)
86 mm x 116 mm
Weight
ca. 3 kg
temperature
-5 C to 50 C
-20 C to 70 C
FMR-5000-00 Remote Keypad DE
is a convenient solution for a remote and easy operation
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, German
version.
Order number FMR-5000-00
FMR-5000-02 Remote Keypad ES
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Spanish
version.
FMR-5000-03 Remote Keypad PL
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Polish
version.
FMR-5000-05 Remote Keypad FR-NL
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, French /
Dutch version.
FMR-5000-06 Remote Keypad EL
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Greek
version.
Operating voltage
Environmental
FMR-5000-07 Remote Keypad RO-EN

of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Romanian /
English version.
FMR-5000-08 Remote Keypad RU
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Russian
version.
FMR-5000-09 Remote Keypad TR
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Turkish
version.
FMR-5000-13 Remote Keypad EN
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, English
version.
FMR-5000-14 Remote Keypad PT
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Portuguese
version.
FMR-5000-15 Remote Keypad CS

of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Czech
version.
FMR-5000-16 Remote Keypad HU

of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Hungarian
version.
FMR-5000-17 Remote Keypad IT-DE
of the fire panels FPA1200 and FPA5000, Italian /
German version.
The ADC5000OPC License Key enables reliable

communication between the BIS software and the fire
panels FPA1200 or FPA5000 or networks.
For each OPC server only one license key is required.
The OPC server can monitor several fire panels or
networks.
The OPC server software can be found on the
FSP5000RPS CD (2.0.49 and higher).
System Overview
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
enables reliable communication between the
BIS software and the fire panels FPA1200 or FPA5000
or networks
Order number ADC-5000-OPC
66 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Housings for Frame Installation FPA-5000
Housings for Frame

Installation
2
FSH 0000 A Mounting frame small

The large mounting frame is also available in a design
with a distributor rail compliant with EN 500022 (not for
use in Germany):
FHS 0000 A Mounting frame large with distributor
rail
The housings for frame installation require the following
mounting frames for surface-mounted version:
Housing type
Mounting frame
CPH 0006 A
FBH 0000 A/FHS 0000 A
MPH 0010 A
FBH 0000 A/FHS 0000 A
EPH 0012 A
FBH 0000 A/FHS 0000 A
PSF 0002 A
FSH 0000 A
PMF 0004 A
FMH 0000 A
USF 0000 A
FSH 0000 A
Mounting plate
Housings for Frame Installation are fitted in suitable
mounting frames and can be swiveled to the front for
installation and service. The mounting frames are
screwed to the wall surface and accommodate the precabling.
As an alternative to the surface-mounted version,
installation in 482.6 mm (19") racks with special
installation kits is also possible.
12 V/45 Ah batteries can be used in the frame
installation housing.
The modular system makes it easy to extend the facility.
Features
u
Surface-mount or installation in 482.6 mm

(19") racks
Modular system
Functions
Housing designs and combinations
Two Housings for Frame Installation are available as the

basic unit:
CPH 0006 A (for 6 modules) or
MPH 0010 A (for 10 modules)
These housings can accommodate an MPC operating
and display unit with panel controller.
Basic housings CPH 0006 A and MPH 0010 A can be
extended with the following equipment to meet
individual requirements:
EPH 0012 A Extension housing for an additional
12 modules, frame installation
Power supply housings PSF 0002 A or PMF 0004 for
two or four 12 V/45 Ah batteries respectively and an
additional power supply
USF 0000 A Universal housing small, frame
installation.
Mounting frame
All mounting frames have integrated terminal blocks for

the mains supply, integrated junction boards, as well as
permanently-installed cable ducts to facilitate clear and
tidy cable routing.
Mounting frames are available in three sizes:
FBH 0000 A Mounting frame large
FMH 0000 A Mounting frame medium
An HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate can be mounted in the

large mounting frames FBH 0000 A and FHS 0000 A; this
mounting plate can be individually equipped. It contains
fixing holes for a distributor rail.
Notice
The distributor rail is not included in the scope
of delivery.
Equipment limits
Installation option and maximum number of:

Modules
Panel rails (short PRS 0002 A, long: PRD 0004 A)
Housing type
Modules
PRS 0002 A
PRD 0004 A
CPH 0006 A
MPH 0010 A
10
EPH 0012 A
12
PSF 0002 A
PMF 0004 A

MPC operating and display unit with panel
controller
UPS power supplies
Batteries
Housing type
MPC
UPS power
supplies
Batteries
CPH 0006 A
2 x 45 Ah
MPH 0010 A
EPH 0012 A
PSF 0002 A
2 x 45 Ah
PMF 0004 A
4 x 45 Ah
A power supply bracket for a UPS power supply is fitted

ex-works in housing units CPH 0006 A, PSF 0002 A and
PMF 0004 A.
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Housings for Frame Installation FPA-5000 | 67
The USF 0000 A comes with an HMP 0002 A Mounting

Plate long and can be equipped according to individual
requirements.
Installation dimensions of CPH 0006 A, EPH 0012 A

and MPH 0010 A:
440
15,5
236
Rack installation kit for 482.6 mm (19") racks
MPH 0010 A
FRB 0019 A
EPH 0012 A
FRB 0019 A
PSF 0002 A
FRS 0019 A
PMF 0004 A
FRM 0019 A
USF 0000 A
FRS 0019 A
638
FRB 0019 A
If 19" Rack Installation Kits are used, mounting frames

are not required.
452,5
14
77
145
25
CPH 0006 A
12
19" Rack Installation Kit

651
Housing type
There are special installation kits available for

installation in 482.6 mm (19") racks:
143
Installation dimensions of PMF 0004 A:
236
502
15,5
12
515
All mounting frames have an opening for cable

bushings; the opening is closed with an insert. Preformed cable routes can be created from the insert.
At least 230 mm free space is required on the right
next to the last housing; this space is for swiveling
out the attached housing for connection,
maintenance, and service.
The Mounting Frames FBH 0000 A and FHS 0000 A
are equipped with an earth bar.
For the Mounting Frame Medium FMH 0000 A the
Earth Bar FPO5000EB can be ordered as accessory
if necessary.
440
452,5
14
77
145
145
236
25
Alternatively, the housings CPH 0006 A, MPH 0010 A

and EPH 0012 A can be equipped with transparent front
doors made from impact resistant plastic with each
door each having a lock on the left or right:
FDT 0000 A Front Door Transparent, lock right side
FDT 0003 A Front Door Transparent, lock left side
236
Front doors
Installation dimensions of PSF 0002 A and

USF 0000 A:
15,5
236
267
14
77
145
25
12
280
452,5
CPH 0006 A and

MPH 0010 A
Approx. 12.5 kg
EPH 0012 A
Approx. 13.2 kg
PMF 0004 A
Approx. 11.4 kg
PSF 0002 A and

USF 0000 A
Approx. 6.4 kg
145
236
Approx. 292 x 456 x 236 mm
Weight
440
PSF 0002 A and

USF 0000 A
Parts Included
Type
Qt
y.
Components
CPH 0006 A
1
1
1
Housing, painted sheet steel

Power supply bracket
Cable set for battery connection
MPH 0010 A
EPH 0012 A
PSF 0002 A
1
1
1

PMF 0004 A
1
1
1

USF 0000 A
1
1

Mounting Plate
Mechanics
Housing material
Sheet steel, painted
Housing color
Slate gray, RAL 7015

Front: anthracite gray,
RAL 7016
Dimensions
CPH 0006 A,
MPH 0010 A and
EPH 0012 A
Approx. 638 x 440 x 145 mm
PMF 0004 A
Approx. 502 x 440 x 145 mm
PSF 0002 A and

USF 0000 A
Approx. 267 x 440 x 145 mm
Dimensions,
incl. mounting frame
CPH 0006 A,
MPH 0010 A and
EPH 0012 A
Approx. 653 x 456 x 236 mm
PMF 0004 A
Approx. 527 x 456 x 236 mm
CPH 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for 6 Modules,

Frame Installation
for surface-mounting or installation in 482.6 mm
(19") racks
Order number CPH 0006 A
MPH 0010 A Modular Panel Housing for 10 Modules,
Frame Installation
for surface-mounting or installation in 482.6 mm (19")
racks
Order number MPH 0010 A
EPH 0012 A Extension Housing for 12 Modules, Frame
Installation
racks
Order number EPH 0012 A
USF 0000 A Universal Housing Small, Frame Installation
comes with mounting plate, for surface-mounting or
installation in 482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number USF 0000 A
PSF 0002 A Power Supply Small, Frame Installation
racks
Order number PSF 0002 A
PMF 0004 A Power Supply Big, Frame Installation
racks
Order number PMF 0004 A
Accessories
required for housing CPH 0006 A, MPH 0010 A and
EPH 0012 A, with earth bar
Order number FBH 0000 A
required for housing PMF 0004 A
Order number FMH 0000 A
required for housing PSF 0002 A and USF 0000A
Order number FSH 0000 A
FHS 0000 A Mounting Frame Large with Distributor
Rail
as per EN 60715, usable for housing CPH 0006 A,
MPH 0010 A and EPH 0012 A
Order number FHS 0000 A
HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate for Mounting Frame

usable with FBH 0000 A and FHS 0000 A
Order number HMP 0003 A
Comes with 2 DSUB connectors, 9pin
Order number RLE 0000 A

used for Modular Panel Housings, Frame Installation,
CPH 0006 A, MPH 0010 A and EPH 0012 A
Order number FRB 0019 A
used for the PMF 0004 A Power Supply Medium, Frame
Installation
Order number FRM 0019 A
used for Frame Installation Housings PSF 0002 A and
USF 0000 A
Order number FRS 0019 A
Lock right side
Order number FDT 0000 A
Lock left side
CPH 0006 A Modular Panel

Housing for 6 Modules, Frame
Installation
The following are required for the CPH 0006 A
Modular Panel Housing, Frame Installation:
An FBH 0000 A Mounting Frame Large
or alternatively
An FRB 0019 A Rack Installation Kit for
installation in a 482.6 mm (19") rack.
A Power Supply Bracket for a UPS Power Supply is
fitted ex-works.
Can be equipped with:
1 MPC Operating and Display Unit with Panel
Controller
1 PRS 0002 A Panel Rail Short, for 2 modules
1 PRD 0004 A Panel Rail Long, for 4 modules
1 UPS Power Supply
2 x 12 V/45 Ah batteries
Can be extended with:
FDT 0000 A Front Door Transparent, lock right
side
FDT 0003 Front Door Transparent, lock left side
Parts Included
The CPH 0006 A can accommodate an MPC Operating

and Display Unit with Panel Controller, up to six
modules, two 12 V/45 Ah batteries, and a Power Supply.
The Power Supply Bracket is fitted ex-works.
The modular configuration means easy extension.
System Overview
Power Supply Bracket for 1 UPS Power Supply
Battery pole connection cable for frame installation housing
Supplementary package
CPH 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for 6 Modules,

Frame Installation
for surface-mounting or installation in 482.6 mm
(19") racks
Order number CPH 0006 A
8
--
Description
7
Pos.
Netzteil
10
5
6
11
Pos.
Description
Mounting frame
Housing
MPC Operating and Display Unit with Panel Controller
Modules 3-6
Space for 2 batteries
Front Door Transparent (optional)
Junction Board (optional)
Panel Rail for modules 1-2 (behind the MPC)
Panel Rail for modules 3-6
10
Power Supply Bracket for 1 Power Supply
11
MPH 0010 A Modular Panel

Housing for 10 Modules,
Frame Installation
Modules 1-2 (behind the MPC)
10
11
12
13
(in a separate Power Supply housing)
The MPH 0010 A can accommodate an MPC Operating

and Display Unit with Panel Controller as well as up to
10 modules.
Batteries and Power Supplies must be installed in a
separate Power Supply housing.
System Overview
The following are required for the MPH 0010 A

Modular Panel Housing, Frame Installation:
or alternatively
Controller
2 PRD 0004 A Panel Rails Long, each for
4 modules
side
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
8
9
2
10
3

Frame Installation
racks
Order number MPH 0010 A
11
4
12
5
7
6
13
Pos.
Description
Mounting Frame
Housing
MPC Operating and Display Unit with Panel Controller
Modules 3-6
Modules 7-10
Power Supply (in a separate housing)
Junction Board (optional)

3 PRD 0004 A Panel Rails Long, each for 4
modules
side
FDT 0003 A Front Door Transparent, lock left
side
EPH 0012 A Extension Housing

for 12 Modules, Frame
Installation
2
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
CAN bus connection cable, cable length 190 cm
Installation
racks
Order number EPH 0012 A
System Overview
1
2
3
7
4
8
5
Pos.
Description
Mounting Frame
Housing
Modules 1-4
Modules 5-8
Modules 9-12

The transparent front door is optional.
The following are required for the EPH 0012 A
Extension Housing, Frame Installation:
or alternatively
USF 0000 A Universal Housing

Small, Frame Installation
comes with mounting plate, for surface-mounting or
installation in 482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number USF 0000 A
The USF 0000 A Universal Housing Small, Frame

Installation is fitted with a mounting plate ex works,
which can be equipped as required. It contains fixing
holes for two distributor rails.
Notice
The distributor rails are not included in the
scope of delivery.
System Overview
The following are required for the USF 0000 A
Universal Housing Small, Frame Installation:
An FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame Small
or alternatively
An FRS 0019 A Rack Installation Kit for
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
Mounting plate
PSF 0002 A Power Supply

Small, Frame Installation
2
System Overview
1
Pos.
Description
Mounting Frame
Housing
Space for 2 x 12 V/45 Ah batteries and 1 UPS Power Supply
The following are required for the PSF 0002 A
Power Supply Small, Frame Installation:
An FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame Small
or alternatively
An FRS 0019 A Rack Installation Kit for
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
PSF 0002 A Power Supply Small, Frame Installation
racks
Order number PSF 0002 A
PMF 0004 A Power Supply Big,

Frame Installation
PMF 0004 A Power Supply Big, Frame Installation
racks
Order number PMF 0004 A
System Overview
1
5
4
3
4
Pos.
Description
Mounting Frame
Housing
Space for 4 x 12 V/45 Ah batteries and 1 UPS Power Supply
The following are required for the PMF 0004 A
Power Supply Small, Frame Installation:
An FMH 0000 A Mounting Frame Medium
or alternatively
An FRM 0019 A Rack Installation Kit for
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
Power Supply Bracket incl. cable set for 1 UPS

Power Supply
76 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Accessories - Frame Installation FPA-5000
FBH 0000 A Mounting Frame

Large
2
The large mounting frame is required for the frame

installation housings:
- CPH 0006 A
- MPH 0010 A
- EPH 0012 A
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Mounting Frame, Large
FPO-5000-EB Earth Bar
Mechanics
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color
Anthracite gray, RAL 7016
Dimensions

(approx. 25.1 x 17.7 x 3.4 in.)
required for housing CPH 0006 A, MPH 0010 A and
EPH 0012 A, with earth bar
Order number FBH 0000 A
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Accessories - Frame Installation FPA-5000 | 77
FMH 0000 A Mounting Frame

Medium
2
The medium mounting frame is required for the

PMF 0004 A Power Supply Big, Frame Installation.
Mechanics
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color
Dimensions

(approx. 19.8 x 17.7 x 3.4 in.)
required for housing PMF 0004 A
Order number FMH 0000 A
Accessories
FPO-5000-EB Earth Bar
For housing earth connection
Order number FPO-5000-EB
FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame

Small
2
The small mounting frame is required for the frame

installation housings:
- PSF 0002 A Power Supply, Frame Installation
- USF 0000 A Universal Housing Small, Frame
Installation.
Mechanics
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color
Dimensions

(approx. 10.5 x 17.7 x 3.4 in.)
required for housing PSF 0002 A and USF 0000A
Order number FSH 0000 A
FHS 0000 A Mounting Frame

Large with Distributor Rail
2
The large mounting frame is equipped with a distributor

rail in accordance with EN 60715 for attaching series
terminals.
The large mounting frame can be used as an alternative
to FBH 0000 A for the following frame installation
housings:
- CPH 0006 A
- MPH 0010 A
- EPH 0012 A.
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Mounting Frame Large with Distributor Rail
FPO5000EB Earth Bar
Mechanics
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color
Dimensions

(approx. 25.1 x 17.7 x 3.4 in.)
FHS 0000 A Mounting Frame Large with Distributor
Rail
as per EN 60715, usable for housing CPH 0006 A,
MPH 0010 A and EPH 0012 A
Order number FHS 0000 A
The RLE 0000 A Junction Board can be used for the

following applications:
Possibility for cable running
Possibility to disconnect cables for technical
measurements
Possibility to connect a laptop for parameter setting
of the system
The Junction Board can also be installed in the frame
installation housing to facilitate connection according to
country-specific conditions (e. g. based on British
standards).
Order number RLE 0000 A
HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate

for Mounting Frame
2
The HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate is used in both the

large FBH 0000 A and FHS 0000 A mounting frames.
The mounting plate is required to install interface
modules, external device controllers, relays and other
components. It can be fitted with a distributor rail.
Notice
The distributor rail is not included in the scope
of delivery.
Mechanics
Material
Sheet steel
Dimensions
Approx. 282 x 130 x 7.5 mm

(approx. 11.1 x 5.1 x 0.3 in.)
HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate for Mounting Frame
usable with FBH 0000 A and FHS 0000 A
Order number HMP 0003 A
FRB 0019 A 19" Rack

Installation Kit, Large
2
used for Modular Panel Housings, Frame Installation,
CPH 0006 A, MPH 0010 A and EPH 0012 A
Order number FRB 0019 A
FRM 0019 A 19" Rack

Installation Kit, Medium
2
used for the PMF 0004 A Power Supply Medium, Frame
Installation
Order number FRM 0019 A
FRS 0019 A 19" Rack

Installation Kit, Small
2
used for Frame Installation Housings PSF 0002 A and
USF 0000 A
Order number FRS 0019 A
FDT 0000 A Front Door

Transparent
2
Mechanics
Material
Polycarbonate
Color
Transparent
Dimensions

(approx. 23.8 x 16.9 x 0.39 in.)
Lock right side

Transparent
2
Mechanics
Material
Polycarbonate
Color
Transparent
Dimensions

(approx. 23.8 x 16.9 x 0.39 in.)
Lock left side
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Housings for Wall Mounting FPA-5000 | 87
MPC Operating and Display Unit with Panel

Controller
UPS Power Supplies
Batteries
Housings for Wall Mounting
Wall-mount housings are available in various designs for

all conceivable applications. They can be installed as
surface-mounted or flush-mounted variants, with
variable installation depths up to wall-flush, as well as in
482.6 mm (19") racks. The modular system makes it
easy to extend the facility.
Features
MPC
Power
supplies
Batteries
HCP 0006 A
2 x 28 Ah
HBC 0010 A
2 x 28 Ah
HBE 0012 A
2 x 28 Ah
PSS 0002 A
2 x 28 Ah
PSB 0004 A
4 x 28 Ah
DIB 0000 A
The DIB 0000 A Distribution Box, Frame Installation, is

equipped with a distributor rail and is used to install
terminal strips.
Installation types
Surface-mount, flush-mount or installation in

482.6 mm (19") racks
Modular system
Functions
Housing designs and combinations
Two wall-mount housings are available as the basic unit:

HCP 0006 A (for 6 modules) or
HBC 0010 A (for 10 modules)
These housings can accommodate an MPC Operating
and Display Unit with Panel Controller as the central
element of the control panel.
Basic housings HCP 0006 A and HBC 0010 A can be
extended with the following equipment to meet
individual requirements:
HBE 0012 A Modular Extension Housing for an
additional 12 modules, 2 x 12 V/28 Ah batteries
PSS 0002 A or PSB 0004 A Power Supply Housings
for additional power supplies and 12 V/28 Ah
batteries
DIB 0000 A Distribution Box, Frame Installation.
Equipment limits

Modules
Panel rails (small: PRS 0002 A, large: PRD 0004 A)
Housing
type
Housing type
Various types of installation are possible:

Surface-mounted
Flush-mounted with variable installation depths (up
to wall-flush)
Installation in 482.6 mm (19") racks.
With surface-mounted installation, the housings are
mounted directly on the wall. All other types of
installation require special mounting kits.
The housings have pre-formed cable bushings.
Only the 12 V/28 Ah batteries can be integrated in the
wall-mount housing.
Installation in 482.6 mm (19") racks.
Each wall-mount housing requires an FRK 0019 A

Installation kit.
Front doors
The housings can also be equipped with transparent

front doors. The housings are made from impactresistant plastic and are available in two sizes with each
having a lock on the left or right.
Housing type
Front Door, lock right

side
Front Door, lock left side
HCP 0006 A
FDT 0000 A
FDT 0003 A
HBC 0010 A
FDT 0001 A
FDT 0002 A
HBE 0012 A
FDT 0001 A
FDT 0002 A
Modules
PRS 0002 A
PRD 0004 A
HCP 0006
A
HBC 0010
A
10
HBE 0012
A
12
Parts Included
PSS 0002 A
Qty.
Components
PSB 0004 A
DIB 0000 A
All housings have pre-formed cable bushings with
the three most common diameters (22 mm, 35 mm,
44 mm).
The pre-formed openings for the cable route must
be created carefully.
88 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Housings for Wall Mounting FPA-5000

For wall-mount housing
Order number FRK 0019 A
Mechanics
Housing material
Housing color

Front: anthracite gray, RAL 7016
Dimensions
HCP 0006 A
Approx. 638 x 440 x 149 mm
HBC 0010 A and

HBE 0012 A
Approx. 840 x 440 x 149 mm
PSB 0004 A
Approx. 502 x 440 x 149 mm
PSS 0002 A and

DIB 0000 A
Approx. 267 x 440 x 149 mm
Weight
HCP 0006 A
Approx. 12.5 kg
HBC 0010 A and

HBE 0012 A
Approx. 17 kg
PSB 0004 A
Approx. 11.4 kg
PSS 0002 A and

DIB 0000 A
Approx. 6.4 kg

Lock right side
Lock left side
Lock right side
Lock left side
HCP 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for 6 Modules
for surface-mounting, flush-mounting or installation in
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number HCP 0006 A
HBC 0010 A Modular Panel Housing for 10 Modules
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number HBC 0010 A
HBE 0012 A Modular Extension Housing for 12 Modules
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number HBE 0012 A
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number PSS 0002 A
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number PSB 0004 A
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number DIB 0000 A
Accessories
Order number RLU 0000 A
HCP 0006 A Modular Panel

Housing for 6 Modules
Controller
1 PRD 0004 A Panel Rail Long, for 4 modules
HPD 0000 A Power Distributor
1 FPO5000PSBCH Power Supply Bracket for
panel housings
side
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
The HCP 0006 A can accommodate an MPC Operating
and Display Unit with Panel Controller, up to six
modules, as well as batteries and Power Supplies.
HCP 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for 6 Modules

482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number HCP 0006 A
System Overview
6
Netzteil
10
11
5
Pos.
Description
Housing
MPC Operating and Display Unit
Modules 3-6
HPD 0000 A Power Distributor (optional)
Modules 1-2
10
Power Supply
11
HBC 0010 A Modular Panel

Housing for 10 Modules
12
Power Supply
13
Controller
4 modules
HPD 0000 A Power Distributor
Panel Housings
FDT 0001 A Large Front Door Transparent, lock
right side
left side
Parts Included
The HBC 0010 A can accommodate an MPC Operating
and Display Unit with Panel Controller, up to ten
modules, as well as batteries and Power Supplies.
7
8
to BC M 1
to N AC 1
to N AC 3
to N AC 5
to N AC 7
to N AC 9
10 A
to BC M 2
to N AC 2
to N AC 4
to N AC 6
Description
Housing
System Overview
Pos.
to N AC 8
HBC 0010 A Modular Panel Housing for 10 Modules

482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number HBC 0010 A
to N AC 10
fr om Ba tt 3
fr om UPS 3
fr om UP S 4
fr om UP S 5
fr om UPS 6
25 A
fr om UPS 2
25 A
fr om Ba tt 1 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
10 A
fr om Ba tt 1 B ( para llel)
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
13
6
Pos.
Description
Housing
MPC Operating and Display Unit
Modules 3-6
Modules 7-10
HPD 0000 A Power Distributor (optional)
Modules 1-2
10
11
HBE 0012 A Modular

Extension Housing for
12 Modules
10
Power Supply
11
2 x 12 V/28 Ah batteries or alternatively

1 Power Distributor
4 modules
Panel Housings
2 x 12 V/28 Ah batteries or
alternatively 1 HPD 0000 A Power Distributor
right side
left side
Parts Included
The HBE 0012 A can accommodate up to 12 modules as

well as batteries and Power Supplies.
Description
Housing
CAN bus connection cable, cable length 190 cm
System Overview
Pos
.

482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number HBE 0012 A
3
9
4
10
11
Pos.
Description
Housing
Modules 1-4
Modules 5-8
Modules 9-12
Space for 2 batteries or 1 Power Distributor
PSS 0002 A Power Supply

Small
2
The PSS 0002 A is a Power Supply housing that can be

flexibly equipped.
System Overview
1
2
Pos
.
Description
Housing
Housing without front panel
Equipment variants:
2 x 12 V/28 Ah batteries and 1 Power Supply
FPO5000PSB1 between the batteries
1 HMP 0002 A Mounting Plate Long for
individual equipping.
Notice
With the HMP 0002 A Mounting Plate, the
mounting bore holes for the components must
be drilled on-site by the customer.
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number PSS 0002 A
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number PSB 0004 A
The PSB 0004 A Power Supply housing has enough

space for up to four 12 V/28 Ah batteries. Alternatively,
a Power Supply Bracket and a Power Distributor and/or
a Power Supply Bracket and a Mounting Plate can be
installed instead of the two upper batteries.
System Overview
Po
s.
Description
Housing
Housing without front panel
Equipment variants:
4 x 12 V/28 Ah batteries and 1 FPO5000PSB1
Power Supply Bracket
2 x 12 V/28 Ah batteries and
1 FPO5000PSB1Power Supply Bracket and
1 HPD 0000 A Power Distributor
Power Supply Bracket and 1 HMP 0001 A
Mounting Plate Short
Notice
With the HMP 0001 A Mounting Plate, the
mounting bore holes for the components must
be drilled on-site by the customer.
The DIB 0000 A Distribution Box is equipped with a

distributor rail compliant with EN 60715 and is used to
install series terminals.
System Overview
Parts Included
Pos.
Description
Housing with distributor rail installed compliant with

EN 60715
482.6 mm (19") racks
Order number DIB 0000 A
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Accessories - Wall Mounting FPA-5000 | 95
Order number RLU 0000 A
96 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Accessories - Wall Mounting FPA-5000
FRK 0019 A 19" Rack

Installation Kit
2
For wall-mount housing
Order number FRK 0019 A

Transparent
2
Mechanics
Material
Polycarbonate
Color
Transparent
Dimensions

(approx. 23.8 x 16.9 x 0.39 in.)
Lock right side
FDT 0001 A Large Front Door

Transparent
2
Mechanics
Material
Polycarbonate
Color
Transparent
Dimensions

(approx. 31.8 x 16.9 x 0.39 in.)
Lock right side
FDT 0002 A Large Front Door

Transparent
2
Mechanics
Material
Polycarbonate
Color
Transparent
Dimensions

(approx. 31.8 x 16.9 x 0.39 in.)
Lock left side

Transparent
2
Mechanics
Material
Polycarbonate
Color
Transparent
Dimensions

(approx. 23.8 x 16.9 x 0.39 in.)
Lock left side
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Power Supplies FPA-5000 | 101
Battery can be deployed as follows:
UEV 1000 Universal Power Supply
FPA5000 Modular Fire Panel
FPA1200 Fire Panel
Dimensions (B x H x T): 523 x 261 x 258 mm

Region
Certification
Russia
GOST
POCC DE.C313B06299
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
12 V/38 Ah Battery with connection accessories
Battery type
Dry battery
Rated voltage
12 V DC
Nominal capacity
38 Ah
Recommended load voltage
13.8 V DC at 20 C
Recommended load current
0.1 to 0.2 A
Dimensions (W x H x D)
175 x 174 x 199 mm
Connector
Flat pole
(Delivery unit = 2 units)
Order number IPP-12V-38Ah
102 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Power Supplies FPA-5000
Power Supply Brackets
Mechanics
Material
PA6 Plastic, Grilon BS V0

(UL94 V0)
Color
Weight
FPO-5000-PSB-CH
FPO-5000-PSB1
The Power Supply Brackets are installed in wall-mount

housings and accommodate one Power Supply. The
Power Supply Unit is immediately ready for operation
via the pre-wired plug connection.
The brackets are made of glass-fiber-reinforced plastic
and have a thermal sensor as well as a T10A mains fuse.
FPO-5000-PSB-CH Power Supply Bracket
For
temperature
-5 C ... 50 C (23 F ... 122 F)
Permissible storage
temperature
-20 C ... 60 C (-4 F...140 F)
FPO-5000-PSB1 Power Supply Bracket
for PSS 0002 A and PSB 0004 A
Order number FPO-5000-PSB1
for HCP 0006 A, HBC 0010 A and HBE 0012 A
Order number FPO-5000-PSB-CH
the Modular Panel Housings:

HCP 0006 A
HBC 0010 A
HBE 0012 A
FPO-5000-PSB1 Power Supply Bracket
For Power Supply Housing, wall mounting:

PSS 0002 A
PSB 0004 A
The Power Supply Bracket is mounted in the middle
right between a pair of batteries.
Overview
Housing
FPO-5000-PSB-CH
FPO-5000-PSB1
HCP 0006 A
HBC 0010 A
HBE 0012 A
PSS 0002 A
PSB 0004 A
x = Installation possible
- = Installation not possible
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Power Supplies FPA-5000 | 103
UPS 2416 A Universal Power

Supply
Functions
The Power Supply is protected against pole reversal and
overvoltage.
The output voltage is monitored and regulated via the
thermal sensor. If there is a fault, the FAULT output
drops to 0 V.
A green LED on the Universal Power Supply indicates
operativeness.
The Power Supply Unit is inserted into a Power
Supply Bracket and is thus immediately ready for
operation.
Parts Included
Type
Qty.
Components
UPS 2416 A
Universal Power Supply 24 V/5 A
The UPS Power Supply Unit is a plug-and-play power
supply for the entire power supply to the control panel.
System Overview
8
LED
Electrical
Input voltage
100 V AC ... 240 V AC
Input frequency range
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
Efficiency
> 85 %
Back-up time
> 16 ms bei 115 V AC
Output voltage
26 V DC ... 29 V DC (temperaturedependant)
Nominal 26.8 V DC at 40C
Max. output current
6A
Max. power
160 W (permanent)
Mechanics
Cooling
Ventilation without ventilator
Housing material
Aluminum, anodized
Housing color
Matt black
Dimensions

(7.9 x 3.9 x 1.6 in.)
Weight
Pos.
Description
Connector
1-3
ACL/ACN/G
Mains supply
4/5
DC+ / DC-
27 V DC output pos./neg.
FAULT
Mains fault
7/8
RTH+ / RTH-
Thermal sensor pos./neg.
Permitted operating
temperature
-5 C ... 50 C (23 F ... 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-20 C ... 60 C (-4 F ... 140F)
plug-and-play power supply for the entire power supply
to the control panel.
Order number UPS 2416 A
104 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Cable Sets and Accessories FPA-5000
Cables

ENO 0000 B.
Functions
There are various types of cables and cable sets
available for connecting the central components:
Cable set
Connection from ...
... to
CPR 0001 A
MPC Panel Controller
RLE 0000 A
Junction Board EU/
RLU 0000 A
Junction Board US
CRP 0000 A
MPC Panel
Controller
(redundant)
CBB 0000 A
BCM-0000-B Battery
Controller Module
Battery pair
CPB 0000 A
BCM-0000-B Battery
controller module
UPS Power Supply
CPA 0000 A
MPC Panel Controller /

ENO 0000 B Fire Service
Interface Module
AT 2000
Transmission Unit
1)
1) Required if the power supply is in a separate Power

Supply Housing
The Cable set CBB 0000 A is required if the power
supply is located in a separate Power Supply Housing.
This set has a longer connection cable to the battery
than the standard cable set supplied with the unit.
used to connect the MPC Panel Controller and a
Junction Board RLE/RLU, cable length 100 cm
Order number CPR 0001 A
CRP 0000 A Cable Set Redundant Panel Controller
used to redundantly connect one Panel Controller to an
additional MPC Panel Controller
Order number CRP 0000 A
Used to connect a battery pair and a Power Supply
Housing to the BCM0000B Battery Controller Module
Order number CBB 0000 A
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Cable Sets and Accessories FPA-5000 | 105
The flexible CPR 0001 A Printer Cable is used to

connect the MPC Panel Controller to an RLE 0000 A
Junction Board EU/RLU 0000 A Junction Board US. A
printer and/or modem is connected to the Junction
Board via standard cable.
Parts Included
1
Cable to connect the MPC Panel Controller to an

RLE 0000 A Junction Board EU/RLU 0000 A Junction
Board US, cable length 100 cm
Notice
The CPR 0001 A is not necessary for the
THP 2020 A Thermal Printer.
used to connect the MPC Panel Controller and a
Junction Board RLE/RLU, cable length 100 cm
Order number CPR 0001 A
CRP 0000 A Cable Set

Redundant Panel Controller
2
Cable Set CRP 0000 A is used to redundantly connect a

Panel Controller to an additional MPC Panel Controller
in accordance with EN 54 Part 2 for systems with more
than 512 elements.
Parts Included
1
Cable (white) for MPC/MPC redundant connection,

cable length 280 cm
CAN bus connection cable (black), cable length 320 cm
CRP 0000 A Cable Set Redundant Panel Controller
used to redundantly connect one Panel Controller to an
additional MPC Panel Controller
Order number CRP 0000 A
CBB 0000 A Cable Set BCM/

Battery
2
Cable Set CBB 0000 A is required if the power supply is

placed in a separate Power Supply Housing. The
connection cable from the BCM0000B Battery
Controller Module to the batteries is 180 cm long.
Parts Included
1
Cable (180 cm) BCM -> battery pair
Cable (17 cm) battery 1 -> battery 2
Used to connect a battery pair and a Power Supply
Housing to the BCM0000B Battery Controller Module
Order number CBB 0000 A
The CPB 0000 A Cable Set is required for connecting an

AT 2000 Transmission Unit to the MPC Panel Controller
and the ENO 0000 B Fire Service Interface Module.
Parts Included
1
Cable to connect the AT 2000 Transmission Unit to the

Cable to connect the AT 2000 Transmission Unit (with the

AT 2000 fire extension) to the ENO 0000 B Fire Service
Interface Module
ENO 0000 B.
comes standard with frame-mount housing. Additionally
required: FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame, Small (surfacemounting) or FRS 0002 A 19" Rack Installation Kit Small.
Order number THP 2020 A
The THP 2020 A Thermal Printer comes in a frame

installation housing. It is connected to the S20 interface
of the IOS 0020 A Communication Module.
Installation dimensions
15,5
236
452,5
14
77
145
145
236
25
12
280
267
440
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Thermal Printer incl. connection cable
Connection cable for the printer interface module

Notice
The Thermal Printer requires either an
FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame Small (for surfacemounted installation) or an FRS 0002 A 19" Rack
Installation Kit, Small (for installation in
482.6 mm (19") racks).
The CPR 0001 A Printer Cable is not necessary.
PSL 0001 A Labelling Strips,

Small
2
4.998.143.523
The PSL 0001 A Labelling Strips can only be used for

the ANI 0016 A Annunciator Module.
The strips can be printed individually with a customary
laser printer. A dot file is available on the CD that came
with the MPC Panel Controller.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
20
Each sheet has 10 strips, printable
PSK 0001 A Labelling Strips,

Wide
2
4.998.143.521
The PSK 0001 A Labelling Strips for Modules are

suitable in the following functional modules:
BCM0000B, LSN 0300 A, LSN 1500 A, CZM 0004 A,
NZM0002 A, RMH 0002 A, CTM 0002 A and ENO 0000 B.
The strips can be printed individually with a customary
laser printer. A dot file is available on the CD that came
with the MPC Panel Controller.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
20
Each sheet has 6 strips, printable,
FDP 0001 A Dummy Cover

Plate
2
The FDP 0001 A Dummy Cover Plate is used to cover

available module slots. It is placed in the corresponding
window in the front cover of the housing.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Software FPA-5000 | 113
FSM-2000 Fire Monitoring

System
Connectivity
You can connect up to 2000 detection points and four

panels to the FSM-2000. It is working with the fire
panels FPA5000, FPA1200, UEZ 2000 LSN and
BZ 500 LSN.
Language Versions
The FSM2000 Fire Monitoring System is in different

language versions available:
German/English
Spanish/English
Italian/English
Dutch/English
Polish/English
Russian/English
Hardware Preconditions:
The FSM-2000 Fire Monitoring System is a graphical

user interface for displaying and monitoring small to
medium fire alarm systems with up to 2000 detection
points. It is designed for four panels of the FPA5000,
FPA1200, UEZ 2000 LSN or BZ 500 LSN at maximum.
Features
u
Easy installation and operation
Importing floor plans from AutoCAD
Zoom and pan
Automatic allocation of detection points in floor

plan
Comprehensive event logging
Functions
Installation and Operation
A wizard guides you through the installation as well as

the configuration in a few steps. Logically arranged
graphics and icons allow to capture events precisely and
to initiate appropriate measures.
Importing Floor Plans of AutoCAD
You can import floor plans of AutoCAD as dwf-file. The

software automatically allocates the detector list of the
fire panel to the floor plan.
Authorizations
You can set up as many operators as required and

classify them according to their tasks into one of the
three authorization groups: Operator, installer or
administrator. A maximum of two operators can be
logged on to the system at the same time.
Zoom and Pan
These two functions offer a comfortable navigation in

the floor plan. With the zoom function it is possible to
increase or minimize specific areas. With the pan
function the floor plan can be moved in any direction.
USB port
CD-ROM
3.5 disk drive
4 COM ports
RAM 1024 MB (server), 512 MB (client)
Hard drive memory of 10 GB
Network card 100 Mbit
Software Preconditions:
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows 2003 Server

(German and English operating system)
Internet Explorer version 5.0 or 6.0
MSDE 2000
Microsoft IIS 5.0 (Windows 2000, Windows XP),
Microsoft IIS 6.0 (Windows 20003 Server)
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
CD for Installation
USB-Dongle
Floppy-disk with the file Dongle.crp
FSM-2000-ES Fire Monitoring System ES/EN
Additionally order:
- Interface Converter OVS
- Connection Cable DSUB 9F-9M
- IOS 0020 A 20 mA Communication Module (FPA5000/
FPA1200) or SM 20 Interface Module (UEZ 2000 LSN /
BZ 500 LSN)
Order number FSM-2000-ES
FSM-2000-IT Fire Monitoring System IT/EN
Additionally order:
BZ 500 LSN)
Order number FSM-2000-IT
Event Logging
In the event log all procedures and actions are

recorded. You can generate statistics, make backups,
print the event log and search according to various
criteria.
114 | FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel | Software FPA-5000
FSM-2000-NL Fire Monitoring System NL/EN

Additionally order:
BZ 500 LSN)
Order number FSM-2000-NL
FSM-2000-PL Fire Monitoring System PL/EN
Additionally order:
BZ 500 LSN)
Order number FSM-2000-PL
FSM-2000-RU Fire Monitoring System RU/EN
Additionally order:
BZ 500 LSN)
Order number FSM-2000-RU
Accessories
Connection Cable DSUB 9F-9M
Order number DB EK 822 9F-9M
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
116
116 | FPA-1200 Fire Panel | FPA-1200 Fire Panel
FPA-1200 Fire Panel
System Overview
F ire
+AU
-2 +AU
-3 +AU
- +AU
-5 +AU
X-1 +AU
X
X
X4
X
X-6
B
C
M
0000A
AIN
+M
-
Test
1
City Tie
NETZEIN
N
T
S
TR
O
M
S
tE
rZ
un
g
B
T
S
tA
rT
uE
nR
gIE1
B
T
S
tA
rT
uE
nR
gIE2
FAU
LT
A2BC
3
DEF
City Tie Fault
Ground Fault
Battery Fault
4
GHI
5
JKI
6
MNO
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ
Power
*
Trouble
Signal Silence
Bypassed
Supervisory
A
T
A
C
FB
A
U
L1
FA
U
L-T
+BAT1
- +BAT2
- +
-T +
IN
OUT
F
C
IN
OUT
Using the well-known LSN bus technology, the FPA-1200

Fire Panel offers efficient protection for small and
medium-sized objects and is the ideal solution for 1and-2-loop applications. It comes as standard with
housing, controller, functional modules, power supply
and additional accessories according to the countryspecific requirements. It is ready-to-go after installation
and configuration.
The configuration of the FPA-1200 is set using the
FSP-5000-RPS programming software (included in the
delivery) on a laptop connected to the panel.
An Ethernet interface allows for the connection to a
Building Management System (BIS Bosch Building
Integration System) via an OPC server. Additionally, an
ADC-5000-OPC License Key is required to access the
OPC server.
Another serial interface provides the option to use the
FPA-1200 with the new Bosch Voice Evacuation System
(EVAC). For detailed information about the connection,
refer to the data sheets on IOS 0020 and IOS 0232
Communication Modules.
The FPA-1200 can also be connected to the Bosch
UGM-2020 Universal Security System (requires an
FPE-5000-UGM Interface Module), and thus, be
integrated into a large network system.
LSN 0300 A
+ - a -b +AU
+ - a -b +
AU XL1S N 1 X L2S N 2
Pos
.
Description
Functional Modules
Panel Controller
Panel Housing
Panel Rail Long
Power Supply
Panel Rail Short
Functions
Panel controller
Easy upgrade to 2 loops by second LSN 0300 A

module
The Panel Controller is the core of the system and

shows all messages on the 14,5 cm (5.7) touch display.
11 LEDs provide continuous information about the
operating status of the control panel and / or system.
The operation of the panel controller and the processing
of all messages are performed on the LCD touch display
as well. Messages and events are saved internally and
can be viewed on the display at any time. A log printer
for printing incoming messages can be connected.
The configuration is set and transmitted using the
FSP-5000-RPS programming software on a laptop
connected to the USB interface of the panel controller.
Connection of up to 254 elements (127 per loop)
Modules
Remote operation by up to 3 Remote Keypads
Accommodates up to 6 functional modules for

easy adaptation to different local requirements
Auto-detection of modules
Features
The functional modules are autonomous, encapsulated

units that can be inserted into any control panel slot
using "plug-and-play" technology. Thus, the power
supply and the data traffic to the control panel are
indicated automatically without any additional settings.
The module is automatically identified by the control
panel and is run in default operating mode.
The wiring of peripherals is connected by pluggable
screw terminals.
After the replacement of a module, only the terminals
need to be reinserted; extensive rewiring is no longer
required.
FPA-1200 Fire Panel | FPA-1200 Fire Panel | 117
The following modules are included in the standard

package. Additional modules for special applications
can be ordered separately.
RML 0008 A Relay Module (Poland only)
CD with FSP-5000-RPS Programming Software
Module
Description
BCM-0000-B
Battery Controller Module

module that controls batteries and power
supply
Electrical
LSN Module 300 mA

to 127 elements, maximum line current
300 mA
Mechanics
LSN 0300 A
RML 0008 A
(Poland only)
Relay Module
with 8 relays for low voltage applications
Operating voltage
20 V DC to 30 V DC
Display element
14,5 cm (5.7) LCD display
Operating element
Touch screen
Interfaces
Ethernet
USB
RS232

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FPA-1200
1142/DT/2011 FPA 1200
Signal inputs
638 mm x 440 mm x 149 mm

(25.1 x 17.2 x 5.87 inch)
Weight
Approx. 20 kg (44 lb)
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20819 FPA 1200
Germany
VdS
G 209154 FPA-1200
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19197 FPA-1200_FPA-5000

Brandmeldesystem
Austria
PFB
007/BM-PSys/019/1 FPA-1200/5000
Brandmeldesystem
PFB
007/BM-PSys/020/1 FPA-1200/5000
Brandfallsteuerzentrale
Belgium
BOSEC
TCC2-894 FPA 1200_FPA 5000
Poland
CNBOP
2719/2009 FPA-1200
CNBOP
0673/2009 FPA-1200
MOE
UA1.016.0070208-11 FPA-1200
Upgrade to 2 loops requires second LSN 0300 A
Functional Module
Max. 2 LSN 0300 A Modules allowed
Up to 127 LSN elements on each loop
Max. 6 functional modules in total
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
FPA-1200-MPC Panel Controller
LSN 0300 A Module 300 mA
BCM 0000 B Battery Controller Module
HCP 0006 A Panel Housing
-5 C to 50 C
-20 C to 60 C
Protection class as per IEC 60529
IP 30
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, BE

lettering and user documentation in Dutch and French
Order number FPA-1200-BE
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, CZ
lettering and user documentation in Czech
Order number FPA-1200-CZ
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, DE
lettering and user documentation in German
Order number FPA-1200-DE
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, ES
lettering and user documentation in Spanish
Order number FPA-1200-ES
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, GR
lettering and user documentation in Greek
Order number FPA-1200-GR
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, HU
lettering and user documentation in Hungarian
Order number FPA-1200-HU
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, IT
lettering and user documentation in Italian and German
Order number FPA-1200-IT
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, PL
lettering and user documentation in Polish
Order number FPA-1200-PL
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, PT
lettering and user documentation in Portuguese
Order number FPA-1200-PT
118 | FPA-1200 Fire Panel | FPA-1200 Fire Panel
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, NL

lettering and user documentation in Dutch
Order number FPA-1200-NL
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, RO
lettering and user documentation in Romanian and
English
Order number FPA-1200-RO
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, RU

lettering and user documentation in Russian
Order number FPA-1200-RU
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, TR
lettering and user documentation in Turkish
Order number FPA-1200-TR
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, ZA
lettering and user documentation in English
Order number FPA-1200-ZA
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, APR
Order number FPA-1200-APR
FPA-1200 Fire Panel, Export
Order number FPA-1200-Export
Accessories
detection points
interfaces
with DIN 14675

voltage
with feedback
FSM2000)
enables reliable communication between the
BIS software and the fire panels FPA1200 or FPA5000
or networks
Order number ADC-5000-OPC
comes standard with frame-mount housing. Additionally
required: FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame, Small (surfacemounting) or FRS 0002 A 19" Rack Installation Kit Small.
Order number THP 2020 A
ENO 0000 B.
LSN Panels
Accessories - BZ 500 LSN
120
Accessories - UEZ 2000 LSN
156
120 | LSN Panels | Accessories - BZ 500 LSN
Generates +28 V at max. 600 mA for the LSN expansion

module control outputs.
Required for connecting the following expansion
modules:
NBK 100 LSN
NTK 100 LSN
NSB 100 LSN
Can be plugged into the NEV 300 LSN connector board
For connecting NBK 100 LSN, NTK 100 LSN,
NSB 100 LSN, MSS 401, ERT 100, FK 100 LSN, can be
plugged into the NEV 300 LSN connector board
Order number ERWE 10
LSN Panels | Accessories - BZ 500 LSN | 121
ERT100 Module for Loop

System Power Supply
BMZ
The ERT100 Module is designed for retrofitting the fire

panel with the loop system power supply.
Features
u
Low voltage sensor at 26.2 V (in accordance with

VdS 2110) for interruption free power supply of
the sounder MSS 401 LSN in case of activation
Connection of up to 25 signaling devices of the

type MSS 401 LSN per ERT loop, depending upon
cable length and cable diameter
Alarm signaling in accordance with sample

guideline for cable equipment (MLAR) without E30
cable
Connection of up to 25 isolators per ERT100 loop
Monitoring of two loops per ERT100 Module

possible.
Functions
The ERT100 Module monitors the supply voltage of
MSS 401 LSN signaling devices in loop lines, and in
combination with isolators (type YBOR/SCI) makes it
possible to maintain the power supply of the unaffected
fire sectors in the event of a short-circuit or wire
interruption. Two loop lines can be monitored per
ERT100 Module. Individual malfunctions are displayed
with an LED per loop on the ERT100 Module as well as
in the form of clear text on the fire panel. Once the
short circuit has been rectified, the elements
automatically reestablish contact.
Pos.
Description
Fire sector
Isolator
Isolators are configured in such a way that the fire

sectors or, insofar as these are smaller, alarm sectors
are confined. This configuration means that in the event
of a short circuit, all elements are kept supplied with
voltage before and after the separating isolators. No
isolator is used between fire panel and the first or last
signaling device. This means that n isolators are
required for n fire sectors.
Pos.
Description
Range in [m]
Number of detector base sounders MSS 401 LSN
A wire gauge of 0.8 mm corresponds to a wire diameter of 0.5 mm2.

The range is dependent upon the wire gauge and the
number of sounders MSS 401 LSN.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
ERT 100
If multi-core cable is used, the additional detector
base MSC 420 may be necessary.
BZ 500 LSN:
For each ERT loop, a fuse of 630 mA (slow-burn) is

necessary. It is recommended that a fuse distributor
SIV 28 V (article no. F.01U.500.442) be used.
The BZ 500 LSN can supply a ERT loop with voltage.
In the case of two ERT loops or more, a
supplementary power supply is required.
UEZ 2000 LSN:

necessary. With more than four ERT loops, a fuse
distributor SIV 28 V (item no. F.01U.500.442) must
be used.
The UEZ 2000 B can supply three ERT loops with
voltage. In the case of four ERT loops or more, a
Electrical
Input voltage
+28 V DC
Max. output voltage
+28 V DC
Current consumption in standby

mode
20 mA
Current cut-off outputs
< 600 mA
Voltage control
26.2 V
Transmission line malfunction

output
Open collector, 100 mA
Transmission line reset input
Internal pull-up, switch after

0V
Mechanics
Dimensions
56 x 95 mm
IP 30
-5 C . . . + 45 C
-25 C . . . + 70 C
Further characteristics
Malfunction detection/display in
accordance with EN 542
< 100 s
ERT100 Module for Loop System Power Supply
Module for retrofitting the fire panel with the loop
system power supply
Order number BS ERT 100
Current consumption in the

event of short circuit
< 10 mA
Max. current consumption in the

1A
Max. wire diameter
2.5 mm2 ( 1.8 mm)
Permitted operating
temperature
-10 C . . . + 50 C
Permitted rel. humidity
95% (without condensation)
Housing
Surface-mount, ivory colored
Dimensions (including cover)
100 mm, 13 mm high
Weight
85 g
The isolators type YBOR/SCI are used in combination

with an ERT100 Module for the loop system power
supply, and enable the power supply to be maintained
to the unaffected fire sectors in the event of a short
circuit or wire interruption in loops.

Positive isolator, recognizes wire interruption and short
circuit
Order number ERT-Isolator
Features
u
Positive isolator, recognizes wire interruption and

short circuit
Unattended
Isolation displayed through status LED on isolator
Functions
voltage before and after the separating isolators.
During isolation, the LED on the isolator is illuminated.
Once the short circuit has been rectified, the elements
return automatically to normal operating condition and
restore the connection.
No isolator is used between fire panel and the first or
last signaling device. This means that n isolators are

Complies with EN 5417:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CPD
0832-CPD-0963 YBO-R/SCI
Germany
VdS
G 204049 YBO-R/SCI
Operating voltage
17 - 41 V DC

mode
50 A
For monitored fusing of units connected to

BZ 500 LSN / UEZ 2000 LSN, max. 5 fuses.
Fusing for units connected to BZ 500 LSN /
UEZ 2000 LSN, max. 5 fuses
Order number SIV 28
The kit extends the BZ 500 LSN by one zone (loop) with
max. 1000 m cable length.
for the BZ 500 LSN, zone (loop) with max. 1000 m cable
length
Order number ERLE 10
The kit extends the BZ 500 LSN by two serial interfaces.
Configuration of extensions on the reverse side of

the operating panel
ATE 100 LSN

ZALE 10
ERLE 10
ERSE 10
(2 x serial)
Order number ERSE 10
20 mA interface
Maximum range of 1000 m
The SM 20 is required for connection of DR 500 T/AV,
BE 500, UGM 2020 or RUBIN.
The ANNE 10 has three slots for the SM 20 or SM 24.
The UEZ 2000 LSN can be extended with up to five SM
20s.
For connecting DR 500 T/AV, BE 500, UGM 2020 or
RUBIN
Order number SM 20
V24 interface for control panel networking in SRT

network in combination with fiber optic cable (LWL),
connection of peripheral equipment or a modem.
network, for connecting peripheral equipment or a
modem
Order number SM 24
BS ATE 100 LSN Primary

Extension Kit, Red
4
Kit with 32 red LEDs for primary expansion of a foreignlanguage BZ 500 LSN (or the German-language
BZ 500 LSN without alarm display, item no.
3.002.102.560) for the alarm display (alarm indication)
of up to 32 detector zones.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
BS ATE/ATG/ATB 100 LSN
BS ATE 100 LSN Primary Extension Kit, Red
with 32 red LEDs for primary expansion of a foreignlanguage BZ 500 LSN
Order number BS ATE 100 LSN
ATE 100 LSN red Extension

Kit, Red
Kit with 32 red LEDs for extension of an existing alarm

display (alarm indication).
This means the alarm indication can comprise a total of
64 detector zones.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
ATE 100 LSN red Extension Kit, Red
with 32 LEDs (red) for extension of an available alarm
display
Order number ATE 100 LSN red
Key Switch
4
Up to two key switches can be deployed on the
operating panel of the fire panel.
The function is freely programmable, e. g. day/night
operation.
Key Switch
for the BZ 500 LSN operating panel
Order number BZ500-KEY-SWITCH
Panel Relay Module TRN with two relays, each relay with
a double-throw contact for potential-free outputs.
The AVM 100 can be extended with up to six TRNs.
two relays, each relay with a double-throw contact for
potential-free outputs
Order number TRN
4
Panel Relay Module RTP with four relays, each relay with
a double-throw contact for potential-free outputs, up to
six RTPs can be plugged into AVM.
four relays, each relay with a double-throw contact for
potential -free outputs
Order number RTP
4
Two relays for potential-free outputs, each relay with a
double-throw contact 220 V AC
two relays for potential-free outputs, each relay with a
double-throw contact 220 V AC
Order number BS NRK-N
MOD 300 Modem

For connecting control panels to the UGM 2020, modem
incl. serial interface for data transmission in telephone
networks.
The modem is approved for operation in post office
networks. For this purpose an interface module SM 24
is required.
MOD 300 Modem

for connecting control panels to the UGM 2020, incl.
serial interface for data transmission in telephone
networks
Order number MOD 300
Options Plate
Options Plate
required for the installation of an AT 2000
Order number BZ-500-PLATE
Essential requirements for the installation of an

AT 2000!
If all mounting plates on the ANNE 10 are occupied, the
following extensions can be used with the Options
Plate:
ICPBSTRSP
BS NRK-N
MOD 300
BS NTK 100/BZ500, to realize switching
addresses in the BZ 500 LSN
BS NSB 100/BZ500, for monitored activation of
signaling devices or extinguishing systems from
the fire panel
BS NBK 100/BZ500, each for connecting two
GLT primary lines
Up to four interface kits are deployable.
Configuration of extensions on option plate
NRK-N
NRK-N
MOD 300
NSB 100
NTK 100
TRSP
LSA-Plus 20 DA
LSA-Plus 20 DA
AT 2000
MOD 300
NTK 100
Mounting Kit 19" for

BZ 500 LSN
For installing the BZ 500 LSN in a 19" frame
The Mounting Kit 19 requires 13 height units
= 578 mm.
Mounting Kit 19" for BZ 500 LSN
Order number BZ-500-19"-KIT
Fire Department Action Card

Box
Box (without lock), DIN A4 horizontal, for max. 35 action

cards
If necessary, observe DIN 14675!
Fire Department Action Card Box
DIN A4 horizontal (without lock), for max. 35 action
cards
Order number
Thermal paper printer with roll-up equipment, can be

used as tabletop model or for wall mounting
An interface module SM 20 is required for connection to
the BZ 500 LSN.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DR 2020/2000/500 T
Thermal paper printer with roll-up equipment, for
BZ 500 LSN, interface module SM 20 is required
Order number DR 500 T/AV
Service Switch for

Extinguishing Systems
Key switch for deactivating extinguishing systems for

maintenance purposes
Service Switch for Extinguishing Systems
for deactivating extinguishing systems for maintenance
purposes
Order number FME-KL-EXT
ICPBSTRSP Panel Relay Plugin Board

For installation and free switching of up to five TRN
panel relay modules.
ICPBSTRSP Panel Relay Plug-in Board
Order number ICP-BS-TRSP
Maximum two ICPLSA20 can be deployed in the

BZ 500 LSN.
max. 2 x deployable in the BZ 500 LSN
Order number ICP-LSA-20
Document Bag
4
Flap with two pockets (DIN A5), storage for operating
manual, operating instructions, etc.
Document Bag
Flap with two pockets (DIN A5), storage for operating
manual, operating instructions, etc.
Order number

5 rolls, for the printer DR 500 T/AV, DR 2020 T/AV,
DR 2020 T, THP 0000 A

5 rolls, for DR 500 T/AV, DR 2020 T/AV, DR 2020 T,
THP 0000 A
Order number
TeleService
Kit with assembly and connection accessories for the
installation of a transmission unit (analog modem or
AT 2000 ISDN) for TeleService.
In addition, the software package TeleService is
required for this purpose.
The transmission unit is installed in the fire panel
casing, and requires a TAE box for connection to the
local public telephone network.
TeleService
Software package TeleService required for the
installation of a transmission unit
Order number

Order number

Order number

Order number
Switching the Detector Zones

to Daytime Operation
Switching the Detector Zones to Daytime Operation
Order number
System Interface for

Networking the BZ 500 LSN
Networking with primary systems or peripheral
equipment, range 1000 m.
System Interface for Networking the BZ 500 LSN

Range 1000 m
Order number
Event Database
For recording up to 250 events
Event Database
max. 250 events
Order number
Input per Text Line

Input per Text Line
Order number
Panel Points of the Central

Functions
e.g. buzz alarm, buzz malfunction, buzz emergency
alarm
Panel Points of the Central Functions
e.g. buzz alarm, buzz malfunction, buzz emergency
alarm
Order number
Hardware accessories and

changes to existing security
systems
Hardware accessories and changes to existing security

systems
Order number
Instruction on the basis of the

user guide, per commenced 15
minutes
Instruction on the basis of the user guide, per commenced 15 minutes
Order number
156 | LSN Panels | Accessories - UEZ 2000 LSN
LVM 100 Line Extension

Module
For additional connection of up to 4 loop or 8 stub lines

UEZ 2000 LSN: Can be expanded with 1 LVM
UEZ 2000/6 LSN: Can be expanded with 1 LVM
UEZ 2000/1 LSN: Cannot be expanded.
LVM 100 Line Extension Module
Additional connection of max. 4 loop or 8 stub lines,
UEZ 2000 LSN and UEZ 2000/6 LSN can be expanded
with 1 LVM
Order number LVM 100
LSN Panels | Accessories - UEZ 2000 LSN | 157
ERT100 Module for Loop

System Power Supply
BMZ
The ERT100 Module is designed for retrofitting the fire

panel with the loop system power supply.
Features
u
Low voltage sensor at 26.2 V (in accordance with

VdS 2110) for interruption free power supply of
the sounder MSS 401 LSN in case of activation
Connection of up to 25 signaling devices of the

type MSS 401 LSN per ERT loop, depending upon
cable length and cable diameter
Alarm signaling in accordance with sample

guideline for cable equipment (MLAR) without E30
cable
Connection of up to 25 isolators per ERT100 loop
Monitoring of two loops per ERT100 Module

possible.
Functions
The ERT100 Module monitors the supply voltage of
MSS 401 LSN signaling devices in loop lines, and in
combination with isolators (type YBOR/SCI) makes it
possible to maintain the power supply of the unaffected
fire sectors in the event of a short-circuit or wire
interruption. Two loop lines can be monitored per
ERT100 Module. Individual malfunctions are displayed
with an LED per loop on the ERT100 Module as well as
in the form of clear text on the fire panel. Once the
short circuit has been rectified, the elements
automatically reestablish contact.
Pos.
Description
Fire sector
Isolator

voltage before and after the separating isolators. No
isolator is used between fire panel and the first or last
signaling device. This means that n isolators are
Pos.
Description
Range in [m]
Number of detector base sounders MSS 401 LSN
A wire gauge of 0.8 mm corresponds to a wire diameter of 0.5 mm2.

The range is dependent upon the wire gauge and the
number of sounders MSS 401 LSN.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
ERT 100
If multi-core cable is used, the additional detector
base MSC 420 may be necessary.
BZ 500 LSN:

necessary. It is recommended that a fuse distributor
SIV 28 V (article no. F.01U.500.442) be used.
The BZ 500 LSN can supply a ERT loop with voltage.
In the case of two ERT loops or more, a
UEZ 2000 LSN:

necessary. With more than four ERT loops, a fuse
distributor SIV 28 V (item no. F.01U.500.442) must
be used.
The UEZ 2000 B can supply three ERT loops with
voltage. In the case of four ERT loops or more, a
Electrical
Input voltage
+28 V DC
Max. output voltage
+28 V DC

mode
20 mA
Current cut-off outputs
< 600 mA
Voltage control
26.2 V
Transmission line malfunction

output
Open collector, 100 mA
Transmission line reset input
Internal pull-up, switch after

0V
Mechanics
Dimensions
56 x 95 mm
IP 30
-5 C . . . + 45 C
-25 C . . . + 70 C
Malfunction detection/display in
< 100 s
ERT100 Module for Loop System Power Supply
Module for retrofitting the fire panel with the loop
system power supply
Order number BS ERT 100
20 mA interface
Maximum range of 1000 m
The SM 20 is required for connection of DR 500 T/AV,
BE 500, UGM 2020 or RUBIN.
The ANNE 10 has three slots for the SM 20 or SM 24.
The UEZ 2000 LSN can be extended with up to five SM
20s.
For connecting DR 500 T/AV, BE 500, UGM 2020 or
RUBIN
Order number SM 20

network in combination with fiber optic cable (LWL),
connection of peripheral equipment or a modem.
network, for connecting peripheral equipment or a
modem
Order number SM 24
MOD 300 Modem

For connecting control panels to the UGM 2020, modem
incl. serial interface for data transmission in telephone
networks.
The modem is approved for operation in post office
networks. For this purpose an interface module SM 24
is required.
MOD 300 Modem

for connecting control panels to the UGM 2020, incl.
serial interface for data transmission in telephone
networks
Order number MOD 300
Panel Relay Module TRN with two relays, each relay with
a double-throw contact for potential-free outputs.
The AVM 100 can be extended with up to six TRNs.
two relays, each relay with a double-throw contact for
potential-free outputs
Order number TRN
4
Panel Relay Module RTP with four relays, each relay with
a double-throw contact for potential-free outputs, up to
six RTPs can be plugged into AVM.
four relays, each relay with a double-throw contact for
potential -free outputs
Order number RTP
Current consumption in the

< 10 mA
Max. current consumption in the

1A
Max. wire diameter
2.5 mm2 ( 1.8 mm)
Permitted operating
temperature
-10 C . . . + 50 C
95% (without condensation)
Housing
Surface-mount, ivory colored
Dimensions (including cover)
100 mm, 13 mm high
Weight
85 g
The isolators type YBOR/SCI are used in combination

with an ERT100 Module for the loop system power
supply, and enable the power supply to be maintained
to the unaffected fire sectors in the event of a short
circuit or wire interruption in loops.

Positive isolator, recognizes wire interruption and short
circuit
Order number ERT-Isolator
Features
u
Positive isolator, recognizes wire interruption and

short circuit
Unattended
Isolation displayed through status LED on isolator
Functions
voltage before and after the separating isolators.
During isolation, the LED on the isolator is illuminated.
Once the short circuit has been rectified, the elements
return automatically to normal operating condition and
restore the connection.
No isolator is used between fire panel and the first or
last signaling device. This means that n isolators are

Complies with EN 5417:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CPD
0832-CPD-0963 YBO-R/SCI
Germany
VdS
G 204049 YBO-R/SCI
Operating voltage
17 - 41 V DC

mode
50 A
For monitored fusing of units connected to

BZ 500 LSN / UEZ 2000 LSN, max. 5 fuses.
Fusing for units connected to BZ 500 LSN /
UEZ 2000 LSN, max. 5 fuses
Order number SIV 28
DR 2020 T/AV Log Printer with

Roll-up Equipment
For installation in the display carrier

Notice
The Log Printer must already be taken into
account when ordering. Installation of the
printer can only occur in the factory, subsequent
installation on location not possible.
Special features
Construction type
Thermal printer
Printout
Alphanumeric
Character height
2.7 mm 0.2 mm
Number of lines per printout
Max. 3 lines, of these

1 line standard output
2 lines additional
information
Number of characters / lines
Max. 40 characters
Print speed
At least 5 lines/sec
Paper type
Thermoprint paper rolls
Paper width
58 mm +0/-1 mm
Interface
Parallel
Baud rate
2400 bit/sec, 9600 bit/sec

(standard)
Data format
8 bits, 1 start bit, 1 stop bit, no

parity bit, ASCII characters
Monitoring
Paper end (signaling of at

least 500 print lines before
the end)
Cover tamper contact
Region
Certification
EMC interference immunity
EN 50130-4
Europe
CE
EMC emitted interference
EN 61000-6-3
DR 2020/2000/500 T
Electrical
DR 2020 T/AV Log Printer with Roll-up Equipment

Installation of the printer can only occur in the factory,
subsequent installation on location not possible
Order number DR 2020 T/AV
Operating voltage
10.5 V DC . . . 29 V DC
Current consumption
600 mA at 12 V
Power supply
From the control panel
Fuse
T1A
Mechanics
130 x 160 x 230 mm
Color
Anthracite, RAL 7016
Weight
Approx. 2 kg
Permitted operating
temperature
0 C. . . 50 C
93 %, at + 40C
Classes of equipment as per

EN 60950
Class II equipment

EN 60529
IP 30
Contamination level
2 (as per EN 60950)
Environmental class as per

VdS 2110
II
DR 2020 T Log Printer without

Roll-up Equipment
Like product ID 4.998.105.681, however without roll-up

equipment.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DR 2020/2000/500 T
See model with roll-up equipment
DR 2020 T Log Printer without Roll-up Equipment
like product ID 4.998.105.681, however without roll-up
equipment
Order number DR 2020 T
Module for 2 serial interfaces, one SM 20 or SM 24

required per interface, required for SRT networking
Notice
Already included with the UEZ 2000/6 LSN!
for 2 serial interfaces (one SM 20 or SM 24 required per
interface)
Order number ICP-BS-SEMO1
Plug module for RS 485 interface

for connecting up to 4 FMRUEZBE1000s Remote
Keypads
The UEZ 2000 LSN can be extended with a maximum of
one SM 485.
for RS 485 interface, for connecting
4 x FMRUEZBE1000s
Order number ICP-SM485
TD32DC Telemodem
Interface module for control panel networking on the

SRT network via a dedicated line modem
TD32DC Telemodem
for control panel networking on the SRT network
Order number
4
Plug-in board with 2 relays for potential-free outputs
(per relay, one NO contact 220 V~)
for potential-free outputs (per relay a NO contact
220 V~)
Order number ICP-BS-NRK

Wire distributor for max. 20 double wires
for max. 20 double wires
Order number ICP-LSA-20
4
With 3 switch settings (102), free assignment to
release of control panel functions
An additional key switch can be integrated into the
operating panel.
with 3 switch settings (102)
Order number ICP-BS-KS
ASE for Monitored Activation

of External Signaling Devices
For monitored activation of external signaling devices,

with 2 primary lines with 2 outputs apiece, can be
plugged into AVM.
Maximum current consumption per output: 500 mA
External signaling devices can be activated
independently.
ASE for Monitored Activation of External Signaling Devices
For connecting 2 x 2 BES external signaling device in
parallel, can be plugged into AVM 100
Order number ICP-BS-ASE
Parallel Display of 32 detector zones
Parallel Display of 32 detector zones
Order number ICP-ATE100-LSN
Service Switch for

Exstinguishing Systems
Service Switch for Exstinguishing Systems
Order number FME-KL-EXT
For connecting max. eight remote display panels, with

64 potential-free transistor outputs per ATBL, prepared
to accommodate a RTBL Relay
For connecting max. eight remote display panels
Order number
RTBL Relay
Two relays with one double-throw contact apiece,
optional for ATBL-EA.
RTBL Relay
Two relays with one double-throw contact apiece,
optional for ATBL-EA
Order number

Required for ATBLEA
required for ATBLEA
Order number
Conventional Panels
Conventional Panels
182
182 | Conventional Panels | Conventional Panels
FPC-500 Conventional Fire

Panel
Z1Z8
Up to 8 zones
IN1, IN2
Up to 2 inputs (FPC5002 and FPC500 4 one

input)
Two NAC outputs (500 mA each)
ALARM RLY,
FAULT RLY
Alarm and fault relay
AUX
AUX power supply (500 mA)

Emergency power supply, up to 2 x 7.2 Ah
The FPC500x Conventional Fire Panel is the ideal

solution for small and medium-sized objects. Thanks to
the proven conventional line technology a cost-saving
fire alarm system can be set up.
Three types are available:
FPC5002: 2 zones for up to 64 detectors
With the integrated LCD display, the panel can be
programmed and operated.
The optional extensions such as relay modules, open
collector modules and key switches allow further
tailoring to user needs.
Features
u
High-value modern optics suitable for public

access areas
Plain text LCD
Available for 2, 4 or 8 detector zones for up to 64,

128 or 256 detectors
Optional use of EOL module (EN 54-13

requirement)
Strong 3 A power supply
System Overview
LEDs
LCD display with zone numbers
Zone keys and zone status LEDs
Operating panel
Functions
The fire panels of FPC-500 series have the following
features available:
Alarm verification
Dual-detector dependency
Dual-zone dependency
Intermediate alarm storage
Programmable delays
Switching between day and night mode (AV)
Event and test history
Alarm counter
Operating levels
The fire panels have three different operating levels. No

access code is required for level 1. Access to level 2 and
3 requires four-digit codes (level 2 also accessible with
optional key switch). The access codes for level 2 and 3
can be changed.
Different test functions are available. On level 1 LED,
buzzer and LCD tests can be run. On level 2 and 3
additional tests for zones, outputs and NACs can be run.
Programming
You can program the panel easily via the keypad and
LCD display. The zones can be configured
independently allowing for a perfect tailoring to
individual customer needs. The default programming
helps getting acquainted quickly with the system and
must be modified slightly to fit many applications.

The provided options according to EN 542:1997/
A1:2006 include:
Alarm counter
Test condition
Conventional Panels | Conventional Panels | 183
Output to fire alarm devices

Delays to outputs
Dependencies on more than one alarm signal
Type A dependency
Type B dependency
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FPC-500
CPD
0786-CPD-21105 FPC-500
Germany
VdS
VdS-G211100 FPC-500
Croatia
ELTEH
145-SF/12 FPC 500
The fire panel must be mounted indoors in a dry,
maintained place, note environmental conditions
(see Technical Data).
Mount the fire panel to the wall with the LCD at eye
level.
For optimum battery life, the fire panel should only
be operated at permissible operating temperatures
(0C to +40C).
observed when planning.
Note the requirements of your local authorities and
institutions (police, fire service).
For an operation of the fire detection system
according to EN 5413, it is required to terminate
every zone with an EOL module.
Maintenance
Have maintenance and inspection work carried out

regularly by trained, qualified personnel. Bosch
Sicherheitssysteme GmbH recommends a functional and
visual inspection at least once a year.
Specifications according to EN 54-4 chapter 7.1
a) It is a power supply equipment, used in the fire alarm

system FPC500. It supplies the fire alarm system and
the connected peripherals, and charges the two
connectable batteries.
b) Technical specifications
1) Recommended load
61 W
2) Input voltage
230 VAC +10%/-15%, 50-60 Hz
Operating voltage
26 VDC 29 VDC
3) Communication parameter
none
4) Fuse ratings
3.15A / 250 V
5) Batteries
2 x 7.0 7.2 Ah (max.) LeadAcid Battery
6) Current consumption, max
2.3 A
7) Battery, max. internal

resistance
800 mOhm
Imin
70 mA
Imax, a
0.7 A
Imax, b
2.3 A
factory-made wiring
230 V power supply
1.5 mm2 standard cable (max.)
c) The power supply equipment is a pre-assembled part

of the FPC500 Conventional Fire Panel. No additional
installation information is required.
1) For environmental conditions see technical
specifications beneath.
2) The power supply equipment is a pre-assembled part
mounting instructions are required.
3) Refer to installation guide FPC500 for connecting
instructions.
d) The power supply equipment is a pre-assembled part
commissioning instructions are required.
e) The power supply equipment is a pre-assembled part
operating instructions are required.
f) Have maintenance and inspection work carried out
regularly by trained, qualified personnel. Bosch
Sicherheitssysteme GmbH recommends a functional and
visual inspection at least once a year.
Change the batteries regularly. Country-specific
standards and guidelines must be considered.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Fire panel FPC-500-2/FPC-500-4/FPC-500-8
Labeling strips for zones
Labeling strips for LEDs
Quick Installation Guide
Quick Operation Guide
CD with Installation and User Guide, battery calculator

and software flashing tool
EOL resistors for zones and inputs
Battery cable set
Cable ties for strain relief on power supply feeder
Rubber pads to fix batteries
FPC5002
FPC5004
FPC5008
Detector zones
Max. number of
detectors in
accordance with
EN 542
64
128
256
Max. number of
detectors per zone in
accordance with
EN 542
Max. extension
modules
Prog. inputs
9) Line parameter
Battery
PCB power supply
Cable comes standard
AUX output
32
1
1
2
2
NAC output
Relays
800 m
2.3 A
Alarm counter
999 alarms
current
consumption
Event history
1000 events
fuse
Test history
1000 test events
FPC5002
Input voltage
Max. current
consumption AC
FPC5004
312 mA
Power consumption
Operating voltage
FPC5008
230 VAC +10%/-15%, 50-60 Hz

275 mA
5 A @ 60 V
Discharge voltage
threshold
Electrical
max. internal
resistance
375 mA
80 W
21.4 VDC to 29 VDC
21.4 V
Communication parameters
NAC
Normal
A-
10 15 V
B+
0 0,5 V
Alarm
Imin
70 mA
A-
01V
Imax, a
0.7 A
B+
21 29 V
Imax, b
2.3 A
Zones
voltage
20 VDC 1VDC
current
max. 100 mA 5 mA
max. cable
resistance
22.5
Inputs
Alarm resistor
820 5%
3.9 k 1%
Zone (with resistors)

Alarm resistor
820 5%
910 5%
680 5%
3.9 k 1%
AUX
voltage
21 VDC to 29 VDC
current
500 mA 10%
max. cable
resistance
22.5
fuse
Alarm resistor
820 5%
910 5%
680 5%
0.75 A @ 60 V
NAC
Mechanics
voltage
21 VDC to 29 VDC
current
500 mA 10% each
fuse
0.75 A @ 60 V
max. cable
resistance
22.5
FPC5002
Dimensions ( H x W x
D)
Weight
FPC5004
FPC5008
351 x 351 x 90 mm
2200 g, without batteries
Housing material
Relay outputs
contact rating
1 A @ 30 VDC
max. cable
resistance
22.5
OC outputs
contact rating
max. cable
resistance
recommended cable
type
Zone (with EOL-Module)
Back
ABS-FR
Housing color
Front
RAL 9003 (signal white)
20 mA @ 24 VDC
Back
PANTONE 10 C (cool grey)
Unshielded cable, 0.8 mm cable diameter to

1.5 mm cable cross section
ABS+PC
No inductive load.
22.5
Batteries
Front
2 x 7.2 Ah (max.)
FPC5002
Protection class as
per IEC 60529
FPC5004
FPC5008
IP 30
Conventional Panels | Conventional Panels | 185
Protection class as
per EN 60950
II
EMC emmission
EN 61000-6-3
EMC immunity
EN 50130-4
Vibrations
EN 60068-2-6
Permissible
operating
temperature
0C to +40C
Permissible storage
temperature
Permitted relative
humidity
-10C to +55C
95% non-condensing
Accessories
Relay Extension Module
Order number FPC-500-RLYEXT
OC Extension Module
Order number FPC-500-OCEXT
Access Key
Order number FPC-500-KEY
Display Panels
LSN Display Panels
188
188 | Display Panels | LSN Display Panels
Functions
The BAT 100 LSN Display Panel handles the display of
faults and/or alarms for detectors or detector zones.
Up to three ATG 100 LSN kits can be installed in the
BAT 100 LSN housing. An ATG 100 LSN includes 32 red
LEDs for alarm indications or 32 yellow LEDs for fault
indications. Mixed equipment (red and yellow LEDs) of
the display panel with different ATG 100 LSNs is
possible. LED displays can be labeled using a printer.
The panel has a buzzer and a reset button for the
buzzer. If there is no alarm, the reset button for the LED
test can be used.
The ATG 100 LSN kits have integrated isolators for
maintaining the function of the elements on the LSN
loop in the event of wire interruptions or short-circuits.

ATG 100 LSN and ATB 100 LSN complied
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
6
The BAT 100 LSN Display Panel is a universally usable
remote parallel display with up to 96 LEDs (e.g. for a
maximum of 96 detector zones).
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
BAT 100 LSN
CE
CPD
0786-CPD-20596 ATG100_ATB 100
VdS
G 298030 BAT 100 LSN_G298030
VdS
G 297040 ATG 100_G297040
Features
u
Upgradeable with up to three ATG 100 LSN kits
32, 64 or 96 red or yellow display LEDs
Monitored data communication control panel display panel
Germany
Maintenance of function on the LSN loop via two

integrated isolators in the event of wire
interruptions or short-circuits
System Overview
BAT 100 LSN Display Panels can be incorporated at
any point on LSN loops or LSN stubs.
Planning example
BAT 100 LSN

FMR-5000
FPA-5000
FPA-1200
BAT 100 LSN

4
Item
Description
BAT 100 LSN, display without hood
LSN
Lower part of housing
ATG with 32 LEDs
Parts Included
Keys for "LED test" or "buzzer off"
Qty.
Component
Tamper contact
Display Panels | LSN Display Panels | 189
Electrics
ATG 100 LSN module
Operating voltage
LSN part
+12 V DC to +30 V DC
other functions
+8 V DC to +30 V DC
Current consumption
LSN part
3 mA
other functions
- all 32 LEDs off: max. 6 mA

- all 32 LEDs on: max. 160 mA
Mechanics
BAT 100 LSN housing
270 x 270 x 75 mm
Material
Plastic, ABS Terluran
Color
Light gray, RAL 9002
Weight
Approx. 1 kg
temperature
-5 C to +50 C
-20 C to +60 C
Special features
LED flash frequency
0.8 Hz
LED colors
Red, yellow
Universally-usable remote parallel display with up to
96 LEDs
Order number BAT 100
Accessories
ATG 100 LSN red LED Kit, Red
Kit for display panel with 32 red LEDs
Order number ATG 100 LSN red
ATG 100 LSN ye LED Kit, Yellow
Kit for display panel with 32 yellow LEDs
Order number ATG 100 LSN ye
ATG10016red16ye LED Kit, Red/Yellow
Kit for display panel with 16 red and 16 yellow LEDs
Order number ATG100-16red-16ye
Labeling Strips
PU = 10 units
Order number BAT100-LABELS
ATB 100 LSN for Incorporation into Location Map Panels
Order number ATB 100 LSN
190 | Display Panels | LSN Display Panels
Power Supplies and Batter-
ies
Power Supplies
192
Batteries
199
192 | Power Supplies and Batteries | Power Supplies
Type 519, 24 V/0.35 A Power

Supply Unit
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
NG 519
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Type 519, 24 V / 0.35 A Power Supply Unit
Mains voltage
230 V AC, 50 Hz
Rated output voltage
24 V DC ( 1.5 V DC)
Max. output current
0.35 A
Residual
< 5%
Permitted ambient temperature
0 C . . . 40 C
Relay
1 change-over
Max switching voltage
60 V DC / 125 V AC
Max switching current
1A
Max switching power
30 W / 60 VA

EN 60529
IP 20
Mounting type
Surface-mounted
Housing
78 x 150 x 55 mm
Material
Sheet steel
Color
Gray
Weight
900 g
Type 519, 24 V/0.35 A Power Supply Unit
Order number FPP-519
Power Supplies and Batteries | Power Supplies | 193
NAG 03, 24 V/0.9 A Power

Supply Unit
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
NAG 03
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
NAG 03, 24 V / 0.9 A Power Supply Unit
Mains voltage
230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Rated output voltage
24 V DC
Power consumption
26.5 W (46 VA)
Max. output current
0.9 A
Power output
Max. 21 W
Relays
1 change-over, potential-free
Switching voltage
Max. 250 V AC
Switching current
Max. 5 A
Switching voltage
Max. 30 V DC
Switching current at
30 V DC
Max. 3 A
Switching current at
24 V DC
Max. 5 A
Transmission unit specification

category 1
II (as per DIN VDE 01101)
Contamination level
2 (P2) as per DIN VDE 01101
Permitted ambient temperature
5 C . . . 40 C

EN 60529
IP 30

EN 60950
Class II equipment
Mounting type
Surface mounting
Housing
87 x 163 x 61 mm
Material
Plastic, polycarbonate
Color
Light gray, similar to RAL 9002
Weight
1,200 g
NAG 03, 24 V/0.9 A Power Supply Unit
Order number NAG03
FPP5000TI Trouble Interface

for FPP5000
The FPP5000TI is an extension for the FPP5000

External Power Supply Unit Kit 24 V/6 A. It provides the
fault message transfer of the mains fault signal and the
battery fault signal to the fire panel via the
Local SecurityNetwork LSN. The two fault messages are
provided by the corresponding outputs at the
BCM 0000 A Battery Controller Module. The module is
directly connected to the LSN data bus and is also
power supplied via the LSN data bus line.
Features
Functions
11
7 8
12
9 10
13
14
Pos.
Labelling
Connection
AUX1 -
Auxiliary power supply incoming

(support points to loop through)
Installation and auto-detection by simply inserting

the modul into the Panel Rail
AUX1 +
Fault message transfer of mains fault signal and

battery fault signal via Local SecurityNetwork LSN.
LSN1 a1 -
LSN1 b1 +
SHIELD
SHIELD
AUX2 -
AUX2 +
LSN1 a2 -
10
LSN1 b2 +
11
AC FAULT -
12
AC FAULT +
13
BATT FAULT -
14
BATT FAULT +
LSN incoming
Shield wire
Auxiliary power supply outgoing

(support points to loop through)
LSN outgoing
Mains fault input
Battery fault input
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FPP-5000
Electrical
Input voltage (min - max)
15 V DC to +33 V DC
1.15 mA at 24 V DC (from LSN)
Mechanical
Address setting
Via eight DIP switches
Housing material and color
ABS plastic, (UL94 V-0), semigloss anthracite, RAL 7016
Dimensions (W x H x L)
(approx. 5.0 x 3.8 x 2.4 inches)
Protection type as per IEC
60529
IP 20
Permissible operating temp.
-5 C to 50 C (23 F to 122 F)
Permissible storage temp.
-20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F)
Relative humidity
Max. 95% noncondensing
usable for FPP5000 External Power Supply Unit
Kit 24 V/6 A
Order number FPP-5000-TI
FPP-5000-TI13 LSN
Communication Interface for
FPP-5000
Mains fault
Battery fault
Battery internal resistance fault
BCM Battery Controller Module fault
Ground fault
Additionally, with the programming software, the
switching outputs can be programmed and the settings
for the line monitoring according to EN54-13 can be
done.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FPP-5000
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Module
The module is an extension for the External Power

Supply Unit Kit. It is the communication interface
between the kit and the panel.
Termination element
Features
Elecrical
FPP-5000 functions when using the module:
Input voltage
Line monitoring of all voltage outputs according to

EN54-13
Current consumption
From rail 24 V DC
From LSN
Distinct fault detection, diagnosis and

transmission to the panel
Max. wire gauge
Programmable voltage outputs
Mechanics
System Overview
LSN
LSN
+U 0V a1- b1+ SHIELD +U 0V a2- b2+
13.2 mA
3.25 mA
0.2 mm2 to 1.5mm2
Address setting
with 8 DIP switches
Housing material
ABS plastic (UL94 V-0)
Housing color
semi-gloss anthracite,
RAL 7016
Weight
approx. 154 g
approx. 127 x 96 x 60 mm
ON
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Terminals
Description
+U/0V
Auxiliary power
1x incoming und 1x outgoing
(support for looping through)
Protection category IEC 60529
IP 20
temperature
-5 C to 50 C
-20 C to +85 C
Max. relative humidity
95 % (non-condensing)
a1-/b1+
LSN incoming
SHIELD
Shield wire
a2-/b2+
LSN outgoing
FPP-5000-TI13 LSN Communication Interface for

FPP-5000
Use with External Power Supply Unit Kit as
communications interface between kit and panel
Order number FPP-5000-TI13
Functions
The module is plugged next to the BCM-0000-B Battery
Controller Module on the PRS 0002 A Panel Rail Short
and is power-supplied by the panel rail via the module
bus (MOB). The modules front side shows 4 LEDs,
which indicate the operation and fault status.
The module transmits the following faults to the panel:
FPP5000 External Power

Supply Unit Kit 24 V/6 A
The bracket is equipped with a thermal sensor.

The Universal Power Supply UPS 2416 A is protected
against excess voltage and reversed polarity. The output
voltage is monitored and controlled externally. The
output FAULT signals that a malfunction has occurred.
The green onboard LED shows that the unit is
operational.
The BCM0000B Battery Controller Module monitors
the power supply and controls the charging of the
batteries (2 x 12 V / 45 Ah), subject to temperature
parameters and set times.
Each voltage output is electronically fused.

The FPP5000 External Power Supply Unit Kit is
designed for universal power supply, and has space for
two 12 V/45 Ah batteries. This is configured using
components of the Modular Fire Panel FPA5000.
Features
u
Charging process controlled by temperature and

time
Voltage outputs each electronically fused
Can hold two batteries
Complies with:
EN 54-4:1997/A1:2002
EN 54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FPP-5000
CPD
0786-CPD-20357 FPP-5000
VdS
G 205050 FPP-5000
Germany
Installation dimensions
System Overview
440
15,5
236
4
3
452,5
14
77
145
Description
Power Supply Housing, Frame Installation, medium

PMF 0002 A
Mount for 1 Panel Rail Short PRS 0002 A to hold 1 Battery

Controller Module BCM0000B
Power Supply Bracket for 1 UPS 2416 A Universal Power

Supply 24 V/6 A
Amount
Components
Space for 2 batteries12 V/45 Ah
The Power Supply Housing is positioned on a Mounting

Frame Medium FMH 0000 A (not shown).
PMF 0002 A Power Supply Housing Frame Installation

medium, with Power Supply Bracket
UPS 2416 A Universal Power Supply 24 V/6 A
CPB 0000 A Cable Set BCM/UPS
Functions
In the case of the FPP5000 Power Supply Unit, the
Panel Rail made of glass fiber reinforced plastic is fitted
a BCM0000B Battery Controller Module.
The Power Supply Unit is inserted into the Power
Supply Bracket, and is immediately operational via the
pre-wired plug-and-socket connections.
145
236
Pos.
25
12
515
502
Parts Included
Battery pole connection cable for Frame Installation

Housing
Notice
Optional: Earth Bar FPO5000EB
Electrical
Input voltage range
100 V AC to 240 V AC
Input frequency range
50 Hz to 60 Hz
Efficiency
85%
Bridging time
> 100 ms at 230 V AC
Accessories
FPP-5000
Use with External Power Supply Unit Kit as
communications interface between kit and panel
Order number FPP-5000-TI13
usable for FPP5000 External Power Supply Unit
Kit 24 V/6 A
Order number FPP-5000-TI
Output voltage
Mains supply
26 to 29 V DC (dependent on temp.)
Mains supply
nominal
26.8 V DC (at 40 C)
Battery supply
21 to 23 V DC
Max. output current
6A
Max. output
160 W (permanent)
Capacity of the fault

outputs BAT FAULT, AC
FAULT, and collective
fault
0 V / 0 to 20 mA
Voltage outputs
2 switch outputs
+24 V / 2.8 A (20.4-30 V), battery

buffered
Mechanics
Housing material
Housing color

Front: anthracite gray, RAL 7016
Dimensions (installed)
Approx. 527 x 456 x 236 mm
Environmental Considerations
EN 60950
Class I equipment
temperature
-5 C to 50 C
Permissible storage
temperature
-20 C to 60 C
Relative humidity
Max. 95% non-condensing
Cooling
Ventilation without ventilator
FPP5000 External Power Supply Unit Kit 24 V/6 A
for universal power supply
Order number FPP 5000
Power Supplies and Batteries | Batteries | 199
Region
Certification
Germany
VdS
G 104055, C Batterie 7,2 Ah
VdS
G 105021, C Batterie 7 Ah
Order number IPS-BAT12V-6AH5
200 | Power Supplies and Batteries | Batteries
Notice
Two gel batteries are required for each
conventional fire panel.
Parts Included
DU = 1 unit
Battery type
Gel accumulator
Rated voltage
12 V DC
Nominal capacity (K)
7.2 Ah
Max. permitted charging voltage
13.5 V DC . . . 13.8 V DC
Maximum permitted charging

current
1.8 A
Connectors
4.8 mm flat contacts
Permitted operating
temperature
0 C . . . +40 C
Permitted storage temperature
-20 C . . . +40 C
Housing material
Plastic, ABS
150 x 100 x 65 mm
Weigh
Approx. 2.7 kg
(DU = 1 unit)
Order number IPP-12V-7.2Ah
VdS-Approval number: G 189 231, G 189 170, G 193 064
Region
Certification
Germany
VdS
VdS
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
12 V / 10 Ah battery, with connection accessories
12 V / 10 Ah dry batteries
Rated voltage
12 V DC
Rated capacity (K20)
10 Ah
Recommended charge voltage
13.8 V DC at 20C
Recommended charge current
0.1 A
151 x 94 x 102 mm
Connection
Flat pole
VdS-Approval number: G 196 025, G 182 026, G 196 022,
G 102 004
Region
Certification
Germany
VdS
VdS
G 196022, C Batterei 27 Ah
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
12 V / 24 Ah battery
12V / 24 Ah dry batteries

Rated voltage
13,8 V DC
Rated capacity (K20)
24 Ah
Recommended charge current
0.1 to 0.2 A
Weight
9.6 kg
167 x 127 x 176 mm
Connection
Flat pole
Battery can be deployed as follows:
UEV 1000 Universal Power Supply
FPA5000 Modular Fire Panel
FPA1200 Fire Panel
Dimensions (B x H x T): 523 x 261 x 258 mm

Region
Certification
Russia
GOST
POCC DE.C313B06299
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
12 V/38 Ah Battery with connection accessories
Battery type
Dry battery
Rated voltage
12 V DC
Nominal capacity
38 Ah
Recommended load voltage
13.8 V DC at 20 C
Recommended load current
0.1 to 0.2 A
175 x 174 x 199 mm
Connector
Flat pole
(Delivery unit = 2 units)
Lithium Block Battery 9 V for

Optical RF Smoke Detector
DOW 1171
Notice
Two batteries per detector are required!
Lithium Block Battery 9 V for Optical RF Smoke Detector DOW 1171
DU = 1 unit
Order number IPP-9V-Block
LSN Detectors
206
Accessories - Series 500 LSN and 520 LSN
216
Accessories - Series 420 LSN improved ver-
225
sion
LSN RF Fire Detection Systems
238
Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System
243
Conventional Detectors
247
256
267
Accessories - DO1101A-Ex
279
Specialty Detectors
284
206 | Automatic Fire Detectors | LSN Detectors
FAP520 Automatic Fire

Detectors LSN improved
version
Sensor technology and signal processing
Modern, ultra-flat design
All detectors in the FAP520 Series are equipped with

two optical sensors and a pollution sensor. The
FAPOC520 multisensor detector contains a gas sensor
as an additional detection channel.
The individual sensors can be programmed with RPS or
WinPara software via the LSN network. All sensor
signals are constantly analyzed by the internal signal
evaluation electronics and are linked with each other
through algorithms.
By linking the optical sensors and the gas sensor, the
OC detector can also be used in places where the work
carried out gives rise to small amounts of smoke, steam
or dust. The alarm will only be triggered automatically if
the signal combination corresponds with the
characteristic diagram of the installation location that
was selected during configuring. Consequently, a very
high reliability against false alarms is obtained.
When 50% of the alarm threshold is reached, a pre
alarm is signaled (displayed in the event database of the
fire panel).
Smooth, easily-cleaned detector surface
Optical sensor (smoke sensor)
Innovative fastening mechanism
High reliability
Maintains LSN loop functions in the event of wire

interruption or short-circuit thanks to two
integrated isolators
The FAP520 Automatic Fire Detectors combine the

advantages of the improved LSN technology with the
aesthetic benefits of flush-mounted installation and the
option to choose the color. The detectors are specially
designed for connection to the Local SecurityNetwork
LSN improved version with the significantly extended
system parameters.
The FAP520 is available as a scattered light smoke
detector or as a multi-sensor detector with an additional
gas sensor. The respective versions of the detectors are
available in white or transparent with color toning
inserts.
Features
Functions
The smooth, flush-installation surface means the
FAP520 Fire Detectors can be installed in areas with
high aesthetic requirements. In addition, the detectors
are suitable for areas with heightened dust exposure.
The detectors and trim rings in the "transparent with
color inserts" version are supplied complete with
reversible printed color ring sets, offering a choice of
16 colors for individual color matching.
The optical sensor (1) operates according to the

scattered light method.
The LEDs (3) transmit light at a defined angle into the
scattered light area (7).
2
In case of fire, the light is scattered by the smoke

particles and strikes the photo diodes (2), which
transform the quantity of light into a proportional
electrical signal.
Automatic Fire Detectors | LSN Detectors | 207
4
3
2
5
6
1
2
Interference effects from daylight and commercial

lighting sources are filtered out with an optical daylight
filter and by the use of electronic filtering and phaselocked rectification (ambient light stability: glare test
DIN EN 547).
The various light-emitting and photo diodes of the
sensor are individually controlled by the detector
electronics. Consequently, signal combinations are
produced that are independent of each other and ideally
suitable for the detection of smoke, which makes it
possible to differentiate between smoke and
interference agents (insects, objects). In addition, the
time characteristics and the correlation of the optical
sensor signals for the fire or interference detection are
evaluated.
Moreover, plausibility checking of the various signals
makes it possible to detect errors in the analysis
electronics and the LEDs.
Chemical sensor (CO gas sensor)
The gas sensor (4) detects mainly the carbon monoxide

(CO) that is produced by a fire, but it also detects
hydrogen (H) and nitrogen monoxide (NO).
The basic measuring principle is CO oxidation on an
electrode and the measurable current that arises from
this. The sensor signal value is proportional to the
concentration of gas.
The gas sensor delivers additional information to
effectively suppress deceptive values.
The CO sensor is monitored by measuring the internal
capacity. If the capacity lies outside the permitted
range, an error message is output on the fire panel. In
this case, the detector continues to operate purely as a
scattered light smoke detector.
Depending on the service life of the gas sensor, the
FAPOC 520 Fire Detector switches off the C sensors
after five years of operation. The detector will continue
to function as an O detector. The detector should then
be exchanged immediately in order to be able to keep
using the higher reliability of detection of the
OC detector.
Pollution sensor
The contamination level on the detector surface is

continually measured by the pollution sensor (6); the
result is evaluated and indicated in three stages on the
fire panel.
Contamination of the detector surface leads to active
adaptation of the threshold (drift compensation) and to
a fault indication in the case of heavy contamination.
Up to 254 LSN improved elements per loop or stub

line
Automatic or manual detector addressing selectable
via rotary switch, in each case with or without autodetection
Power supply for connected elements via LSN bus
Unscreened fire detection cable can be used
Cable length up to 3000 m (with LSN 1500 A)
Downwards compatibility to existing LSN systems
and control panels.
In addition, the FAP520 Fire Detectors offer all the
established benefits of LSN technology. The following
data can be read out for each configured detector:
Serial number
Contamination level of the optical section,
Operating hours
Current analog values.
In the event of an alarm, individual detector
identification is transmitted to the fire panel.
The sensor is self-monitoring. The following errors are
indicated on the fire panel:
Failure of the evaluation electronics or one of the
LEDs on the optical sensor
Heavy contamination (instead of false alarm)
Failure of the CO sensor (in the case of
FAPOC 520).
Further performance characteristics
Various operating states are indicated on the detector

by means of a clearly visible two-color LED. In the event
of an alarm, the LED flashes red.
The control of an external detector alarm display is
possible.
Preservation of the LSN loop function is guaranteed in
the event of wire interruption or short circuit by means
of integrated isolators.
The innovative detector locking, which operates on the
ballpoint-pen principle, provides fast and simple
insertion and replacement of the detector. We
recommend the specially developed FAA500RTL
exchanger device, especially in the case of high
installation heights.
To allow convenient detector testing, the FAA500TTL
test adapter with magnet and additional service
accessories is available. The magnet triggers a reed
contact, which sets the detector in test mode.

Complies with
EN54-7:2000/A1:2002/A2:2006
EN54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAP-520/FAA-500-R
CPD
0786-CPD-20201 FAP-O 520 / 520-P
CPD
0786-CPD-20202 FAP-OC 520 / 520P
VdS
G 205125 FAP-O 520/520P_G205125
VdS
G 205119 FAP-OC 520/520P_G205119
CNBOP
2565/2007 FAP-O 520, FAP-O 520-P
Germany
Improved LSN features
The 520 Series Fire Detectors offer all the features of

the improved LSN technology:
Flexible network structures, including "T-tapping"
without additional elements
Poland
Region
Hungary
Certification
CNBOP
2566/2007 FAP-OC 520, FAP-OC

520-P
TMT
TMT-20/2006 FAP-O 520, FAP-O 520P
TMT
TMT-21/2006 FAP-OC 520, FAP-OC

520-P
MOE
UA1.016-0002820-10 FAP-O520 -P
_FAA-500 -R
Notice
For flush ceiling mounting with FAA500BB:
The false ceiling may have a maximum thickness
of 32 mm. Above the false ceiling, a free height
of at least 110 mm is required.
The detectors are not intended for outdoor use.
A hemispherical space with a radius of 50 cm must
remain free below the detectors.
2
Installation/configuration notes in accordance with

VdS/VDE
The FAPOC 520, like the FAPO 520, is planned
according to the guidelines for optical detectors
(see DIN VDE 0833 Part 2 and VDS 2095).
Parts Included
Detector type
Qty.
Components
FAP-O 520
Optical Smoke Detector, White
FAP-O 520-P
Optical Smoke Detector, Transparent

with Color Inserts
FAP-OC 520
Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,

White
FAP-OC 520-P
Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,

Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
< 3.25 mA
Alarm output
Per data word by two-wire signal

line
Indicator output
Open collector connects 0 V over

1.5 k through, max. 15 mA
50 cm
Can be connected to the fire panels FPA5000 and

FPA1200 with the improved LSN system
parameters
in "Classic Mode" can be connected to the LSN fire
panels BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN, UGM 2020 and
to other panels or their receiver modules with
identical connection conditions, although with the
previous LSN system parameters
The detectors and detector bases can be used
together with the Rotaris lamp by Philips.
The detectors must be installed exclusively in the
FAA500 LSN Bases provided. In addition, the
detector base must be installed in an FAA500BB
Ceiling Mount Back Box or in an FAA500SB Surface
Mount Back Box.
A minimum distance of 50 cm from lamps must be

maintained. The detectors may not be mounted in a
cone of light from lamps.
The bases are equipped as standard with a spring
which is suitable for installation of the detector in
false ceilings. When the detector is installed in
concrete or wooden ceilings, these need to be
replaced by the stronger springs FAA500SPRING
with red markings.
Maximum permitted air speed: 20 m/s
observed during the planning phase.
Mechanics
Dimensions
3
Detector
Ceiling
Hemispherical space below the detector
Care must be taken to ensure that neither people,

large animals, plants, swinging doors nor any
objects intrude into this area and that no parts of
the detector surface become covered.
The detectors may only be installed in a position
which is out of arm's reach. We therefore
recommend a minimum installation height of
2.70 m.
The detectors may not be installed in rooms in
which data is transmitted by means of high-intensity
infrared light (e g. in rooms with IR systems for
interpreters).
The detectors must be mounted so that they are not
exposed to any direct sunlight.
Detector
113 x 55 mm
Detector with Tim

Ring
150 x 55 mm
Detector with Trim

Ring, Base and
Ceiling Mount Back
Box
150 x 110 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Color
Detector housing
Detector front plate

FAPO 520/
FAPOC 520
signal white matt
Detector front plate

FAPO 520P/
FAPOC 520P
Weight
transparent/silver-gray
FAP-OC 520(-P)
180 g / 370 g
FAP-O 520(-P)
170 g / 360 g
Trim Ring
30 g / 60 g
temperature
FAP-O 520 (-P)
-20 C to +65 C
FAP-OC 520 (-P)
-10 C to +50 C
FAP-OC 520(-P)
Individual display
Optical section: < 0.36 dB/m

(EN 547)
Two-color LED,
FAPO 520 Optical Smoke Detector, White
for LSN improved version, ultra-flat design
Order number FAP-O 520
FAPO 520P Optical Smoke Detector, Transparent
with Color Inserts
Order number FAP-O 520-P
20 m/s
FAPOC 520 Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,

White
Order number FAP-OC 520
FAP-O 520 (-P)
IP 53
FAPOC 520P Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,

Order number FAP-OC 520-P
FAP-OC 520 (-P)
IP 33
Accessories

EN 60529
Planning
Monitoring area

guidelines!)
Out of arm's reach

0.5 m
For flush ceiling mounting

with FAA-500-BB
ceiling
Max. 32 mm
Required bored hole
130 mm (-1 mm to +5 mm)
Installation depth
110 mm
height of at least 110 mm is
required.
Detection principle
FAP-O 520(-P)
FAP-OC 520(-P)

measurement
FAP-O 520(-P)
< 0.18 dB/m (EN 54-7)

FAA500 LSN Base
for installation of the FAP520 Fire Detector
Order number FAA-500
Only used in conjunction with the 5000 Series Modular
Fire Panel.
Order number FAA-500-R
FAA500CB Built-in Housing for Concrete Ceilings
for installing 500 and 520 Series Fire Detectors in
concrete ceilings. In addition, you need to order a
FAA500BB Ceiling Mount Back Box, which contains the
base and the detector.
Order number FAA-500-CB
for special applications where it is not possible to flushmount the 500 and 520 Series Fire Detectors in a ceiling
Order number FAA-500-SB
FAA500SB-H Surface Mount Back Box with Damp
Room Seal
Order number FAA-500-SB-H
FAA500SPRING for Concrete/Wooden Ceilings

(DU = 10 units)
Order number FAA-500-SPRING
FAP-420/FAH-420 Automatic
Fire Detectors LSN improved
version
Thermal
differential
Chemical
(+ optical)
Operating
mode
The 420 Series Automatic Fire Detectors offer a superb

accuracy as well as detection speed and precision.
The versions with dual-optical sensor (DO-detectors:
FAP-DO420, FAP-DOT420, FAP-DOTC420) are able to
detect lightest smoke (TF1 and TF9).
These detectors provide all advantages of LSN improved
version. The addressing of the detectors can be
configured with the integrated turning switches.
Features
u
Combination of optical, thermal and chemical

sensors with intelligent evaluation electronics.
Earliest detection of lightest smoke (TF1 & TF9)

with the double-optical smoke detectors featuring
Dual-Ray technology
Detector properties adapted to cater for room

usage
Drift compensation in optical and gas

measurement section

System Overview
Operating
mode
FAPOTC
420
FAPOT 4
20
FAPO 42
0 (KKW)
FAHT 42
0 (KKW)
Combine
d
Optical
DualOptical
Thermomax.
Thermal
differenti
al
Chemical
(+
optical)
Functions
The individual sensors can be configured manually or

timer-based via the LSN network.
All sensor signals are analyzed continually by the
internal evaluation electronics (Intelligent Signal
Processing ISP) and are linked with each other via an
inbuilt microprocessor. The link between the sensors
means that the combined detectors can also be used
where light smoke, steam or dust must be expected
during the course of normal operation.
Only if the signal combination corresponds to that for
the programming of the selected usage site field code
will the alarm be triggered automatically. This results in
a higher level of security against false alarms.
In addition, the time of the sensor signals on fire and
fault detection is analyzed, resulting in an increased
detection reliability for each individual sensor.
In the case of the optical and chemical sensor, the
response threshold (drift compensation) is actively
adjusted. Manual or time-controlled switch-off of
individual sensors is required for adjustment to extreme
interference factors.
Detector type
FAP-DOTC420
FAP-DOT420
FAP-DO420
Combined
Optical
Dual-Optical
Thermomax.
Detector type
The optical sensor uses the scattered-light method.

An LED transmits light to the measuring chamber, where
it is absorbed by the labyrinth structure. In the event of
a fire, smoke enters the measuring chamber and the
smoke particles scatter the light from the LED. The
amount of light hitting the photo diode is converted into
a proportional electrical signal.
The DO detectors use two optical sensors with different
wavelength. The Dual Ray Technology works with an
infrared and a blue LED, so that light smoke can be
detected reliably (TF1 and TF9 detection).
Thermal sensor (temperature sensor)
A thermistor in a resistance network is used as a

thermal sensor, from which an analog-digital converter
measures the temperature-dependent voltage at regular
intervals.
Depending on the specified detector class, the
temperature sensor triggers the alarm status when the
maximum temperature of 54 C or 69 C is exceeded
(thermal maximum), or if the temperature rises by a
defined amount within a specified time (thermal
differential).
The main function of the gas sensor is to detect carbon

monoxide (CO) generated as a result of a fire, but it will
also detect hydrogen (H) and nitrous monoxide (NO).
The sensor signal value is proportional to the
concentration of gas. The gas sensor delivers additional
information to effectively suppress deceptive values.
Since the service life of the gas sensor is limited, the C
sensor of the FAPDOTC420 detector shuts down
automatically after 6 years of operation, and the C
sensor of the FAPOTC 420 detector after 5 years of
operation. The FAPDOTC420 detector will then still
operate as a DOT detector and the FAPOTC 420
detector as an OT detector. The detectors should be
exchanged immediately in order to keep the higher
detection reliability of the DOTC/OTC versions.
The 420 Series Fire Detectors offer all the features of

the improved LSN technology:
Flexible network structures, including "Ttapping"
line
Power supply for connected elements via LSN bus
Unscreened fire detection cable can be used
Cable length up to 3000 m (with LSN 1500 A)
and central units
Self-monitoring of sensor technology
The sensor is self-monitoring. The following errors are

indicated on the fire panel:
Fault indication in the event of the failure of the
detector electronics
Continuous display of contamination level during
service
Fault indication if heavy contamination is detected
(in place of false alarms)
In the event of wire interruption or short-circuit,
integrated dividing elements maintain the functional
security of the LSN loop.
The detector alarm indication takes the form of a red

flashing LED that is easily visible 360.
It is possible to activate a remote external detector
alarm display. The detector base no longer has to be
directed due to the centralized position of the individual
display.
The integrated strain relief for interfloor cables prevents
the removal of cables from the terminal after
installation. The terminals for cable cross-sections up to
2.5 mm2 are very easily accessible.
The detector bases have a mechanical removal lock (can
be activated/deactivated).
The detectors have a dust-repellent labyrinth and cap
construction.

EN 54-7: 2000/A2 (2006)
EN 54-5: 03/2001 only detectors with thermal
sensor
EN 54-17:2005
prEN 54-29: 2008 only FAP-DOT420, FAP-DOTC420
CEA 4021:07:2003
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAP-/FAH-420 KKW
CE
FAP-/FAH-420/FAA-MSR420/FAA-MSR-SP
CE
FAP-DO420/FAP-DOT420/FAPDOTC420
LSN features
Operating data display
In addition, the FAP/FAH-420 detectors offer all the

established benefits of LSN technology. The RPS
programming software can be used to change the
detection characteristics of the respective room
utilization. In addition, each configured detector, with
the exception of the KKW, can provide the following
data:
Serial number,
Contamination level of the optical section,
Operating hours,
Current analog values.
Analog values:
Optical system values: current measured value of
the scattered light sensor; the measuring range is
linear and covers from 170 (new) to 700 (dirty).
Contamination: the contamination value shows how
much the current contamination value has increased
relative to the original condition.
CO value: display of the current measured value
(max. 550).
000017/01 FAP-O420
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20117 FAP-O 420
CPD
0786-CPD-20118 FAP-OT 420
CPD
0786-CPD-20119 FAP-OT 420
CPD
0786-CPD-20120 FAP-OTC 420
CPD
0786-CPD-20121 FAP-OTC 420
CPD
0786-CPD-20125 FAP-O 420 KKW
CPD
0786-CPD-20126 FAP-OT 420 KKW
CPD
0786-CPD-20127 FAP-OT 420 KKW
CPD
0786-CPD-20128 FAH-T 420 KKW
CPD
0786-CPD-20129 FAH-T 420
CPD
0786-CPD-20973 FAP-DOTC420
Region
Germany
Poland
Hungary
Certification
CPD
0786-CPD-20974 FAP-DOT420
CPD
0786-CPD-20975 FAP-DO420
VdS
G 205080 FAP-OTC 420_G205080
VdS
G 205081 FAP-OT 420_G205081
VdS
G 205082 FAP-O 420_G205082
VdS
G 205083 FAH-T 420_G205083
VdS
G 205088 FAP-O 420 KKW_G205088
VdS
G 205089 FAH-T 420 KKW_G205089
VdS
G 210055 FAP-DOTC420
VdS
G 210056 FAP-DO420
VdS
G 210057 FAP-DOT420
CNBOP
2567/2007 FAP-O420
CNBOP
2568/2007 FAH-T420
CNBOP
2587/2007 FAP-OT420
CNBOP
2588/2007 FAP-OTC420
TMT
TMT-17/2006 FAP-O 420, FAP-O 420

KKW

VdS/VDE
The FAPDOTC420, FAPDOT420, FAPOTC 420, and

FAPOT 420 types are planned in accordance with
the guidelines for optical detectors if operated as
optical detectors or as combined optical/thermal
detectors (see DIN VDE 0833 Part 2 and VDS 2095)
If occasional disconnection of the optical unit
(scattered light sensor) is required, planning must
be based on the guidelines for heat detectors (see
DIN VDE 0833 Part 2 and VDS 2095)
When planning fire barriers according to DIBt, note
that the FAHT 420 (KKW) must be configured in
accordance with class A1R.
Parts Included
Detector type
Qty
.
Components
FAP-DOTC420
Multisensor Detector Dual-Optical,

Thermal, Chemical
FAP-OTC 420
Multisensor Detector Optical/

Thermal/Chemical
FAP-DOT420
Multisensor Detector Dual-Optical,

Thermal
FAP-OT 420
Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal
TMT
TMT-18/2006 FAH-T 420, FAH-T 420

KKW
FAP-DO420
Dual-Optical Smoke-Detector
TMT
TMT-19/2006 FAP-OT 420, FAP-OT

420 KKW, FAP-OTC 420
FAP-O 420
Optical Smoke Detector
MOE
UA1.016.0070213-11 FAP-OTC420
FAH-T 420
MOE
UA1.016-0070210-11 FAP-OT420
Heat Detector (Thermal Differential/

Thermal Maximum)
MOE
UA1.016-0070215-11 FAP-DO420
FAP-O 420 KKW
Optical Smoke Detector *
MOE
UA1.016-0070218-11 FAP-DOT
FAH-T 420 KKW
Heat Detector (Thermal Differential/

Thermal Maximum) *
MOE
UA1.016-0070221-11 FAP-DOTC
* For use in areas with increased radioactive radiation
MOE
UA1.016-0091995-09 FAPO420_MS400 _MSF400_FAA-420-RI
MOE
UA1.016-0091997-09 FAHT420_MS400_MSF400
Electrical
Connectable to the fire panels FPA5000 and
FPA1200 with the improved LSN system
parameters
You can use the DO detectors only with the Panel
Controller MPC version B and higher. The Panel
Controller MPCxxxxA cannot be used.
In "Classic Mode" connectable to the LSN fire
panels BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN, UGM 2020 and
to other panels or their receiver modules with
identical connection conditions, although with the
previous LSN system parameters
During planning works, it is essential to adhere to
national standards and guidelines.
The detector can be painted (cap and base) and
thereby adapted to the surrounding colour scheme.
Note the information in the Painting Instructions
(Document Number F.01U.089.231).
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
< 0.55 mA
Alarm output
Per data word by two-wire signal

line
Indicator output
Open collector connects 0 V over

1.5 k through, max. 15 mA
Mechanics
Dimensions
Without base
99.5 x 52 mm
With base
120 x 63.5 mm
Housing
Material
Plastic, ABS (Novodur)
Color

matt finish
Weight
Without / With packaging
FAP-DOTC 420
Approx. 80 g / Approx. 135 g
FAP-OT 420
Black loop
FAP-DOT 420,
FAPDO 420
FAP-DO420
2 gray concentric loops
FAP-OTC 420
FAP-O 420,
FAPO 420 KKW
No marking
FAP-OT 420,
FAPO 420,
FAPO 420 KKW,
FAHT 420,
FAHT 420 KKW
FAH-T 420,
FAHT 420 KKW
Red loop
Planning
temperature
FAP-DOTC420
FAP-OTC 420
-10 C to +50 C
FAP-DOT420
FAP-OT 420
FAH-T 420
FAHT 420 KKW
-20 C to +50 C
FAP-DO420
FAP-O 420
FAPO 420 KKW
-20 C to +65 C
FAPDOTC 420,
FAPDOT 420,
FAPDO 420,
FAPOTC 420,
FAPOT 420,
FAPO 420

guidelines!)
FAH-T 420
FAHT 420 KKW
Max. 40 m2 (Heed local guidelines!)
Permissible storage
temperature
FAP-DOTC420
-20 C to +50 C
FAP-DOT420
-25 C to +80 C
FAP-DO420
-25 C to +80 C
20 m/s.

EN 60529
IP 40,
IP 43 detector base with damp
room seal
Optical part
In accordance with EN 54 T7
(programmable)
Thermal maximum part
> 54 C / >69 C
Thermal differential
part: FAH-T 420,
FAHT 420 KKW
A2S / A2R / A1 / A1R / BS / BR, in

line with EN 545 (programmable)
part: FAPDOTC420,
FAPDOT420,
FAPOTC420,
FAPOT420
A2S / A2R / BS / BR, in line with

EN 545 (programmable)
Gas sensor
In ppm range
Individual display
Monitoring area
LED red
Color code
FAP-DOTC420
2 yellow concentric loops
FAP-OTC 420
Yellow loop
FAP-DOT 420
2 black concentric loops
FAPDOTC 420,
FAPDOT 420,
FAPDO 420,
FAPOTC 420,
FAPOT 420,
FAPO 420,
FAPO 420 KKW
Max. 16 m (Heed local guidelines!)
FAH-T 420,
FAHT 420 KKW
Max. 7.5 m (Heed local guidelines!)
FAPOTC 420 Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal/
Chemical
for LSN improved version
Order number FAP-OTC 420
FAPOT 420 Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal
Order number FAP-OT 420
FAPO 420 Optical Smoke Detector
Order number FAP-O 420
FAHT 420 Heat Detector
thermal differential/thermal maximum, for LSN
improved version
Order number FAH-T 420
FAPO420 KKW Optical Smoke Detector
for use in areas with increased radioactive radiation, for
Order number FAP-O420-KKW
FAHT420 KKW Heat Detector
thermal differential/thermal maximum, for use in areas
with increased radioactive radiation, for LSN improved
version
Order number FAH-T420-KKW
FAP-DO420 Dual-Optical Smoke Detector
Order number FAP-DO420
FAP-DOT420 Multisensor Detector Dual-Optical, Thermal

Order number FAP-DOT420

FAP-DOTC420 Multisensor Detector Dual-Optical,

Thermal, Chemical
For LSN improved version
Order number FAP-DOTC420
Accessories
Order number MS 400
MSC 420 Additional Base with Damp Room Seal
for surface-mounted cable feed
Order number MSC 420
with a change-over relay (Form C)
Order number FAA-MSR 420
With integrated jumper elements that preserve the loop
function if the detector is removed
Order number MS 420
FNM-420-A-BS-WH Base Sounder Indoor, white

for signaling an alarm directly at the fire location, can be
employed either as base sounders or stand-alone
sounders, for LSN improved technology
Order number FNM-420-A-BS-WH
(packing unit = 10 units)
Order number SSK 400
TP4 400 Support Plate for Detector Identification
Order number TP4 400
prevents damage
Order number SK 400
usable at locations where the functional safety of the
detector might be impaired by condensation
Order number MH 400
Console for DIBt compliant mounting of detectors above
doors etc., including detector base
Order number MK 400
Mounting Bracket for Fire Detectors on False Floor
Stilts
Order number FMX-DET-MB
MPA External Detector Alarm Display according to
DIN 14623
the transparent red alarm display conforms to
DIN 14623
Order number MPA
216 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - Series 500 LSN and 520 LSN
FAA500TR-W Trim Ring,

White
White Trim Ring for 500 und 520 Series Fire Detectors
Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - Series 500 LSN and 520 LSN | 217
FAA500TRP Trim Ring,

Trim Ring for the "transparent with color inserts" Fire

Detectors in the 500 and 520 Series
FAA500 LSN Base
FAA500 LSN Bases are required for installing FAP520

Fire Detectors.
Functions
The screw-type terminals guarantee a secure electrical

connection through the clamped contacts when
mounting the FAP520 Fire Detector.
The Bases are provided with three holders for cable
ties.
Connections
Power supply (0 V, + V)
LSN (a-in/out, b-in, b-out)
C point
Shielding
Cable cross section
0.3 mm2 3.3 mm2
Dimensions
145.6 x 63.5 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
Weight
185 g/270 g (without/with

packaging)
FAA500 LSN Base
for installation of the FAP520 Fire Detector
Order number FAA-500
FAA500R LSN Base with

Relay
FAA500R LSN Bases with Relay are used for installing

the FAP520 Fire Detectors in special applications, e. g.
control of an emergency door in accordance with DIBt.
Notice
FAA500 R Bases can only be used in conjunction
with the 5000 Series Modular Fire Panel.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAP-520/FAA-500-R
Connections
Power supply (0 V, + V)
LSN (a-in/out, b-in, b-out)
C point
Shielding
Relay (NO, NC, COM)
Power intake
0.2 mA
Relay contact load
1 A, 30 V DC
Cable cross section
0.3 mm2 3.3 mm2
Dimensions
145.6 x 63.5 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
Weight
210 g/290 g (without/with

packaging)
Only used in conjunction with the 5000 Series Modular
Fire Panel.
Order number FAA-500-R
FAA500BB Ceiling Mount

Back Box
The FAA500BB Ceiling Mount Back Box is necessary for

flush ceiling installation in false ceilings when mounting
500 and 520 Series Bases and Fire Detectors.
Mounting dimensions
Maximum thickness of the
false ceiling
32 mm
Mounting height
11 cm
Required bore hole
130 mm (-1 mm/+5 mm)
Max. cable diameter
1.4 cm
Dimensions
140 x 104 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
White
Weight (without/with packaging)
100 g/200 g
FAA500CB Built-in Housing

for Concrete Ceilings
FAA500CB Built-in Housings are used to install 500 and

520 Series Fire Detectors in concrete ceilings. These
make it possible to position cable ducts with ease and
precision.
System Overview
226
226
75
ca. 150
1
202
Pos.
Description
Front part
FAA500SB Surface Mount

Back Box
This is used as an alternative to the Ceiling Mount Back

Box. The Surface Mount Back Boxes are designed for
flush-mounted cable feed and surface-mounted cable
feed with cable protection conduits.
Functions
The inputs for surface-mounted cable feed are prepunched. For flush-mounted cable feed, two inlets are
provided in the base:
Each 20 mm (0.75 inch) for PG 13.5 threads
Each 25 mm (1.0 inch) for 3/4'' cable protection
conduit
In the case of cable feed via PG 13.5 threads, cables
with diameters of up to 1.2 cm can be used.
The base is fitted using screws at four attachment
points.
Dimensions
150 mm x 80 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate (PC-FR)
Housing color
White (RAL 9003)
Weight
Approx. 195 g/300 g (without/with

packaging)
FAA500SB-H Surface Mount

Back Box with Damp Room
Seal

The FAA500SBH has an additional seal for damp
rooms.
Functions
conduit
points.
Dimensions
150 mm x 82 mm
Housing material
Housing color
White (RAL 9003)
Weight (without/with
packaging)
Approx. 225 g/330 g
Room Seal
FAA500SPRING for Concrete/

Wooden Ceilings
DU = 10 units
The bases of the 500 Series are fitted with spring as
standard. This is suitable for installing the detector in
false ceilings.
When the detector is installed in concrete or wooden
ceilings, these need to be replaced by the stronger
FAA-500-SPRING springs with red markings.
(DU = 10 units)
Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - Series 420 LSN improved version | 225
7,8
22.7
14
120
100
b2
X
0V
+V
c
/
a1 2
a
The detector head is installed in the Detector Base

MS 400.
The base is suitable for surface-mounted cable feeds as
well as for flush-mounted cable feeds, and has separate
attachment points for ceiling mount/flush-mounted back
boxes. In addition, it fits all standard bore patterns.
The Detector Base made of white ABS plastic (Novodur,
color similar to RAL 9010) has a matt finish and seven
terminal screws to connect the detector and its features
to the fire panel.
Contacts connected to the terminals guarantee a secure
electric connection when the detector module is
installed. Cables up to 2.5 mm2 in diameter can be used.
To protect against unauthorized removal, the detector
head can be secured with a variable locking.
8
Connections
Power supply (0 V, +V)

LSN (a1/a2, b1, b2)
C-point
Shielding
Housing material
ABS (Novodur)
Housing color
Similar to RAL 9010
Installation information for 400/420 Series

Detector Bases
Dimensions
120 x 22.7 mm
Weight
72 g
The drill holes marked with an "X" may only be used

to mount the base to flush-mounted back boxes.
Keep shielded auxiliary wire as short as possible,
and make sure this is insulated.
ca. 55
b1
Non-branded detector base for surface-mounted and
flush-mounted cable feed
Order number MS 400
Accessories
FAA-420-SEAL Damp Room Seal
1 package = 10 pieces
Order number FAA-420-SEAL
226 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - Series 420 LSN improved version
MS 420 LSN Detector Base

with Spring
The MS 420 can be used to mount detectors from the

420 Series, and has integrated jumper elements that
preserve the loop function if the detector is removed.
Connections

LSN (a1/a2, b1, b2)
C-point
Shielding
Housing material
ABS (Novodur)
Housing color
Similar RAL 9010
Dimensions
120 x 22.7 mm
Weight
72 g
With integrated jumper elements that preserve the loop
function if the detector is removed
Order number MS 420
FAAMSR 420 Detector Base

with Relay
Notice
FAAMSR 420 relay bases can only be used in
conjunction with improved LSN technology (fire
panels FPA5000 and FPA1200).

The maximum contact load of the relay is
1 A @ 30 V DC.
Functions
If the line is on standby, the relay contact is closed.
The relay contact is open
if there is no voltage, or
if there is an alarm.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAP-/FAH-420/FAA-MSR420/FAA-MSR-SP
Connections

LSN (a1/a2, b1, b2)
C-point
Shielding
Relay (NO, C, NC)
Relay contact load capacity
1 A @ 30 V DC
Housing material
ABS (Novodur)
Housing color
Similar RAL 9010
Dimensions
120 x 22.7 mm
Weight
82 g
with a change-over relay (Form C)
Order number FAA-MSR 420
MSC 420 Additional Base with

Damp Room Seal
The Additional Base MSC 420 was conceived specially

for surface-mounted cable feeds with cable protection
conduits and has 2 opposing pre-cut inlets of 20 mm
diameter and 2 additional opposing and prepared inlets
for up to 28 mm diameter.
To protect against condensation water penetration, a
seal made of TPE is situated on the base of the
MSC 420.
Base material
ABS (Novodur)
Seal material
TPE
Base color
Similar to RAL 9010
Dimensions
120 x 36.7 mm
Weight
74 g
MPA External Detector Alarm

Display according to
DIN 14623
T.4
Limited to 20 mA maximum
Display medium
1 LED via a light guide
Permissible wire gauge
0.6 mm ... 0.8 mm
Dimensions
85 x 85 x 50 mm
Weight
65 g

IEC 60529
IP 40
DIN 14623
DIN 14623
Order number MPA
The External Detector Alarm Display is required if the

detector is not directly visible or has been mounted in
false ceilings or false floors. The External Detector
Alarm Display should be mounted in corridors or access
pathways to the corresponding building sections or
rooms.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
MPA
CPD
0786-CPD-20765 MPA
VdS
G 294052 MPA_G294052
PTB
01 ATEX 2163 X OTC/OC 310/410,

OT/O/T 300/400, DKM/SKM 120, DM/
SM 210, MPA_01 ATEX 2163 X
CNBOP
2095/2006 MPA
Germany
Poland
Notice
If unshielded cables are used, the cable length
between a LSN detector and an External
Detector Alarm Display is restricted to a
maximum of 3 m.
If shielded cables are used, make sure that the
total cable length does not exceed 500 m (= sum
of all cables to the External Detector Alarm
Display within one loop or stub).
Operating voltage
9 V DC . . . 30 V DC
Current consumption for

display
T.2
Approx. 2 mA
T.3
Limited to approx. 13 mA
The external detector alarm display should be mounted

in corridors or access pathways of the corresponding
building sections or rooms.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAA-420-RI
Notice
between an LSN detector and an external
detector alarm display is restricted to a
maximum of 3 m.
of all cables to the external detector alarm
display within one loop or stub).
Operating voltage
5 V DC . . . 30 V DC
20 mA
Display medium
2 LEDs
0.6 mm 2.0 mm
Dimensions
84 x 84 x 35 mm
Weight
45 g

IEC 60529
IP 40
Mounting Bracket for Fire

Detectors on False Floor Stilts
Mounting Bracket to mount the detector in floor

cavities.
The detector base is not included in the scope of
delivery.
Stilts

doors etc.
The detector base is included in the scope of delivery.
Dimensions (L x B x H): 185 x 129 x 29 mm (without
base)

Order number MK 400
MH 400 Detector Heating

Element
The Detector Heating Element MH 400 is usable at

locations where the functional safety of the detector
might be impaired by condensation (dew), e. g. in
warehouses which are briefly opened in order to allow
vehicles to enter and leave.
The integrated 1 k resistor has a nominal
performance of 3 W. With a looped-through 28 V
power supply (monitored), up to 10 Detector
Heating Elements MH 400 can be deployed per
loop.
External power supply (not monitored) is possible.
The supply voltage may not be permitted to fall
below 23 V.
Order number MH 400
The Protective Basket prevents e. g. in a sports hall that

balls hit and damage the detector.
The robust Protective Basket consists of 5 mm round
steel, and is painted aluminum gray (RAL 9007).
Diameter (max.): 148 mm
Height: 75 mm
prevents damage
Order number SK 400
Packing unit = 10 units

The Protective Dust Cover SSK 400 protects a mounted
detector base with or without detector head against
dirt during building work.
The Protective Dust Cover made of polypropylene (PP)
is pushed onto the installed detector base.
TP4 400 Support Plate for

Detector Identification
15 / 4
The Support Plate, made of ABS plastic (Novodur, color
similar to RAL 9010) and 1.8 mm thick, is clamped
between the detector base and the ceiling.
This is designed for an installation height of up to 4 m
and is configured for a self-adhesive label with
dimensions of up to 65 x 34 mm.
Notice
Labels by Zweckform have proven practical. The
self-adhesive labels are made of white polyester
film and can be labeled with a laser printer or
copier.

15 / 4
Notice
copier.
238 | Automatic Fire Detectors | LSN RF Fire Detection Systems
FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module

b LSN2
b LSN1
LSN
LSN
a LSN2
a LSN1
2
3
4
2
3
6
+U
0V
8
9
+U
0V
The LSN RF Fire Detection System operates in the new

868870 MHz SRD (Short Range Devices) band, released
exclusively for security technology. The SRD band does
not interfere with long-range industrial, scientific and
medical applications with high transmission power.
Features
Highly efficient thanks to simple installation,

flexible expandability and automatic configuration
High level of transmission and functional reliability
Transmission path monitoring
Optical RF Smoke Detector with outstanding

interference immunity
Up to 30 Optical RF Smoke Detectors or up to 10

RF Manual Call Points per RF Expansion Module
can be connected
System Overview
Pos.
Description
FET switch
Receiving data
Transmitting data
Microprocessor for data processing/data transfer
Voltage supply
Reed contact
LEDs
Tamper contact
Monitoring of external voltage supply
10
SPU6001 Radio module
Functions
SMF121
DOW 1171
FK 100 LSN
FK 100 LSN
10
SPU6001
LSN
Local Security Network
The LSN RF Fire Detection System (the radio cell)

consists of an FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module and up
to 30 DOW 1171 Optical RF Smoke Detectors or up to
10 SMF121 RF Manual Call Points. The RF Expansion
Module is installed as an LSN element in a loop or stub
line and is the interface between the RF Smoke
Detectors and the fire panel.
The information transfer between the detector and the
Expansion Module is bi-directional. If a base channel is
occupied by an external system, this is recognized
immediately and the radio cell switches to a secondary
channel to guarantee alarm transmission.
4590
43 512
187 3365 5534
12 11290 33387 55565
1 9 7
43 2223 3401 55598
675 22254 44423 6610
89 2267 445 6632
1110 2298 44476 64
2 30 8
1143 3312 4
11165
The LSN part in the RF Expansion Module is supplied

with voltage via the LSN cable. The radio module
connected requires a separate power supply.
The integrated microcontroller drives interfaces and
user elements and is responsible for data transfer
between the RF Smoke Detector and the fire panel.
The FK 100 LSN has a tamper contact, a reed switch for
manually activating the configuration mode and three
LEDs for displaying the operating status.
The RF Expansion Module meets the standard
regulations and guidelines for security systems: EN 54;
DIN VDE 0833; VdS.
Automatic Fire Detectors | LSN RF Fire Detection Systems | 239
DOW 1171 Optical RF Smoke Detector
The battery-powered, configurable RF Smoke Detector

operates using the reliable scattered light principle with
side scattering. In conjunction with the modern
detection algorithm it achieves uniform response
behavior, while providing outstanding interference
immunity. The same radio module is integrated into the
detector and the RF Expansion Module for bidirectional
information transfer.
SMF121 RF Manual Call Point
The SMF121 RF Manual Call Point is used to trigger an

alarm in the event of a fire or other emergency. Via a
wireless connection, the SMF121 and the required
SMF6120 RF Base (battery-powered) easily connect to
the FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module.

The FK 100 LSN complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
EN54-25:2008
The DOW 1171 complies with:
EN54-7:2000/A1:2002/A2:2006
EN54-25:2008/AC:2010
The radio module used in the FK 100 LSN RF Expansion
Module, the DOW 1171 Optical RF Smoke Detector and
in the SMF6120 RF Base is certified in the following
countries (radio licensing in line with ANNEX4,
Directive 99/5EC Radio recognition, CE 0123 (!)):
Austria (A), Belgium (B), Croatia (HR), Denmark (DK),
Germany (D), Italy (I), Luxembourg (L), The Netherlands
(NL), Norway (N), Portugal (P), Spain (E), Slovakia (SK),
Slovenia (SLO), Sweden (S), Switzerland (CH), Great
Britain (GB).
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DOW 1171
CE
FK 100 LSN
CPD
0786-CPD-21077 DOW 1171
CPD
0786-CPD-21080 FK 100 LSN
VdS
G 211065 DOW 1171
VdS
G 211071 FK 100 LSN
Germany
Boundary values
Up to 30 DOW 1171 Optical RF Smoke Detectors

can be connected per FK 100 LSN RF Expansion
Module.
A maximum of 127 LSN elements is allowed per LSN
processing assembly. Each RF Expansion Module
and each RF Smoke Detector or RF Manual Call
Point is counted as an LSN element, e. g. with the
maximum number of smoke detectors:
1 FK 100 LSN + 30 DOW 1171 = 31 LSN elements.
When several FK 100 LSNs are installed in the same
area, a minimum distance of 2 m must be
maintained between the individual RF Expansion
Modules.
In addition, the maximum distance of 40 m and an
attenuation of 90 dB must be adhered to between
the RF Expansion Modules and the RF Smoke
Detectors (see Planning a Radio Cell).
16 radio channels are available. The RF Expansion

Modules automatically search for a free channel
within the permitted range. The basic radio
channels can be displayed using WinPara or
FSP-5000-RPS.
This means that a maximum of 16 RF Expansion
Modules (recommended is a maximum of 10) may be
installed within one area (max. distance 40 m/max.
attenuation 90 dB). The installation of additional RF
Expansion Modules has to be checked on a case-bycase basis depending on whether the radio range
does affect that of the first RF Expansion Module
group (with a max. of 16 RF Expansion Modules).
The RF Expansion Modules and the RF Smoke
Detectors must not be installed in a metal cabinet.
The necessary room for servicing (e. g. replacing
batteries) and repair must be taken into account.
Connection and Power Supply
An FK 100 LSN must not be connected to an

NAK 100 LSN Branch Interface.
A separate power supply is necessary for the
module, the microprocessor and the peripherals.
Power is supplied to the LSN components in the
FK 100 LSN via two wires in the LSN line.
The wire pair of the separate power supply can be
looped through to provide power to the
downstream LSN elements.
Notice
If the power supply to the FK 100 LSN is
disconnected, the batteries must be removed
from the RF Smoke Detectors!
Accessories
If wall structures or other structural properties of a

building are not known, field strength
measurements are taken using the DZW 1171
wireless test unit to ensure more reliable planning.
The Radiospy software with field strength
measurement unit is a convenient tool for checking
the planning for a radio cell and displaying it
graphically using a PC/laptop.
The DBZ 1193A detector identification for the
DOW 1171 is a polycarbonate holder with cover for
holding an identifier plate.
The exchanger device ensures convenient detector
replacement for the DOW 1171 RF Smoke Detector.
For commissioning a wireless system without a fire
panel (FACP), a magnet is needed to activate the
reed contact in the RF Expansion Module.
37,4
1
3
35,7
FK 100 LSN device construction
Alarm
20
15
20
25
30
40
Attenuation [dB]
40
57
67
74
79
83
90
100
Construction element
Attenuation values
Room dividers
very low
1 dB
low
6 dB
Limestone brick
average
-10
dB
Limestone building blocks
average
-10
dB
Wood framed or wood panelled walls
average
-10
dB
Damp brick walls
average
-10
dB
Coated plasterboard, double walls
high
15
dB
high
-30
dB
very high
40
dB
10
Strung
10
Dry brick walls or concrete walls/ceilings
135
Betrieb
Attenuation from construction elements in buildings
Distance [m]
11
Pos.
Description
Cover with embedded fibre-optic cables
Lower part of housing
Pre-prepared inputs/outputs for surface-mounting cable

ducts
Steel-reinforced concrete
Cover screw
Thick damp brick walls
Optical fibers for LED display indicating operating state
Reed contact
Radio module
Interface board
Tamper contact
10
LED display indicating operating state
11
Terminal block
Calculation example
The FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module is mounted under

a reinforced concrete ceiling. The dividing walls are
made from concrete.
Planning a wireless cell
The range that can be achieved by a radio system in

a building is generally dependent on the reflection
and absorption responses of the materials used and
on the design of the ceilings and walls!
Line of sight visibility between the wireless
components is not necessary.
The RF Expansion Module should always be
positioned right between the RF Smoke Detectors/
Manual Call Points. Since radio propagation is
spherical, the connection is not restricted to a
single floor.
To determine the actual attenuation at the
installation site, the attenuation given by distance
must be added to the attenuation values of each
construction element (walls, ceilings). The total
attenuation of the transmission path must not
exceed 90 dB.
The limiting values and calculation examples apply
both to the RF Expansion Module - RF Smoke
Detector radio link and to the RF Expansion Module
RF Expansion Module radio link.
Attenuation of the transmission path from distance

with line of sight
In buildings, doubling of the distance between RF
Expansion Module and RF detector raises the
attenuation figure by 16 to 17 dB.
4
4 m
SMF121
Pos.
Description
1-3
Transmission paths, see calculation example
Reinforced concrete ceiling
Concrete wall
Transmission Path 1:
5 m distance + reinforced concrete ceiling
= 40 dB + 30 dB = 70 dB
15 m distance + reinforced concrete ceiling + concrete
wall = 67 dB + 30 dB + 6 dB = 103 dB
10 m distance + concrete wall = 57 dB + 6 dB = 63 dB
4 m distance = 35 dB
Transmission paths 1, 3 and 4 can be operated:
total attenuation < 90 dB.
Automatic Fire Detectors | LSN RF Fire Detection Systems | 241
Planning
The detector for transmission path 2 can no longer be

reached:
total attenuation 103 dB > 90 dB permissible total
attenuation.
Maximum range in buildings
40 m
Max. number of FK 100 LSN
16
Parts Included
Max. number of DOW 1171
30 per FK 100 LSN
Max. number of SMF121
10 per FK 100 LSN
Qty
.
Components
Special features
FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module, incl. connection terminals
Frequency range
868 to 870 MHz (SRD band)
Channel spacing
25 kHz
Transmitting power
Max. 5 mW
Qty
.
Components
Optical RF Smoke Detector
Electrical
9 V lithium battery
Voltage supply
Two 9 V lithium batteries
Detector base
Battery life cycle
Approx. 5 years
Average current consumption
0.07 mA
Qty
.
Components
Mechanical
119 x 73mm
Housing material
Plastic PC/ABS
Housing color
White, similar to RAL 9002
Weight
Approx. 335 g
DOW 1171 RF Smoke Detector
Notice
With the SMF121 RF Manual Call Point, one
SMF6120 RF Base as well as two HFMBAT
Lithium Batteries 3.6 V have to be ordered in
addition.
Electrical
Operating voltage
LSN components
+10 V +33 V DC
Other components
+20 V +30 V DC
Current consumption
LSN components
6 mA
Other components
< 20 mA
Mechanical
Ambient conditions
Protection class according to
EN 60529
IP 44
temperature
-10 C +55 C
< 95% at T < 34 C
Planning
Range in buildings
40 m
Maximum number of
DOW 1171
30 per FK 100 LSN
Special features
Detection principle
135 x 100 x 35.7mm
SMF121 RF Manual Call Point with SMF6120 RF

Base
Housing material
Plastic ABS, Terluran
Electrical
Color
Light gray, RAL 9002
Voltage supply
Two 3.6 V lithium batteries
Weight
Approx. 200 g
Battery life cycle
Approx. 5 years
Current consumption
0.06 mA
Ambient conditions
EN 60529
IP 30
temperature
-10 C. +55 C
Mechanical
SMF121
125 mm x 125 mm x 36,5 mm
SMF6120
116,3 mm x 116,3 mm x 42 mm
SMF121 incl. SMF6120
125 mm x 125 mm x 56,5 mm
Housing material
ABS
LED
red
Housing color
red, RAL 3000
SMF6120 RF Base
Order number SMF6120
HFMBAT Lithium Battery 3.6 V for SMF6120
Order number HFM-BAT
Weight
SMF121
ca. 200 g
SMF6120
ca. 185 g
HFM-BAT
ca. 20 g
Ambient conditions
temperature
-10 C 55 C
Max. 95 %
Protection class according to

EN 60529
IP 43
Planning
Max. range in buildings
30 m
Max. number of SMF121
10 per FK 100 LSN
RF Expansion Module for up to 30 Optical RF Smoke
Detectors or 10 RF Manual Call Points
Order number FK 100 LSN RF
for connecting to the FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module
Order number DOW1171 RF
for planning and checking the maximum reach of a RF
Fire Detection System
Order number DZW 1171
Radio Spy 1 Field Strength Measuring Unit and Software
for PC-based planning and graphic representation of a
RF Fire Detection System
Order number RADIO SPY 1
Order number DOW1171-ident
Exchanger Device for DO1101AEx and DOW 1171
fits only on Siemens service poles
Order number FAA-RTL-SIEMENS
Lithium Block Battery 9 V for Optical RF Smoke Detector DOW 1171
DU = 1 unit
Order number IPP-9V-Block
for connecting to the FK 100 LSN RF Expansion Module
Please order separately: 1 x SMF6120 RF Base, 2 x
HFMBAT Lithium Battery 3.6 V for SMF6120
Order number SMF121
Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System | 243
Field strength measuring device for planning and

checking the maximum reach of a RF Fire Detection
System in unknown building structures.
Device A is fixed in position at the predetermined
installation location of the RF Interface Module.
Device B is taken to the intended place of installation of
the RF Smoke Detector DOW 1171 and checks whether
the permitted attenuation of the radio signal is not
exceeded.
for planning and checking the maximum reach of a RF
Fire Detection System
Order number DZW 1171
244 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System
Radio Spy 1 Field Strength

Measuring Unit and Software
Field Strength Measuring Unit and Software, for easy

PC-based planning and graphic representation of a RF
Fire Detection System.
The Radio Spy 1 functions in a manner similar to the
Radio Test Unit, although the field strength and
configuration of the RF Fire Detection System are
shown graphically on the screen.
for PC-based planning and graphic representation of a
RF Fire Detection System
Order number RADIO SPY 1
Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System | 245
DBZ 1193A Detector

identification
DBZ 1193A
Holder made of polycarbonate with hinged lid, for safe

insertion of a identifier plate size 58 mm x 19 mm
Order number DOW1171-ident
246 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System
Exchanger device for the DOW

1171 RF smoke detector
Notice
The detector exchanger fits only on Siemens
service poles.
The service pole is not included in the scope of
delivery.
Exchanger device for the DOW 1171 RF smoke detector
for Siemens service poles
Order number FAA-RTL-Siemens
Automatic Fire Detectors | Conventional Detectors | 247
FCP500 Conventional
FCP500 Conventional Automatic Fire Detectors satisfy

the most demanding aesthetic requirements owing to
their flat design, which offers flush ceiling mounting and
the option of color matching.
The FCP500 is available as a scattered light smoke
detector or as a multi-sensor detector with an additional
gas sensor. The respective versions of the detectors are
available in white or transparent with color inserts.
Features
u
Modern, ultra-flat design
Matches the surrounding decor by using color

toning inserts
Smooth, easily-cleaned detector surface
Innovative fastening mechanism
High reliability
All detectors in the FCP500 series are equipped with

two optical sensors and a pollution sensor. The
FCPOC 500 multisensor detector contains a gas sensor
as an additional detection channel.
All sensor signals are constantly analyzed by the internal
signal evaluation electronics and are linked with each
other through algorithms.
By linking the optical sensors and the gas sensor, the
OC detector can also be used in places where the work
carried out gives rise to small amounts of smoke, steam
or dust. The alarm will only be triggered automatically if
the signal combination corresponds with the detectors
characteristic diagram. Consequently, a very high
reliability against false alarms is obtained.
The optical sensor (1) operates according to the

scattered light method. The LEDs (3) transmit light at a
defined angle into the scattered light area (7).
2
Functions
The smooth, flush-installation surface means the
FCP500 detectors can be installed in areas with high
aesthetic requirements. In addition, the fire detectors
are suitable for areas with heightened dust exposure.
The detectors and trim rings in the "transparent with
color inserts" version are always supplied complete with
reversible printed color rings, which offer a choice of
16 colors for individual color matching.
In case of fire, the light is scattered by the smoke

particles and strikes the photo diodes (2), which
transform the quantity of light into a proportional
electrical signal.
4
3
2
5
6
1
2
Interference effects from daylight and commercial

lighting sources are filtered out with an optical daylight
filter and by the use of electronic filtering and phaselocked rectification (ambient light stability: glare test
DIN EN 547).
248 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Conventional Detectors
The various light-emitting and photo diodes of the

sensor are individually controlled by the detector
electronics. Consequently, signal combinations are
produced that are independent of each other and ideally
suitable for the detection of smoke, which makes it
possible to differentiate between smoke and
interference agents (insects, objects). In addition, the
time characteristics and the correlation of the optical
sensor signals for the fire or interference detection are
evaluated.
Moreover, plausibility checking of the various signals
makes it possible to detect errors in the analysis
electronics and the LEDs.
Can be connected to:

Conventional Fire Panel
BZ 1012/1016/1024/1060
Universal Fire Panel UEZ 1000
Universal Fire Panel UGM 2020
Other panels or their receiver modules with
identical connection conditions
UEZ 2000 LSN, BZ 500 LSN, FPA5000 and
FPA1200 via appropriate interfaces
The detectors and detector bases can be used
together with the Rotaris lamp by Philips.
The FCPOC 500, like the FCPO 500, is planned
according to the guidelines for optical detectors
(see DIN VDE 0833 Part 2 and VDS 2095).
The detectors must be installed exclusively in the
FCA500 bases provided. In addition, the detector
base must be installed in an FAA500BB ceiling
mount back box or in FAA500SB surface mount
back box.
Notice
For flush ceiling mounting with FAA500BB:
The false ceiling may have a maximum thickness
of
Notice
32 mm. Above the false ceiling, a free height of
at least 110 mm is required.
Pollution sensor
The contamination level on the detector surface is

continually measured by the pollution sensor (6); the
result is evaluated and indicated.
Contamination of the detector surface leads to active
adaptation of the threshold value (closed-circuit value
correction).
FCP500 detectors are not intended for outdoor

use.
A hemispherical space with a radius of 50 cm must
remain free below the detectors.
2
Various operating states are indicated on the detector

by means of a clearly visible two-color LED. In the event
of an alarm, the LED flashes red.
The innovative detector locking, which operates on the
ballpoint-pen principle, provides fast and simple
insertion and replacement of the detector. We
recommend the specially developed FAA500RTL
exchanger device, especially in the case of high
installation heights.
To allow convenient detector testing, the FAA500TTL
test adapter with magnet and additional service
accessories is available.

Comply with:
EN54-7:2000/A1:2002/A2:2006
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCP 500 series
CPD
0786-CPD-20203 FCP-O 500 / 500-P
CPD
0786-CPD-20204 FCP-OC500 / 500P
VdS
G 205124 FCP-O 500/500-P
VdS
G 205118 FCP-OC 500/500-P
Germany
50 cm
The gas sensor (4) detects mainly the carbon monoxide

(CO) that is produced by a fire, but it also detects
hydrogen (H) and nitrogen monoxide (NO).
The basic measuring principle is CO oxidation on an
electrode and the measurable current that arises from
this. The sensor signal value is proportional to the
concentration of gas.
The gas sensor delivers additional information to
effectively suppress deceptive values.
FCPOC 500 detector switches off the C sensors after
five years of operation. The detector will continue to
function as an O detector. The detector should then be
exchanged immediately in order to be able to keep
using the higher reliability of detection of the OC
detector.
Detector
Ceiling
hemispherical space below the detector
Care must be taken to ensure that neither people,

larger animals, plants nor any objects intrude into
this area and that no parts of the detector surface
become covered.
The detectors may only be installed in a position
which is out of arm's reach. We therefore
recommend a minimum installation height of
2.70 m.
The detectors may not be installed in rooms in
which data is transmitted by means of high-intensity
infra-red light (e. g. in rooms with IR systems for
interpreters).
The detectors must be mounted so that they are not
exposed to any direct sunlight.
A minimum distance of 50 cm from lamps must be

maintained. The detectors may not be mounted in a
cone of light from lamps.
The bases are equipped as standard with a spring
which is suitable for installation of the detector in
false ceilings. When the detector is installed in
concrete or wooden ceilings, these need to be
replaced by the stronger springs FAA500SPRING
with red markings.
Maximum permitted air speed: 20 m/s
Parts Included
Detector type
Qty.
Components
FCP-O 500
Optical Smoke Detector, White
FCP-O 500-P
Optical Smoke Detector, Transparent

with Color Inserts
FCP-OC 500

Chemical, White
FCP-OC 500-P

Chemical, Transparent with Color
Inserts
Electrical
Operating voltage
8.5 V DC bis 33 V DC
Standby current
FCA-500-EU
3 mA
FCA-500-E-EU
24 mA
Alarm current
Transparent/silver-gray
Weight
FCP-OC 500(-P)
180 g / 370 g
FCP-O 500(-P)
170 g / 360 g
Trim Ring
30 g / 60 g
EN 60529
FCPO 500 (P)
IP 53
FCPOC 500 (P)
IP 33
temperature
FCPO 500 (P)
-20 C bis +65 C
FCPOC 500 (P)
-10 C bis +50 C
Permissible relative
humidity
20 m/s
Planning
Monitoring area
Max. 120 m2
Maximum installation
height
Max. 16 m
Out of arm's reach

47 mA
Fault current
FCA-500-EU
52 mA
FCA-500-E-EU
58 mA
Alarm resistance
0 (UL application) or 680
Fault relay output
NC / C
Indicator output
Relay connects 0 V over 1.5 k
Mechanics
Individual display
FCPO 500P/
FCPOC 500P
Two-color LED,
Dimensions
In the case of flush ceiling

mounting with ceiling
mount back box
ceiling
Max. 32 mm
Required bored hole
130 mm (-1 mm bis +5 mm)
Installation depth
110 mm
height of at least 110 mm is required.
0.5 m
Special features
Detection principle
Detector
113 x 55 mm
FCPO 500 (P)
Detector with trim ring
150 x 55 mm
Detector with cover, base

and ceiling mount back box
150 x 110 mm
FCPOC 500
(P)

measurement
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
Features
All FCP500
detectors
Contamination detection
Drift compensation (optical section)
Front plate color

FCPO 500/ FCPOC 500
Signal white matt
In addition, for
FCPOC 500(P)
Drift compensation in the gas sensor

section
FCPO 500 (P)
< 0.18 dB/m ( EN 547)
FCPOC 500
(P)
Optical section: < 0.36 dB/m (EN 547)


Room Seal
(DU = 10 units)
FCPO 500 Optical Smoke Detector, White
Order number FCP-O 500
FCPO 500P Optical Smoke Detector, Transparent
with Color Inserts
Order number FCP-O 500-P
FCPOC 500 Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,
White
Order number FCP-OC 500
FCPOC 500P Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical,

Order number FCP-OC 500-P
Accessories
resistor
FCP320/FCH320
Conventional Automatic Fire
Detectors
Chemical (gas
measurement)
Functions
The FCP-OC320 and FCP-OT320 Multisensor Detectors
each combine two detection principles. All sensor
signals are analyzed continually by the internal
evaluation electronics and are linked with each other.
If a signal combination fits the detector's programmed
code field, an alarm is automatically triggered. By linking
the sensors, the combined detectors can also be used in
places where work carried out gives rise to light smoke,
steam or dust.
The FCP320/FCH320 Series Conventional Automatic

Fire Detectors set new standards in fire detection
technology through a combination of optical, thermal
and chemical (gas) sensors and intelligent evaluation
electronics. Their most impressive feature is their ability
to prevent false alarms, as well as speed and accuracy
of detection.
The enhanced operating voltage range of 8,5 V DC up to
30 V DC and the two variants with 820 alarm resistor
or 470 alarm resistor enables the detector application
with nearly all conventional fire panels.
The optical sensor uses the scattered-light method.

An LED transmits light to the measuring chamber, where
it is absorbed by the labyrinth structure. In the event of
a fire, smoke enters the measuring chamber and the
smoke particles scatter the light from the LED. The
amount of light hitting the photo diode is converted into
a proportional electrical signal.
Thermal sensor (temperature sensor)
A thermistor in a resistance network is used as a

thermal sensor; an analog-digital converter measures
the temperature-dependent voltage at regular intervals.
When the maximum temperature of 54C is exceeded
(thermal maximum), or if the temperature rises by a
defined amount within a specified time (thermal
differential), the temperature sensor triggers the alarm
status.
Features
u
High reliability of detection thanks to evaluation

electronics
Active adjustment of the threshold (drift

compensation) if the optical sensor becomes dirty
Activation of a remote external detector alarm

display possible
Mechanical removal lock

(can be activated/deactivated)
Dust-repellent labyrinth and cap construction
The main function of the gas sensor is to detect carbon

monoxide (CO) generated as a result of a fire, but it will
also detect hydrogen (H) and nitrous monoxide (NO).
The sensor signal value is proportional to the
concentration of gas. The gas sensor delivers additional
information to effectively suppress deceptive values.
OC 310 detector switches off the C sensors after five
years of operation. The detector will continue to
function as an O detector. The detector should then be
exchanged immediately in order to be able to keep
using the higher reliability of detection of the OC
detector.
Special features
System Overview
Operating mode
Detector type
FCPOC32
0
FCPOT32
0
FCPO320
FCHT320 /
T320-FSA
Drift compensation in
optical unit
Detector type
FCPOC32
0
FCPOT32
0
FCPO320
FCHT320/
T320FSA
Combined
Drift compensation in
the gas sensor
Optical (scattered light

measurement)
Thermal max.
Detector type
EN545:2000/
A1:2002
EN547:2000/
A1:2002
FCP-OC320
FCP-OC320-R470
FCP-OT320
FCP-OT320-R470
FCP-O320
FCP-O320-R470
FCH-T320
FCP-T320-R471
FCH-T320-FSA
Parts Included
Detector type
Q
t
y
.
Components
FCP-OC320
Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical
FCP-OT320
Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal
FCP-O320
Optical Smoke Detector
FCH-T320
Heat Detector (Thermal Differential/Thermal

Maximum)
FCH-T320FSA
Heat Detector for Fire Barriers conforming to

DIBt, Quality-controlled (Thermal Differential/
Thermal Maximum)
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCP-/FCH-320
Electrical
000018/01 FCP-O320
Operating voltage
8.5 V DC to 30 V DC
CPD
0786-CPD-20353 FCH-T320_FCHT320-R470
Current consumption
< 0.12 mA
CPD
0786-CPD-20354 FCH-T320-FSA
Alarm output
CPD
0786-CPD-20351 FCP-O320_FCPO320-R470
Increase in current
(alarm resistance 820 or 470 )
Indicator output
CPD
0786-CPD-20355 FCP-OC320_FCPOC320-R470
Open collector connects 0 V in the

event of an alarm over 3.92 k
Mechanics
CPD
0786-CPD-20352 FCP-OT320_FCPOT320-R470
Individual display
VdS
G 208003 FCH-T320_-R470
Dimensions
VdS
G 208004 FCH-T320-FSA
Without base
99.5 x 52 mm
VdS
G 208001 FCP-O320_-R470
With base
120 x 63.5 mm
VdS
G 208002 FCP-OT320_-R470
Housing material
Plastic, ABS
VdS
G 208005 FCP-OC320_-R470
Housing color

matt finish
Weight
Europe
Germany
Up to 32 detectors can be connected per primary
line.
Maximum cable length: 1000 m, for JY(St) Y n x 2 x 0.6/0.8
The detector can be painted (cap and base) and
thereby adapted to the surrounding colour scheme.
Note the information in the Painting Instructions
(Document Number F.01U.089.231).

VdS/VDE/DIBt
Planning for multisensor detectors follows the

guidelines for optical detectors, unless a specific
VdS planning guideline is available (see DIN
VDE 0833 Part 2 and VDS 2095).
The OC and OT types are planned using the
guidelines for optical detectors if operated as
optical detectors or as combined detectors; see DIN
VDE 0833 Part 2 and VDS 2095.
When planning fire barriers according to DIBt, you
have to use the FCH-T320-FSA. This detector has
the characteristic curve corresponds to class A1R.
LED red
FCP-OC320
Approx. 85 g / approx 130 g
FCP-OT320 / FCP-O320 /
FCH-T320 / FCH-T320FSA
Approx. 80 g / approx. 120 g
IP 40,
IP 43 with detector base with
damp room seal
20 m/s
temperature
FCP-OC320
-10 C to +50 C
FCP-OT320
-20 C to +50 C
FCP-O320
-20 C to +65 C
FCH-T320 / T320-FSA
-20 C to +50 C
Planning
Monitoring area
FCP-O320

guidelines!)
FCH-T320

guidelines!)
FCP-O320
FCH-T320
Special features
FCHT320 Heat Detector

conventional technology, thermal differential/thermal
maximum detector, with 820 Ohm alarm resistor
Order number FCH-T320
FCHT320R470 Heat Detector
thermal differential/thermal maximum detector,
Order number FCH-T320-R470
FCH-T320-FSA Heat Detector, for Fire Barriers conforming to DIBt
thermal differential/thermal maximum detector,
Order number FCH-T320-FSA
Accessories
Optical part
< 0.2 dB/m, in line with EN 54 T7
Thermal maximum
part
>54 C
Thermal rate-of-rise
part (in line with
prEN 545)
FCH-T320: A2R
FCH-T320-FSA: A1R
Chemical part
In ppm range
Color code
FCP-OC320
Blue ring
FCP-OT320
Black ring
FCP-O320
No marking
FCH-T320 / T320FSA
Red ring

Order number MS 400
DIN 14623
DIN 14623
Order number MPA
Stilts
FCPOC320 Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical

Order number FCP-OC320

Order number MK 400
FCPOC320R470 Multisensor Detector Optical/Chemical

Order number FCP-OC320-R470

Order number MH 400
FCPOT320 Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal

Order number FCP-OT320

prevents damage
Order number SK 400
FCPOT320R470 Multisensor Detector Optical/Thermal

Order number FCP-OT320-R470

FCPO320 Optical Smoke Detector

Order number FCP-O320
FCPO320R470 Optical Smoke Detector
Order number FCP-O320-R470

labyrinth structure. In the event of a fire, smoke enters

the measuring chamber and the smoke particles scatter
the light from the LED. The amount of light hitting the
photo diode is converted into a proportional electrical
signal.
The entire electronic system is protected inside the
detector. The base is only used for the detector contact.
DO1101AEx Optical Smoke

Detector for Ex Areas

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DO 1101A-Ex
CPD
0786-CPD-20076 DO1101A-Ex
VdS
G 296052 DO 1101A-Ex
PTB
02 ATEX 2135 DO1101A-Ex
Hungary
TMT
TMT-89/09/2004-2010 szamu DO
1101A-Ex
Russia
GOST
POCC DE.C313.B06297
GOST
C-CH.IIB13.B.00188 DO1103A-EX
Germany
The DO1101AEx is an Optical Smoke Detector for the

detection of smoldering and flaming fires in potentially
explosive areas in zones 1 and 2.
Features
u
Elegant, compact and robust design
Deception-proof operating behaviour
High level of resistance to temperature

fluctuations, humidity, corrosion and
contamination
Qty.
Components
DO1101A-Ex Optical Smoke Detector
Electrical
High resistance to interference through current

gain
System Overview
1
Parts Included
2
EOL22(Ex)
DFA1101A-Ex
Operating voltage
16 V DC . . . 28 V DC
Standby current consumption
0.1 mA
Mechanics
Individual display
LED red
Connection terminals
0.2 mm2 . . . 2.5 mm2
Dimensions (D x H)
Detector
116 mm x 51 mm
Detector incl. base
116 mm x 61 mm
Housing material
FLM-420/4-CON
DO1101A-Ex
DCA1192
SB3
DCA1192
SB3
Pos.
Description
Non-Ex area
Ex area zone 1 or 2
DO1101A-Ex
DM 1103 B-Ex
DM 1103 B-Ex
Detector
Plastic, ABS
Base
Plastic (ASA)
Color (detector and base)
White, RAL 9010
Weight incl. base
185 g
EN 60529
IP 43
temperature
-25 C . . . +60C
Functions
-40C . . . +75C
The optical sensor in the smoke detector uses the

scattered-light method. An LED transmits light to the
measuring chamber, where it is absorbed by the
95%
Planning
Monitoring area as per EN 547

guidelines!)
Special features
Detection principle
Explosion classification in line

with IEC 60079 and EN 50020
Eex ib IIC T4 (Ta 60 C)
DO1101AEx Optical Smoke Detector for Ex Areas
Order number DO1101A-Ex
Accessories
standard Base with integrated rubber seal and terminal
block
Order number DO1101A-EX-BASE
for the standard base of the DO1101AEx
Order number DBZ1191
Order number DBZ1191+BOX

Purchase order quantity must be 10 or multiple of 10.
Order number DOW1171-IDENT
SB3 Safety Barrier incl. DCA1192 Input/Output Module
limits the electrical energy between non-inherently safe
and inherently safe circuits
Order number SB3
256 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - Series 500 Conventional
FAA500TR-W Trim Ring,

White
White Trim Ring for 500 und 520 Series Fire Detectors
Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - Series 500 Conventional | 257
FAA500TRP Trim Ring,

Trim Ring for the "transparent with color inserts" Fire

Detectors in the 500 and 520 Series
For installation of FCP500 detectors.
Functions

mounting the FCP500 detector.
The bases are provided with three holders for cable ties.
Connections

Fault relay (C, NC)
Alarm relay (NO, C)
C-point
Shielding
Cable cross section
0.3 mm2 3.3 mm2
Dimensions (D x H)
145.6 x 63.5 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
Weight (without / with

packaging)
200 g / 280 g
FCA500EEU Conventional
Base EOL
For installation of FCP500 detectors.
Functions
mounting the FCP500 detector.
The bases are provided with three holders for cable ties.
Connections

Fault relay (C, NC)
Alarm relay (NC, NO, C)
C-point
Shielding
2 screw-type terminals for EOL
resistance
Cable cross section
0.3 mm2 3.3 mm2
Dimensions (D x H)
145.6 x 63.5 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
Weight (without / with

packaging)
200 g / 280 g
resistor
FAA500BB Ceiling Mount

Back Box
The FAA500BB Ceiling Mount Back Box is necessary for

flush ceiling installation in false ceilings when mounting
500 and 520 Series Bases and Fire Detectors.
Mounting dimensions
Maximum thickness of the
false ceiling
32 mm
Mounting height
11 cm
Required bore hole
130 mm (-1 mm/+5 mm)
Max. cable diameter
1.4 cm
Dimensions
140 x 104 mm
Housing material
Polycarbonate
Housing color
White
Weight (without/with packaging)
100 g/200 g
FAA500CB Built-in Housing

for Concrete Ceilings
FAA500CB Built-in Housings are used to install 500 and

520 Series Fire Detectors in concrete ceilings. These
make it possible to position cable ducts with ease and
precision.
System Overview
226
226
75
ca. 150
1
202
Pos.
Description
Front part
FAA500SB Surface Mount

Back Box

Functions
conduit
points.
Dimensions
150 mm x 80 mm
Housing material
Housing color
White (RAL 9003)
Weight
Approx. 195 g/300 g (without/with

packaging)
FAA500SB-H Surface Mount

Back Box with Damp Room
Seal

The FAA500SBH has an additional seal for damp
rooms.
Functions
conduit
points.
Dimensions
150 mm x 82 mm
Housing material
Housing color
White (RAL 9003)
Weight (without/with
packaging)
Approx. 225 g/330 g
Room Seal
FAA500SPRING for Concrete/

Wooden Ceilings
DU = 10 units
The bases of the 500 Series are fitted with spring as
standard. This is suitable for installing the detector in
false ceilings.
When the detector is installed in concrete or wooden
ceilings, these need to be replaced by the stronger
FAA-500-SPRING springs with red markings.
(DU = 10 units)
FAA500RTL Exchanger
Device
The FAA500RTL Exchanger Device for the insertion and

removal of detectors of the 500 and 520 Series, fits on
the SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FAA500RTL Exchanger Device for Detectors of the 500

and 520 Series
Notice
The SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole is not
included in the scope of delivery.
FAA500RTL Exchanger Device
for Detectors of the 500 and 520 Series
Order number FAA-500-RTL
FAA500TTL Test Adapter with

Magnet
The FAA500TTL Test Adapter is placed on the

SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester. It serves to test
detectors in the 500 and 520 Series.
Functions
The magnet integrated into the Test Adapter switches

the detector into test mode automatically by activating
the reed switch. The operating mode of the detector is
indicated by its two-color LED.
For the detector test of the 500 and 520 Series, you will
need:
FAA500TTL Test Adapter
Also required for detectors with CO sensor:
Solo CO Testing gas
Notice
For the detectors in the 500 and 520 Series, no
test aerosol is required for optical smoke
detectors!
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FAA-500-TTL Test Adapter with Magnet
FAA500TTL Test Adapter with Magnet
The FAA500TTL Test Adapter is placed on the
SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester. It serves to test
detectors in the 500 and 520 Series.
Order number FAA-500-TTL
MSC 420 Additional Base with

Damp Room Seal
The Additional Base MSC 420 was conceived specially

for surface-mounted cable feeds with cable protection
conduits and has 2 opposing pre-cut inlets of 20 mm
diameter and 2 additional opposing and prepared inlets
for up to 28 mm diameter.
To protect against condensation water penetration, a
seal made of TPE is situated on the base of the
MSC 420.
Base material
ABS (Novodur)
Seal material
TPE
Base color
Similar to RAL 9010
Dimensions
120 x 36.7 mm
Weight
74 g
MSD 320 Conventional

Detector Base with Diode
For use according to British Standard, the Series 320

detector is mounted in the MSD 320 Conventional
Detector Base with Diode.
The MSD 320 is provided with an integrated diode that
preserves the loop function if the detector is removed.
The detector unit can be protected against unauthorised
removal with a variable locking bar.
Notice
For EOL resistence refer to panel instructions.
Mounting notes for the MSD 320
The bases are prepared for surface cable feed at

four positions with prepared knockouts.
Flush mounting cable feed occurs through the base
center.
Choose shielding wire as short as possible and
isolate it.
Connections

a1/a2, b1, b2
C- point
Shielding
Housing material
ABS (Novodur)
Housing color
similar RAL 9010
Dimensions
120 x 22,7 mm
Weight
72 g
MSD 320 Conventional Detector Base with Diode
for Great Britain
Order number MSD 320
MPA External Detector Alarm

Display according to
DIN 14623
T.4
Limited to 20 mA maximum
Display medium
1 LED via a light guide
0.6 mm ... 0.8 mm
Dimensions
85 x 85 x 50 mm
Weight
65 g

IEC 60529
IP 40
DIN 14623
DIN 14623
Order number MPA
The External Detector Alarm Display is required if the

detector is not directly visible or has been mounted in
false ceilings or false floors. The External Detector
Alarm Display should be mounted in corridors or access
pathways to the corresponding building sections or
rooms.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
MPA
CPD
0786-CPD-20765 MPA
VdS
G 294052 MPA_G294052
PTB
01 ATEX 2163 X OTC/OC 310/410,

OT/O/T 300/400, DKM/SKM 120, DM/
SM 210, MPA_01 ATEX 2163 X
CNBOP
2095/2006 MPA
Germany
Poland
Notice
between a LSN detector and an External
Detector Alarm Display is restricted to a
maximum of 3 m.
of all cables to the External Detector Alarm
Display within one loop or stub).
Operating voltage
9 V DC . . . 30 V DC
Current consumption for

display
T.2
Approx. 2 mA
T.3
Limited to approx. 13 mA
The external detector alarm display should be mounted

in corridors or access pathways of the corresponding
building sections or rooms.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAA-420-RI
Notice
between an LSN detector and an external
detector alarm display is restricted to a
maximum of 3 m.
of all cables to the external detector alarm
display within one loop or stub).
Operating voltage
5 V DC . . . 30 V DC
20 mA
Display medium
2 LEDs
0.6 mm 2.0 mm
Dimensions
84 x 84 x 35 mm
Weight
45 g

IEC 60529
IP 40
Mounting Bracket for Fire

Detectors on False Floor Stilts
Mounting Bracket to mount the detector in floor

cavities.
The detector base is not included in the scope of
delivery.
Stilts

doors etc.
The detector base is included in the scope of delivery.
Dimensions (L x B x H): 185 x 129 x 29 mm (without
base)

Order number MK 400
MH 400 Detector Heating

Element
The Detector Heating Element MH 400 is usable at

locations where the functional safety of the detector
might be impaired by condensation (dew), e. g. in
warehouses which are briefly opened in order to allow
vehicles to enter and leave.
The integrated 1 k resistor has a nominal
performance of 3 W. With a looped-through 28 V
power supply (monitored), up to 10 Detector
Heating Elements MH 400 can be deployed per
loop.
External power supply (not monitored) is possible.
The supply voltage may not be permitted to fall
below 23 V.
Order number MH 400
The Protective Basket prevents e. g. in a sports hall that

balls hit and damage the detector.
The robust Protective Basket consists of 5 mm round
steel, and is painted aluminum gray (RAL 9007).
Diameter (max.): 148 mm
Height: 75 mm
prevents damage
Order number SK 400

The Protective Dust Cover SSK 400 protects a mounted
detector base with or without detector head against
dirt during building work.
The Protective Dust Cover made of polypropylene (PP)
is pushed onto the installed detector base.

15 / 4
Notice
copier.

15 / 4
Notice
copier.
7,8
22.7
14
120
100
b2
X
0V
+V
c
/
a1 2
a
The detector head is installed in the Detector Base

MS 400.
The base is suitable for surface-mounted cable feeds as
well as for flush-mounted cable feeds, and has separate
attachment points for ceiling mount/flush-mounted back
boxes. In addition, it fits all standard bore patterns.
The Detector Base made of white ABS plastic (Novodur,
color similar to RAL 9010) has a matt finish and seven
terminal screws to connect the detector and its features
to the fire panel.
Contacts connected to the terminals guarantee a secure
electric connection when the detector module is
installed. Cables up to 2.5 mm2 in diameter can be used.
Connections

LSN (a1/a2, b1, b2)
C-point
Shielding
Housing material
ABS (Novodur)
Housing color
Similar to RAL 9010
Installation information for 400/420 Series

Detector Bases
Dimensions
120 x 22.7 mm
Weight
72 g
The drill holes marked with an "X" may only be used

to mount the base to flush-mounted back boxes.
Keep shielded auxiliary wire as short as possible,
and make sure this is insulated.
ca. 55
b1
Non-branded detector base for surface-mounted and
flush-mounted cable feed
Order number MS 400
Accessories
FAA-420-SEAL Damp Room Seal
1 package = 10 pieces
Order number FAA-420-SEAL
Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - DO1101A-Ex | 279
Base for DO1101AEx Smoke

Detector
Standard Base with integrated rubber seal and terminal

block with efficient cutting/clamping function for wire
diameters from 0.6 mm to 0.8 mm
Cable diameter
0.2 mm2 . . 2.5 mm2
Housing material
Plastic, ASA
Housing color
White, RAL 9010
Dimensions (D x H)
113 x 26 mm
Weight
Approx. 65 g

EN 60529
IP 56
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
-30 C . . . +75 C
standard Base with integrated rubber seal and terminal
block
Order number DO1101A-EX-BASE
280 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - DO1101A-Ex
Additional Base for the standard base of the

DO1101AEx.
The additional base is required for attachment to
uneven surfaces and to feed surface cables with
external diameters of up to 14 mm. The standard base is
placed on top and attached with snap-action catches.
Cable diameter
0.2 mm2 . . 2.5 mm2
Housing material
Plastic, ASA
Housing color
White, RAL 9010
Dimensions (D x H)
(with detector and base)
116 x 78 mm
Weight
Approx. 50 g

EN 60529
IP 56
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
-30 C . . . +75C
Order number DBZ1191
DBZ 1192 Additional Base for

Damp Rooms
Additional Base for Damp Rooms for the standard base

of the DO1101AEx
This additional base for damp rooms is required for
installation in damp and dirty environments.
Surface cable feeds realized with PG16 threaded
sections.
The standard base is placed on top and attached with
snap-action catches.
134 x 134 x 70 mm
Housing material
Plastic, ABS / PC-GF20
Housing color
White, RAL 9010
Weight
Approx. 260 g
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
-30 C . . . +75 C
Order number DBZ1191+BOX
282 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Accessories - DO1101A-Ex
DBZ 1193A Detector

Identification
Holder made of polycarbonate with hinged lid, for safe

insertion of a identifier plate size 58 mm x 19 mm
Notice
Maximum typeface size 16 mm!
Purchase order quantity must be 10 or multiple of 10.
Order number DOW1171-IDENT
SB3 Safety Barrier incl.

DCA1192 Input/Output Module
Weight
Approx. 450 g

EN 60529
IP 56
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
-30 C . . . +75 C
Ignition protection according to

EN 50014/20
Inherent safety EEx ia IIC / IIB
DCA1192 Input/Output Module, with Housing

External supply
Functions
Operating voltage
18 V DC . . . 32 V DC
The SB3 Safety Barrier limits the electrical energy

between non-inherently safe and inherently safe circuits
and thus prevents the ignition of gas mixtures by
electrical sparks.
The Safety Barrier must always be installed outside the
explosive area.
The DCA1192 Input/Output Module is the galvanical
isolation between the fire panel and SB3 Safety Barrier.
Current consumption
Max. 5 mA
Line resistance
50 . . . 250
Line termination
EOL22(Ex)

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DC 1192
CE
SB 3
CPD
0786-CPD-20512 DC 1192
VdS
G 298021 DC 1192
PTB
01 ATEX 2088 SB 3
Germany
Parts Included
Line termination
Operating voltage
18 V DC . . . 22 V DC
Standby current
45 mA
Operating current
150 mA
Line resistance
50 . . . 250
Line termination
EOL22(Ex)
Wire gauge
0.2 mm2. . . 2.5 mm2
Cable bushings
PG16 (6x)
Housing material
Plastic, PC
Housing color
White, RAL 9010
135 x 135 x 65 mm
Qty.
Components
Weight
Approx. 425 g
SB3 Safety Barrier
IP 56
Installation set for SB3

EN 60529
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
Terminal carrier for DCA1192
EOL22(Ex) line termination, included with the DCA1192
-30 C . . . +75 C
Housing with cover
100% at T34 C
SB3 Safety Barrier, with Housing
Max. voltage
28 V DC
Max. permissible current
100 mA
Max. output
0.7 W
Wire gauge
0.2 mm2. . . 2.5 mm2
Cable bushings
PG16 (6x)
135 x 135 x 65 mm
Housing material
Plastic, PC
Housing color
White, RAL 9010

Order number SB3
284 | Automatic Fire Detectors | Specialty Detectors
FAS-420-TM Series Aspirating

Smoke Detectors LSN
improved version
System Overview
A
1
2
5
4
3
6
7
FAS-420-TM
The FAS420TM Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors are

specially designed for direct connection to the Local
SecurityNetwork improved version with the extended
range of features. These active fire detection systems
are for early fire detection in zone and equipment
protection, as well as for the monitoring of airconditioning units or ducts. The exact location of the
fire can be pinpointed using the innovative fire source
identification.
The aspirating smoke detectors are fitted with the latest
fire detection technology. Their resistance to
contamination, the temperature compensation of the
sensor signals and initialization in relation to air
pressure ensure reliable operation even under difficult
environmental conditions.
Features
u
For connecting to the fire panels FPA-5000 and

FPA1200 with LSN improved technology
High deceptive alarm immunity with intelligent

LOGICSENS signal processing
Innovative fire source identification technology

allows the exact location of the fire to be
pinpointed by monitoring up to five distinct zones
Innovative airflow monitoring including single-hole

monitoring detects obstruction and breakage
Installation and commissioning made easy by plugand-play function
Pipe system
FAS-420-TM series
Aspirating smoke detector
Smoke aspiration pipe
Air intake
Air sampling openings
Detection unit incl. airflow sensor
Housing base
Aspiration unit
Air outlet
Functions
The aspiration unit uses a pipe system with defined air
sampling openings to draw in air samples from the
monitoring range and route them to the detection unit.
Depending on the programmed response sensitivity of
the detection unit and the alarm threshold, the
FAS420TM Aspirating Smoke Detector triggers the
alarm when the appropriate light obscuration level is
reached. The alarm is displayed via the pre-alarm or
main alarm LED on the device and forwarded to the
connected fire panel.
Various time-delay settings can be selected for
displaying and forwarding alarms and malfunctions.
A malfunction message is reset via the connected fire
panel. Alarm and malfunction messages are displayed
simultaneously on the device via the Local
SecurityNetwork (LSN) using the reset function on the
detector line.
Avoiding false alarms
The LOGICSENS intelligent signal processing compares

the measured smoke level with known disturbance
variables and decides whether something is an alarm or
deception.
Fire source identification
Innovative fire source identification technology allows

the exact location of the fire to be pinpointed by
monitoring up to five distinct zones.
Airflow monitoring
An airflow sensor checks the connected pipe system for

breakage and obstruction.
FAS420TM series Aspirating Smoke Detectors have a

response sensitivity of 0.5%/m to 2%/m light
obscuration. The alarm threshold can be set at intervals
Automatic Fire Detectors | Specialty Detectors | 285
of 0.1%/m with FASASDDIAG. The smoke level display

on the FAS420TMRVB model allows a response
sensitivity of 0.05%/m to 0.2%/m light obscuration.
Allocating detector address
The address on the Aspirating Smoke Detector is set

using the DIP switch. Both automatic and manual
address allocation are possible, with or without auto
detection.
The following settings are possible:
Addres
s
0
1 - 254
255
Operating mode
Automatic address allocation for loop/stub in LSN
improved mode (T-tap not possible)
Manual address allocation for loop/stub/T-tap in LSN
improved mode
Automatic address allocation for loop/stub in LSN classic
mode (address range: max. 127)
LSN improved features
FAS420TM series Aspirating Smoke Detectors feature

LSN improved technology:
Flexible network structures, including T-tapping
with no additional elements
line
Unshielded cable can be used.
The FAS420TM series also offers all the established
benefits of LSN technology. The operating data and fault
messages can be found on the panel controller.
FAS420TM series variant models
All FAS420TM series Aspirating Smoke Detectors have

LED displays for operating mode, malfunction and main
alarm, as well as offering an infrared diagnostics port. In
addition to this, the FAS420TMR and FAS-420TMRVB
variants offer an optical fire location display for up to
five zones. The FAS420TMRVB also includes a prealarm display and a 10-segment smoke level display.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAS-420-TM Series
CPD
0786-CPD-20879 FCS-320TM_FAS-420-TM
Germany
VdS
G209144 FCS-320-TM_FAS-420-TM
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 21137 FCS-320-TM_FAS-420TM
Pipe system planning
In planning, a distinction is made between area

monitoring and equipment monitoring.
The aspiration pipe system should be arranged such
that any fires can be detected at the initial stage. The
number of air sampling openings and the structure of
the pipe system depend on the size and geometry of the
monitoring area.
Symmetrical structure
The aspiration pipe system incl. aspiration borings
should preferably be symmetrical in structure, i.e.:
Same number of air sampling openings per pipe
branch
Same pipe branch lengths (maximum deviation
20%)
Same distance between adjacent air sampling
openings on the smoke aspiration pipe
(maximum deviation 20%)
Asymmetrical structure
If structural issues make it impossible to maintain this
symmetry, the following conditions apply:
The number of air sampling openings and the
length of the shortest and longest pipe branch
within the pipe system must not exceed a
quantity ratio of 1:2.
The distance between adjacent air sampling
openings on the smoke aspiration pipe must be
the same (maximum deviation 20%).
The diameters of the air sampling openings are
determined separately for each pipe branch.
The diameters depend on the total number of
air sampling openings in the pipe branch in
question.
Branch length
For faster detection, it is best to select several short
branches rather than a few long branches (U and
double-U pipe systems preferable).
Pipe configuration
Depending on the geometry of the area, the aspiration
pipe is planned as an I, U, M or double-U pipe system.
Notice
Planning with fire source identification requires I
pipe configuration.
You can use this device only with the Panel
Controller MPCxxxxB or the FPA1200. The Panel
For connecting to the fire panels FPA-5000 and
FPA1200 with extended range of LSN features.
Programming is carried out via the programming
software FSP5000RPS.
FAS420TM-R
Standard Aspirating Smoke Detector

unit with LED displays for operating
mode, malfunction, alarm and fire
source identification
FAS420TMRVB

mode, malfunction, pre-alarm, main
alarm, fire source identification and
10-segment smoke level display
Notice
The FAS420TMHB Housing Base must be
ordered separately for standard units.
Electrical
Item
Designation
I-pipe system
U-pipe system
M-pipe system
Double-U pipe system
LSN power supply
15 V DC . . 33 V DC
15 V DC . . 30 V DC
LSN current consumption
6.25 mA
Current consumption
from auxiliary power
supply
Fan voltage
9V
10.5 V
12 V
- Starting current
150 mA
150 mA
150 mA
- In standby
105 mA
125 mA
145 mA
- With alarm, device

variants FAS420TM
and FAS420TMR
110 mA
130 mA
150 mA
- With alarm, device

variant
FAS420TMRVB
140 mA
160 mA
180 mA
Displays on the device
For further information on the following aspects of

FAS420TM planning, please refer to the operation
guide FAS420TM Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors
LSN improved version (Product ID F.01U.088.878):
Planning airflow monitoring
Defining the sensitivity
Planning limitations
Planning air sampling pipes
Standard Pipe Planning
Simplified Pipe Planning
Planning for Forced Airflow
Setting of the fan current
Parts Included
Type of device
Qty.
Components
FAS420TM

mode, malfunction and alarm
FAS420T
M
FAS420TM
R
FAS420TMRVB
Operation
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Malfunctio
n
Yellow LED
Yellow LED
Yellow LED
Alarm
Red LED
Red LED
2 red LEDs (prealarm and main

alarm)
Fire
location
display
5 red LEDs
(zones A-E)
5 red LEDs (zones

A-E)
Smoke
level
display
Yellow smoke level

display with 10
segments (1-10)
Infrared
port
IR
transmitter/
receiver
IR
transmitter/
receiver
IR transmitter/
receiver
Mechanics
Conical duct connections 25 mm
Aspiration pipe
1x aspiration pipe
1x air return
1 pipe
Air return
1 pipe
Cable bushings:
Housing base sides
8 x M 20 and 2 x M 25
Housing base rear wall
4 x M 25
140 x 222 x 70 mm
Weight
Approx. 0.8 kg
Housing material
Plastic (ABS)
Housing color
Papyrus white (RAL 9018)
Test Pipe
Order number RAS test pipe
Test Adapter
Order number RAS test adapter
AFBR Marking Tapes for Aspiration Reducing Film
Sheets
Price per piece, DU 10 pieces
Order number TITANUS AF-BR
EN 60529
Without air return
IP 20
With pipe section 100 mm/

pipe bend
IP 42
With air return
IP 54
Permissible temperature range:

FAS420TM series
Aspirating Smoke Detector
-20 C to +60 C
PVC pipe system
0 C to +60 C
ABS pipe system
-40 C to +80 C
Permissible relative humidity (noncondensing)
FASASDDIAG Diagnostic Software

The FASASDDIAG Diagnostic Software enables reading
out all stored device data and gives advices to remove
failures.
Including connection cable for USB interface and
diagnosis tool with an infrared interface.
Order number FAS-ASD-DIAG
Max. 95%
Special features
Sound power level (at 9 V fan
voltage) EN27779, 1991
40 dB(A)
Response sensitivity (light

obscuration)
0.5 to 2.0%/m
Life cycle of fan (at 12 V and 24 C)
60,000 hrs
FAS-420-TM Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved
version
with LED displays for operating mode, malfunction and
alarm
Order number FAS-420-TM
FAS-420-TM-R Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved version
with LED displays for operating mode, malfunction,
alarm and fire source identification
Order number FAS-420-TM-R
FAS-420-TM-RVB Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved version
alarm, fire source identification and smoke level display
Order number FAS-420-TM-RVB
AF2.0 Aspiration Reducing Film Sheets 2.0 mm

Order number TITANUSAF-2.0
AF3.0 Aspiration Reducing Film Sheets, 3.0 mm
Order number TITANUS AF-3.6
Accessories

FAS-420-TM-HB Housing Base

for Aspirating Smoke Detectors Series FAS420TM
Order number FAS-420-TM-HB


FAS420 Series Aspirating

Smoke Detectors
Pos.
Description
Pipe system/air intake
Housing
Detector Module incl. airflow sensor
Aspiration unit
Air outlet
Functions
The FAS420 Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors are

specially designed for direct connection to the Local
SecurityNetwork LSN improved version with the
extended features. They are active fire detection
systems for early fire detection in area and equipment
monitoring, as well as for the monitoring of air
conditioning units or ducts.
They have the latest detection technology. Their
resistance to contamination, the temperature
compensation of the sensor signals and initialization in
relation to air pressure ensure reliable operation even
under extreme environmental conditions.
The SL-versions with extremely quiet fan are applicable
for noise sensitive areas, for example hotel rooms,
hospitals and bureaus. The noise was reduced to 38
dB(A) and up to 34 dB(A) with additional sound
absorber.
Features
The aspiration unit takes air samples from the

monitoring area through a pipe system with defined air
sampling openings and passes the samples to the
Detector Module.
Depending on the response sensitivity of the used
Detector Module, the Aspirating Smoke Detector
triggers an alarm when the appropriate smoke density is
reached. This alarm is displayed via the alarm LED on
the unit and is transmitted to the fire panel.
Intelligent signal processing LOGICSENS compares the
measured smoke level with known disturbance variables
and decides between alarm and deception. For the
display and transmission of alarm and faults various
delay times can be selected.
Each Detector Module is monitored for contamination,
signal malfunction and device removal. Malfunctions and
certain device states are displayed using various LED
flash codes on the Detector Module's electronics PCB.
A fault message is reset via the connected fire panel. Via
the Local SecurityNetwork LSN the alarm and fault
messages on the unit are reset simultaneously with the
detector line.
There are three different Detector Modules available for
the FAS420 Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors. These
modules have different response sensitivities:
Connectable to the fire panels FPA5000 and

FPA1200 with the improved LSN technology

signal processing LOGICSENS

Detector Module
Max. sensitivity
(light obscuration)
Levels for selection
Initial set-up made easy by automatic initialization
DM-TT-50(80)
0.5 %/m (0.8 %/m)
Easy diagnostics through flash code on the

Detector Module or by using the FASASDDIAG
diagnostic software
DM-TT-10(25)
0.1 %/m (0.25 %/m)
DM-TT-01(05)
0.015 %/m
(0.05 %/m)
System Overview
Notice
The sensitivity is based on the measurements
during Standard Test Fires (previous
measurement in brackets).
3
4
2
5
The FAS420TP2, FAS420TT2, FAS420TP2SL and the

FAS420TT2SL runs with two Detector Modules.
Two air sampling pipe systems can be connected to
monitor two areas. When monitoring only one area with
two pipe systems, dual-detector dependency may be
implemented. Connection to the fire panels FPA5000
and FPA1200 and programming via FSP5000RPS also
allows for dual-zone dependency.
Address allocation
The integrated DIP switches are used to select between

automatic or manual addressing with or without auto
detection.
Address
0
Operating mode
Automatic addressing in improved version LSN
mode for loop/stub (T-taps not possible)
1 254
Manual addressing in improved version LSN mode

for loop/stub/T-taps
255
Automatic addressing in classic LSN mode for loop/

stub (address range: max. 127)
Features of improved LSN
The Aspirating Smoke Detectors in the 420 Series offer

all the features of the LSN technology improved version:
Flexible network structures including Ttapping
Up to 254 LSN-improved elements per loop or stub
line
In addition, the FAS420 Series offer all the established
benefits of LSN technology. Operating data and fault
messages can be found on the panel controller. In the
event of an alarm, individual detector identification is
transmitted to the fire panel.
Model variants FAS420 Series
The variants FAS420TP1 and FAS420TP2 are the costeffective Aspirating Smoke Detectors for universal use
with LED displays for operation, malfunction, and alarm
(two alarm indications on the FAS420TP2). They are
also available as silent versions FAS420TP1SL and
FAS-420-TP2SL.
The FAS420TT1 and FAS420TT2 (FAS420TT1SL and
FAS420TT2SL) offer differentiated alarm indications
(info, pre, and main alarm) as well as a smoke level
display in 10 levels (with the FAS420TT2 all alarm and
smoke level displays are doubled). Depending on the
used Detector Module, a resolution of the sensitivity
indication of up to 0,0015 %/m, 0,01 %/m or 0,05 %/m
can be selected.
An external detector alarm display for connection to

the FAS420 Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors can
be ordered separately.
Planning of the pipe system

PVC pipes and halogen-free aspiration pipes can be
used.
For equipment monitoring, halogen-free pipes
should be used.
The air sampling pipe system should be arranged
such that any fires can be detected at the initial
stage.
The pipe system including air sampling openings
must always be symmetrical in design (10%
deviation).
If structural issues make it impossible to maintain
this symmetry, the following conditions apply:
The distance between neighboring air sampling
openings on the aspiration pipe must be even
(max. deviation 20%).
question.
Greater distances between the Aspirating Smoke
Detector and aspiration pipe are specified for pipes
with a 40 mm diameter.
Depending on the geometrics of the area, the I-, U-,
M- or double U-pipe system is utilized.
Notice
Take notice when planning that the fans of the
Aspirating Smoke Detectors produce a noise
level of 45 dB(A).

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAS-420-TP1/-TP2
CE
FAS-420-TT1/-TT2
CPD
0786-CPD-20790 FCS-320TPx_FCS-320-TTx_FAS-420TPx_FAS-420-TTx
Germany
VdS
G 208046 FCS-320 TT_TPSeries /

FAS-420 TT_TPSeries
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19207 FAS-420 LSNi
For connection to the fire panels FPA5000 and
FPA1200 with the extended system parameters of
LSN improved version.
Programming is carried out via RPS.
The fan requires a separate power supply.
FAS-420
FAS-420
FAS-420
3
FAS-420
All borings for the smoke aspiration systems are made

to a diameter of 10 mm and the exact aspiration
openings are implemented by means of the patented
Aspiration Reducing Film Sheets. For each aspiration
hole a Aspiration reducing Film Sheet with
corresponding punch diameter and Marking Tape must
be provided.
Notice
For applications in areas where a blowing-out
system is necessary (e. g. low-temperature areas
or where high levels of dust accumulate), special
suction reducers with plastic clips are available
as separate items.
FAS-420 planning, please refer to the operation guide
FAS-420 Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors LSN
improved version (product ID F.01U.029.275):
Specifying the sensitivity
Standard planning in line with VdS
Planning with long pipe feed lines
Planning for high-rise warehouses
Simplified Planning
Planning with single-hole monitoring
Planning for forced airflow
Parts Included
Pos.
Designation
I-pipe system
U-pipe system
Mpipe system
Type of device
Q
ty
Components
FAS-420-TP1
Aspirating Smoke Detector basic unit,

with LED displays for operation,
malfunction, and alarm, for one
Detector Module, for connecting one
pipe system
FAS-420-TP1SL
Silent version of FAS-420-TP1
FAS-420-TP2

malfunction, and alarm, for two
Detector Modules, for connecting two
pipe systems
FAS-420-TP2SL
Silent version of FAS-420-TP2
FAS-420-TT1

with differentiated alarm and smoke
level display, for one Detector Module,
for connecting one pipe system
FAS-420-TT1SL
Silent version of FAS-420-TT1
FAS-420-TT2

with differentiated alarm and smoke
level display, for two Detector
Modules, for connecting two pipe
systems
FAS-420-TT2SL
Silent version of FAS-420-TT2
Double U-pipe system

For a faster detection, it is best to select several
short branches rather than a few long branches (U
and double-U pipe systems preferable).
Bends are preferable to angles in the event of
directional changes.
In order to increase transport speed in critical
application areas, the fan voltage can be increased
from 6.9 V to 9 V.
Pipe length between two air sampling openings:

Minimum 4 m (0.1 m with Simplified Pipe
Planning)
Maximum 12 m.
The maximum monitoring area per air sampling
opening corresponds to the maximum monitoring
area of point-type detectors according to valid
planning guidelines.
Maximum of 32 air sampling openings per pipe
system
Max. pipe length / max. total monitoring area per
pipe system:
300 m / 2880 m2 (VdS-compliant)
With two Detector Modules: 2*280 m / 5760 m2
Aspiration pipe planning
Aspiration pipe systems are constructed according to

planning specifications with the common pipe
components as well as components for special
applications, e. g. Water Separator or Detonation Safety
Barrier.
Notice
One or two Detector Modules must be ordered
separately for the basic units (see table). Only
use Detector Modules of the type DMTTXX for
all variants of the FAS420 series.
For type of
device
Q
ty
Required Detector Modules
Air return
FAS-420-TP1
FAS-420TP1SL
Either DMTT50(80), DMTT10(25) or

DMTT01(05)
FAS-420-TP2
FAS-420TP2SL
DMTT50(80), DMTT10(25) and/or

DMTT01(05)
FAS-420-TT1
FAS-420-TT1SL
Either DMTT50(80), DMTT10(25) or

DMTT01(05)
FAS-420-TT2
FAS-420-TT2SL
DMTT50(80), DMTT10(25) and/or

DMTT01(05)
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption from LSN
6.25 mA
Current consumption from

auxiliary power supply (at 24 V)
FAS-420TP1/
FAS-420-TT1
FAS-420TP2/
FAS-420-TT2
Starting current, fan

voltage 6.9 V
300 mA
330 mA

voltage 9 V
300 mA
330 mA
In standby, fan voltage

6.9 V
200 mA
230 mA
In standby, fan voltage 9 V
260 mA
310 mA
On alarm, fan voltage

6.9 V
230 mA
On alarm, fan voltage 9 V
290 mA
Housing material
Plastic (ABS)
Housing color
Papyrus white, RAL 9018
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg
IP 20
Permissible temperature range

Series FAS-420 Aspirating
Smoke Detectors
-20 C to +60 C
Pipe system PVC
00 C to +60 C
Pipe system ABS
-40 C to +80 C

(non-condensing)
10 to 95 %
Special features
Acoustic power level
290 mA
370 mA
(max. light obscuration)
Green LED
Malfunction
Yellow LED
Alarm
1 red LED / 2 red LEDs
FAS-420-TT1 / -TT2 and -SL

In operation
Green LED
Malfunction
Yellow LED
Level display
1x/2x
smoke level display, each with 10
segments (1 - 10)
1 x 3 / 2 x 3 red LEDs
for info alarm, pre-alarm and main
alarm
200 x 292 x 113 mm
38 dB(A)
In operation
1 pipe / 2 pipes
FAS420TP1-SL
FAS420TP2-SL
FAS420TT1-SL
FAS420TT2-SL
FAS-420-TP1 / -TP2 and -SL
Aspiration pipe
5 x M 20 and 2 x M 25
45 dB(A)
Conical duct connections

for 25 mm
Cable bushings
FAS420TP1
FAS420TP2
FAS420TT1
FAS420TT2
Mechanics
Alarm
1 pipe
Detector Module DMTT-50(80)
0.5 %/m (0.8 %/m)
0.1 %/m (0.25 %/m)
0.015 %/m (0.05 %/m)
Service life of the fan (12 V)
43,000 hrs at 24 C
FAS420TP1 Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved
version
Basic unit without Detector Module, for connecting one
pipe system
Order number FAS-420-TP1
FAS420TP2 Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved
version
Basic unit without Detector Modules, for connecting
two pipe systems
Order number FAS-420-TP2
FAS420TT1 Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved
version
Basic unit without Detector Module, for connecting one
pipe system
Order number FAS-420-TT1
FAS420TT2 Aspirating Smoke Detector LSN improved

version
Basic unit without Detector Modules, for connecting
two pipe systems
Order number FAS-420-TT2
Accessories
DMTT50(80) Detector Module
for Aspirating Smoke Detectors Series FAS-420, with
max. sensitivity of 0,5 %/m (0.8 %/m) light obscuration
Order number DM-TT-50(80)
for Aspirating Smoke Detectors Series FAS420, with
max. sensitivity of 0,1 %/m (0.25 %/m) light obscuration
for Aspirating Smoke Detectors Series FAS420, with
max. sensitivity of 0,015 %/m (0.05 %/m) light
obscuration
MT1 Device Mounting
Order number TITANUS MT-1 mount
failures.
Test Pipe
Test Adapter
Sheets


Components for Smoke

Aspiration Systems
FASASDDSB Detonation Safety Barrier

type PROTEGO EG IIA
Order number FAS-ASD-DSB
Water Separator, for Pipe Exterior 25 mm
Order number AD25 water sep
FASASDWS Water Separator
including metal sinter filter and manual drain valve,
including fixing bracket and PG screw joint for 25 mm
pipe system
Order number FAS-ASD-WS
Filter Box Small, for Pipe Exterior 25 mm
Order number AD25 filter box s
Replacement Filter Mat for Filter Box Small
Order number RAS spare filter s
FASASDFL Filterbox Large
for 25 mm pipe system, including filter set and two
PG29 screw joints
Order number FAS-ASD-FL
A wide range of aspiration pipe components are

available for use in smoke aspiration systems. The use
of appropriate components allows for a safe and reliable
operation even under extreme ambient conditions.
FASASDRFL Replacement Filter Large

Set including one of a fine, medium and rough filter mat
(60 ppi, 45 ppi and 25 ppi)
Order number FAS-ASD-RFL
FASASDPHF16 Polywell Hose Flexible, PG16
50 m roll, flexible, black, non halogen
Order number FAS-ASD-PHF
FASASDTRPG16 Threaded Ring, PG16
including PG16 internal threads, 5 units
Order number FAS-ASD-TRPG16
FASASDCSL Connection Straight Line
connection between aspiration hose and aspiration
pipe, including PG16 internal thread
Order number FAS-ASD-CSL
FASASD3WT Three Way Tap
including fittings, for 25 mm pipe system
Order number FAS-ASD-3WT
FASASDF Flange
for ventilation duct
Order number FAS-ASD-F
FASASDAR Reduction
includes a 10 mm bore for adding a suction reducing
film sheet, 10 units
Order number FAS-ASD-AR
FASASDCLT Ceiling Lead-through
white, ABS, 10 units
Order number FAS-ASD-CLT
FASASDAHC Aspiration Hose for Ceiling Leadthrough
50 m roll, white, PE
Order number FAS-ASD-AHC
Dust Collector, for Pipe Exterior 25 mm
Order number AD25 dust collect
Fireray 50/100RV Linear

Smoke Detectors
End of the readjustment for contamination/aging

Slow changes in the operating states (e. g. aging of the
components, contamination of the optic, etc.) do not
lead to faulty triggering, but are compensated for by
automatic amplification control. The state of the system
is compared with a default reference value every
15 minutes and in case of deviations, compensated
automatically up to 0.7 dB/h. If the readjustment limit is
reached, either "Malfunction" or "Alarm" is triggered.
If the IR beam is obscured for at least 10 seconds by
more than 90% with a sharp signal increase, the fault
relay switches. The reason can be an obstacle in the
beam path, turning of the detector, covering of the
reflector, etc. After removing the cause of the
malfunction, the fault relay is set again and the detector
is reset automatically into the detection-ready state
after 5 s. The fire panel must be reset separately.
The detector has an alarm output in the form of a
floating self-holding relay contact.
The Linear Smoke Detectors Fireray 50RV and

Fireray 100RV are easy to mount, cost-effective, and
work in retro-operation with an extended range:
- Fireray 50RV: 5 m to 50 m
- Fireray 100RV: 50 m to 100 m
Preferred areas of application are historical buildings,
churches, museums, shopping centers, factory halls,
warehouses, power plants, ex areas, contaminated
environments, etc.
Features
u
Extended monitoring area
Transmitter, receiver, and evaluating unit

integrated into a compact housing
Electronic help for detector alignment and

automatic detector calibration procedure
Automatic compensation for contamination
LED display in control unit for various operating

states
Functions
The transmitter emits an infrared light beam (880 nm)
that is focused through a lens and invisible. The light
beam is reflected by 180 by the prism reflector
mounted opposite and returned to the transmitter/
receiver combination.
If the IR beam is obscured by smoke and the signal
received drops below the selected threshold value for
10 s, the Fireray triggers a fire alarm and the alarm relay
closes.
The activation threshold can be adjusted to the
environmental conditions. Settings 25% (sensitive),
35%, and 50% (non-sensitive) are possible.
For the alarm relay, you can select between auto-reset
and alarm storage.
Various operating states are displayed by LEDs:
Alarm
Malfunction
Operating display
Meets the following regulations:

BS 5839 Part 5
EN54-12:2002
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
Fireray 50/100RV
CPD
0786-CPD-20045 Fireray 50R/50RV/

100R/100RV
Germany
VdS
G 203070 Fireray 50RV/100RV
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19200 Fireray 50RV_Fireray

100RV
Russia
GOST
POCC.YII001.BO7219 Fireray2000 &

Fireray 50-100RV
GOST
POCC GB.bb02.HO4311 Fireray2000

& Fireray50-100RV
INTYG
09-407 Fireray 50_ Fireray 100
Sweden
General installation/configuration notes
For connection to the LSN, the following are

required:
One FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface
Module
One Mini Distributor a.P. 6 DA.
To implement cross zoning, the following are
required:
One FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface
Module
One Mini Distributor a.P. 6 DA.
Between the detector and reflector there must be a
constant visual connection, which may not be
interrupted by movable objects (e. g. overhead
crane).
Detector and reflector are generally installed at the
same height and aligned with one another. The
relatively wide angle of the IR beam makes
adjustments easier and guarantees reliable longterm stability.
The mounting surface for the detector must be firm
and vibration-free. Metal supports that may be
affected by heat or cold are unsuitable for the
installation.
The reflector is mounted at the permissible distance

on a solid, non-reflecting surface, whereby the light
beam must hit the reflector vertically.
The detector must be installed so that direct
irradiation of sunlight or artificial light into the
optical system is prevented. Normal ambient light
has no influence on the IR beam and the analysis.
A screened cable must be used to protect against
radiated interference. Possible sources of
interference are to be avoided when routing cables
and the cable must be protected against mechanical
damage.
Heat accumulation under roof surfaces can prevent
the travel of climbing smoke to the ceiling. The
detector must therefore be mounted below an
expected heat accumulation. This can mean that the
benchmark values for DL specified in the table must
be exceeded.
A
30-60 cm
C
D
B
Positioning detectors on flat ceilings
2 x DH
DR
DH
DH
DL
DH
Pos.
Description
Fireray 50/100RV
Prism reflectors
DH,DL,DR
see table above
Positioning the detectors in a tilted roof
Pos.
Description
Ceiling
Mushroom cloud
Heat accumulation
IR beam
DL
DL
DL
Since the smoke over a fire source does not just

climb vertically upwards, but rather spreads like a
mushroom cloud (depending on existing air currents
and air pads), the width of the monitoring area is
much greater than the diameter of the IR beam.
The sideways detection width on both sides of the
beam center line is 7.5 m.
Country-specific standards and guidelines with
respect to planning must be adhered to.
min.
0,5 m
min. 0,5 m
max. 7,5 m
max. 15 m
max. 15 m
max.
7,5 m
Positioning the detectors in a saddleback roof
Detector arrangement
The detectors must be devided up so that the following

distances are adhered to:
DH
horizontal distance detector-wall or

detector-ceiling
at least 0.5 m,
max. 7.5 m
2x
DH
Distance between two parallel beams
max. 15 m
DL
Distance from the ceiling
0.3 m to 0.6 m
DR
Range = distance detector-reflector.

- Fireray 50RV:
- Fireray 100RV:
over 5 m to 50 m
over 50 m to 100
m
DL
min. 0,5 m
max. 7,5 m
DL
DL
max. 15 m
max. 15 m
min. 0,5 m
max. 7,5 m
The center line of the monitoring beam may not be

closer than 0.5 m to walls, equipment or stored
goods.
The prism reflectors permit angle deviations up to
5 from the center line without signal weakening.
Notice
The ceiling distance can be reduced with
saddleback roofs by 1 % per degree, maximum
25 %.
Detector arrangement in accordance with VdS/VDE
The number of light beam smoke detectors must be

selected so that the maximum monitoring area A in
the table is not exceeded (meets VdS 2095 and
DIN VDE 08332).
Room
height RH
DH
DL at
< 20
DL at
> 20
up to 6 m
6m
1200 m2
0.3 m to
0.5 m
0.3 m to
0.5 m
over 6 m to
12 m
6.5 m
1300 m2
0.4 m to
0.7 m
0.4 m to
0.9 m
more than
12 m to 16
m *) **)
7 m *)
1400 m2
**)
0.6 m to
0.9 m **)
0.8 m to
1.2 m **)
DH = greatest permissible horizontal distance of any

point of the ceiling to the next-closest beam
A = maximum monitoring area per detector (= double
the product of the greatest horizontal distance DH and
highest allowable detector/reflector distance)
DL = distance of the detector to the ceiling
= angle which the roof/ceiling pitch forms with the
horizontal; if a roof has different pitches (e. g. sheds),
use the smallest existing pitch
* With a room height of more than 12 m, it is
recommended that you provide a second monitoring
level on which the detectors are arranged offset to the
first monitoring level
** Depends on use and environmental conditions (e. g.
quick fire development and smoke spread)
Depending on the roof construction (flat, tilted or
saddleback), the detectors and reflectors must be
arranged depending on the roof pitch and the
room height RH so that the light beam in the
distance DL runs under the roof (see table).
Parts Included
Fireray 50RV
Qty.
Components
Linear Smoke Detector Fireray 50RV:

compact device with integrated transmitter, receiver, and
control unit
Prism reflector
Test filter
Connection cable with plug
Installation material
Fireray 100RV
Qty.
Components
Linear Smoke Detector Fireray 100RV:

compact device with integrated transmitter, receiver, and
control unit
Prism reflectors
Test filter
Connection cable with plug
Installation material
Electrical
Operating voltage
10 V DC . . . 30 V DC
Current consumption
In standby
< 4 mA @ 24 V
In alarm/malfunction
< 15 mA
Reset control by power disruption
>5s
Alarm relay (contact load)
Open contact, potential free

(2 A @ 30 V DC)
Fault relay (contact load)
Break contact element,

potential free
(2 A @ 30 V DC)
Mechanics
LED indicators for

Alarm
Red
Malfunction
Yellow
Operation
Yellow flashing once in 10

seconds
Limit of the readjustment for

contamination/aging
Yellow flashing once in 2

seconds
Fireray 50/100RV
126 x 210 x 120 mm
Prism reflector
100 x 100 x 9.5 mm
Housing Color
Light gray/black
Housing material
ABS, non-flammable
Weight
670 g
IP 50
-30 C . . . 55 C
Planning
Permissible distance detectorreflector
Fireray 50RV
Min. 5 m - max. 50 m
Fireray 100RV
Min. 50 m - max. 100 m
Side detection width

(on both sides of the light beam)
Max. 7.5 m (Heed local

guidelines!)
Special features
Optical wavelength
880 nm
Adjustable alarm threshold values
2.50 dB (25%)
3.74 dB (35%)
6.02 dB (55%)
Tolerance of the axial deviation (at

35% sensitivity)
Detector
0.8
Prism reflector
5.0
Fireray 50RV
Linear Smoke Detector, retro-operation, range 5 m to
50 m
Order number Fireray 50 RV
Fireray 100RV
Linear Smoke Detector, retro-operation, range 50 m to
100 m
Order number Fireray 100 RV
Accessories
Mini Distributor a.P. 6 DA, gray

12 solder flags for the connection of 6 double wires
Order number
Fireray 2000 Linear Smoke

Detector
0,9m
1,5m
2,4m
3m
30m
The Fireray 2000 is an optical Linear Smoke Detector for

the detection of light and dark smoke across an area of
10 m to 100 m or 2 m to 45 m in reflection operation
using prisms.
Preferred areas of application are very large and high
halls, e. g. airplane hangars, factory buildings and
similar buildings where the use of point-type automatic
automatic call points is not possible.
Features
50m
80m
100m
At a maximum distance of 100 m the core diameter of

the light beam is 3 m. The core diameter is the area of
the conical IR beam in which orderly operation of the
system is possible.
If smoke interrupts the beam, the signal in the receiver
is attenuated depending on the thickness of the smoke.
If an attenuation according to the set threshold lasts
longer than 5 s, an alarm is triggered.
The alarm threshold can be set to 25% or 35% or 50%
with the use of prisms.
Slow changes (e. g. contamination of the optical
system) do not cause false alarms; instead, they are
balanced out by an automatic gain control. Here the
current state of the system is compared with a
reference value and adjusted stepwise in case of
deviations greater than 7%. By default, the comparison
is done every 1.5 hours.
With a comp switch, manual or automatic alarm reset
can be selected.
The Fireray 2000 can also be used as reflection fire
alarm system with prisms (transmitters and receivers on
the same wall).
Extended monitoring area
Increased security against false alarms with gain

control
Comply with:
EN54-12:2002
Potential-free, self-holding relay double-throw

contact as alarm output
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
Fireray 2000
LED displays in the control unit for:
CPD
0786-CPD-20196 Fireray 2000
Adjustable thresholds
Germany
VdS
G 297058 Fireray 2000
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19201 Fireray 2000
Czech Republic
TZS
080-001259 Fireray 2000
Russia
GOST
POCC GB.bb02.HO4311 Fireray2000

& Fireray50-100RV
GOST
POCC.YII001.BO7219 Fireray2000 &

Fireray 50-100RV
INTYG
09-408 Fireray 2000
System Overview
2
3
1
Sweden
Pos.
Description
Infrared transmitter
Infrared receiver
Control unit
Functions
The transmitter transmits an invisible infrared light
beam bundled through a lens to the receiver.
General installation/configuration notes
A FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface Module is

required for connection of the Fireray 2000 to the
LSN.
Between the detector and reflector there must be a
constant visual connection, which may not be
interrupted by movable objects (e. g. overhead
crane).
The mounting surfaces for the transmitter and
receiver must be stable and free of vibration.
Installation on metal surfaces should be avoided
since they expand and contract in case of
temperature fluctuations.
Inaccessible areas are monitored by monitoring

transmitters and receivers outside and letting them
look through windows into the monitoring area. The
minimum diameter of the opening must be 20 cm or
an opening corresponding to the diameter of the
beam.
Notice
Normal panes of glass reduce the effective
system range by approx. 10% per pane
The detectors must be divided up so that the following

distances are adhered to:
DH
Horizontal distance detector-wall or

detector-ceiling
at least 0.5 m,
max. 7.5 m
2x
DH
Distance between two parallel beams
max. 15 m
DL
0.3 m to 0.6 m
DR
Range = distance between detector

and reflector:
- Fireray 2000
over 10 m to
100 m
- Fireray 2000 in retro operation:
over 2 m to 45 m
The center line of the monitoring beam may not be

closer than 0.5 m to walls, equipment or stored
goods.
The prism reflectors permit angle deviations up to
5 from the center line without signal weakening.
Positioning detectors on flat ceilings
A
30-60 cm
2 x DH
DR
DH
DH
Pos.
Description
Ceiling
Mushroom cloud
Heat accumulation
IR beam
DH
10m - 100m
Description
Transmitter
Receiver
Pos.
Description
Fireray 2000 transmitter or receiver
Fireray 2000 receiver or transmitter or prism
7,5 m
Since the smoke over a fire source does not just

climb vertically upwards, but rather spreads like a
mushroom cloud (depending on existing air currents
and air pads), the width of the monitoring area is
much greater than the diameter of the IR beam.
Pos.
DL
7,5 m
When installing the receiver, be sure that the direct

penetration of sunlight or other light into the optical
system is avoided. Normal environmental light has
no influence on the receiver.
The control unit must be installed in an area that is
easy to reach. A screened cable must be used. The
maximum cable length of 100 m to the receiver may
not be exceeded.
An adjustment tool can be ordered separately. It is
connected to the control unit. Alignment,
particularly over larger distances, is considerably
simplified with the help of two LED displays.
Heat accumulation under roof surfaces can prevent the
travel of climbing smoke to the ceiling. The detector
must therefore be mounted below an expected heat
accumulation. This can mean that the benchmark values
for DL specified in the table must be exceeded.
The sideways detection width on both sides of the

beam center line is 7.5 m.
Country-specific standards and guidelines with
respect to planning must be adhered to.
Positioning the detectors in a tilted roof

1
DL
DL
E
S
DL
min.
0,5 m
min. 0,5 m
max. 7,5 m
max. 15 m
max. 15 m
max.
7,5 m
Positioning the detectors in a saddleback roof
DL
min. 0,5 m
max. 7,5 m
DL
DL
max. 15 m
max. 15 m
min. 0,5 m
max. 7,5 m
Notice
The ceiling distance can be reduced by 1% per
degree for saddleback roofs, up to a maximum of
25%.
Installation as reflection fire alarm system with

prisms
To install transmitter and receiver on the same wall,

you need prisms that reflect the light by 180. The
use of prisms eases the installation of transmitters
and receivers and the comparison.
With installation as reflection fire alarm system with
prisms, transmitter and receiver must be installed
as close to one another as possible.
Required number of prisms:
Distance up to 25 m: 1 prism
Distance up to 45 m: 9 prisms
To achieve effective reflection, the prisms must be
installed right-angled to the IR beam of the
transmitter. Deviations cause a weaker signal.
Pos.
Description
Additional reflection from the polished prism surface
Beam from transmitter
Main portion of the reflected beam to the receiver
Prism
Receiver
Transmitter

selected so that the maximum monitoring area A in the
table is not exceeded (fulfills VdS 2095 and
DIN VDE 08332).
Room
height RH
DH
DL at
< 20
DL at
> 20
up to 6 m
6m
1200 m2
0.3 m to
0.5 m
0.3 m to
0.5 m
over 6 m
to 12 m
6.5 m
1300 m2
0.4 m to
0.7 m
0.4 m to
0.9 m
more than
12 m to
16 m *) **)
7 m *)
1400 m2 *
*)
0.6 m to
0.9 m **)
0.8 m to
1.2 m **)
DH = greatest permissible horizontal distance of any

highest allowable detector/reflector distance)
DL = distance of the detector to the ceiling
use the smallest existing pitch
*) With a room height of more than 12 m, it is
**) Depends on use and environmental conditions (e. g.
quick fire development and smoke spread)
saddleback), the detectors and reflectors must be
arranged depending on the roof pitch and the
room height RH so that the light beam in the
distance DL runs under the roof (see table).
Parts Included
Planning
Qty.
Components
Permissible distance transmitterreceiver
Min. 10 m - max. 100 m
Control unit, Fireray 2000

Infrared transmitter
Infrared receiver
Permissible distance transmitterreceiver in reflection operation

with prism
Min. 2 m - max. 45 m
Test filter
Special features
Optical wavelength
880 nm
Electrical
24 V DC
(11.5 . . . 28 V DC)
Fireray 2000 Linear Smoke Detector

Range: 10 m to 100 m or 2 m to 45 m in reflection
operation using prisms
Order number Fireray 2000
In standby
Approx. 14 mA
Accessories
During an alarm
Approx. 22 mA
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Mechanics
LED indicators for
Prism for Fireray 2000

Distance: up to 25 m: 1 prism, up to 35 m: 4 prisms, up
to 45 m: 6 prisms
Order number Fireray 2000-prism
Malfunction (beam
interruption)
Signal too high
Signal too low
Alarm
Control unit incl. key
212 x 261.5 x 120.6 mm
Transmitter incl.
installation frame
90 x 130 x 115 mm
Receiver incl. installation

frame
90 x 130 x 115 mm
Prism
124.6 x 103 x 9.5 mm
Color (all parts)
White, RAL 9010
Material
Aluminium
Transmitter and receiver

housing
Sheet steel
Weight
1060 g
Transmitter incl.
installation frame
650 g
Receiver incl. installation

frame
650 g
IP 54
-20 C . . . 55 C
FRAY5000-EN Linear Smoke

Detector
The FRAY5000EN Linear Smoke Detector covers

distances between 8 m and 100 m. A reflective prism
allows for the accurate detection of smoke particles
within the given distance range.
For ranges between 8 m and 50 m, one prism is
sufficient. For ranges between 50 m and 100 m, four
prisms are required. The additional prisms are included
in the FRay5000LRKit Long Range Kit.
Key application areas are large halls such as historical
buildings, churches, museums, shopping centers,
factory halls, warehouses, etc.
The FRAY5000EN Linear Smoke Detector is suitable for
use in areas where point-type detectors are not
effective
The FRAY5000-EN Linear Smoke Detector can be
upgraded with three FRAY5000-HEADEN Detector Heads. The system controller can control
up to four detectors. Each head can be programmed
separately.
Features
u
Extended monitoring range
Up to 4 detectors per system controller
Transmitter and receiver integrated into a

compact housing
Electronic and optical feature for detector

alignment and self-alignment during operation
Remote control unit at eye level for easy

installation and programming
Functions
The transmitter emits an invisible infrared light beam
(850 nm) that is focused through a lens. The light beam
is reflected by the prism mounted opposite and
returned to the transmitter/receiver combination.
If the IR beam is obscured by smoke and the signal
received drops below the selected threshold (standard
10 s, adjustable), the detector triggers a fire alarm and
the alarm relay closes.
The sensitivity can be adjusted according to the

environmental conditions. The default settings of 25%
(sensitive), 35% and 50% (non-sensitive) can be
changed in steps of 1%. Each detector can be adjusted
individually. The standard setting is 35%.
The alarm relay can be set to auto-reset or latched
mode.
The LEDs indicate three different operating states:
Alarm
Fault
Operation
You can control and set all parameters via the system
controller and LCD display for each FRAY5000EN Detector Head.
Slow changes in the operating states (e. g. component
aging, optics contamination, etc.) do not cause false
alarms, but are compensated by the automatic gain
control. Every 15 minutes, the system state is compared
with a default reference value and in the case of a
deviation, is corrected automatically to 0.17 dB/h. If the
compensation limit is reached, "Fault" the fault signal is
indicated.
If the IR beam is obscured within 2 s and the
obscuration is more than 87% and lasts for 10 seconds
and above (operator changeable), the fault relay
switches. Faults may be caused by an obstacle in the
beam path, by the covering of the reflector, etc. As soon
as the fault cause is removed, the fault relay is cleared
and after 5 s, the detector is automatically reset to
standard operation. The fire panel must be reset
separately.
The system has an alarm output, which is a relay with a
potentialfree change-over contact.

Comply with:
EN54-12:2002
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FRAY5000-EN
CPD
0832-CPD-0565 FRAY5000-EN
Germany
VdS
G 208017 FRAY5000-EN
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19202 Fireray 5000
Belgium
BOSEC
TCC2-K803/b Fireray 5000-HEAD-EN
USA
FM
3037125 Fireray 5000
Sweden
INTYG
08-722 FRAY5000-EN
For connection to the LSN, one FLM420/4CON
Conventional Interface Module is required.
For direct connection to the FPA-5000, one
CZM 0004 A module is required.
The line of sight between the detector and the
reflector always has to be clear and may not be
interfered by moving objects (e. g. overhead crane).
Heat accumulation under the roof may prevent
smoke from rising up to the ceiling. Thus, the
detector must be mounted below the expected heat
accumulation. Accordingly, the benchmark values
for X1 specified in the table have to be exceeded.
The mounting surface for the detector must be firm

and vibration-free. Metal supports that may be
affected by heat or cold are unsuitable for the
installation.
The detector and the reflector are usually installed
at the same height and aligned with one another.
The wide angle of the IR beam allows for an easy
adjustment and for a reliable long-term stability.
The detector must be mounted in a position where
the detectors optical system is not exposed to
direct sunlight or artificial light. Normal ambient
light has no influence on the IR beam and the
analysis
Positioning the detectors on flat ceilings
Positioning the detectors under a shed roof
A
C
30-60 cm
D
B
Pos.
Description
Ceiling
Mushroom cloud
Heat accumulation
Positioning the detectors under a gable roof
IR beam
Since the smoke from a fire does not simply rise
straight up, but rather spreads like a mushroom
cloud (depending on air current and accumulation),
the monitoring range is much greater than the
diameter of the IR beam.
The lateral detection on either side of the beam is
7.5 m.
Country-specific Standards and guidelines on
planning must be observed.
The detectors must be arranged according to the

following distances:
X
1
0.3 m to 0.6 m
X
2
Horizontal distance detector/wall
min. 0.5 m
X
3
Horizontal distance between two

detectors under gable roofs
Example: Gable roof, 10 roof pitch

X3 = 7.5 m + (7.5 m x 10%)
X3 = 7.5 m + 0.75 m
X3 = 8.25 m
The maximum distance between two detectors with
parallel IR beams is 15 m.
The centre line of the monitoring beam may not be
closer than 0.5 m to walls, furniture or stored
goods.
The reflectors allow an angle deviation of up to 5
from the centre line without causing a weakening of
the signal..

selected according to the maximum monitoring
area A listed in the table and which must not be
exceeded (meets VdS 2095 and DIN VDE 08332).
Room height
RH
X2
X1 at
< 20
X1 at
> 20
Up to6 m
6m
1200 m2
0.3 m to
0.5 m
0.3 m to
0.5 m
6 m to 12 m
6,5 m
1300 m2
0.4 m to
0.7 m
0.4 m to
0.9 m
12 m to
16 m *)**)
7 m*)
)
1400 m2
**)
0.6 m to
0.9 m**)
0.8 m to
1.2 m**)
X2 = greatest permissible horizontal distance of any

the highest allowable detector/reflector distance)
X1 = distance between the detector and the ceiling
use the smallest pitch.
* With a room height of more than 12 m, it is

** Depends on use and environmental conditions (e. g.
quick fire and spread of smoke)
gable), the detectors and reflectors must be
arranged according to the roof pitch and the room
height RH so that the light beam runs along the roof
in a distance DL (see table).
Parts Included
Qt
y.
Components
FRAY5000EN Linear Smoke Detector:

compact device with integrated transmitter and receiver
Reflective prism
Control unit
Installation kit
Prism reflector
100 g
Control unit
1000 g
EN 60529
IP 54
temperature
-10 C to 50C
Planning
Permissible distance detectorreflector
Min. 8 m max. 50 m
with FRay5000LRKit Long

Range Kit
Min. 50 m max. 100 m
Lateral detection
(on either sides of the light
beam)
Max. 7.5 m (heed local

guidelines!)
Connectable detectors per

system controller
1 to 4
Special features
Electrical
Optical wavelength
Operating voltage
14 V DC to 28 V DC
Current consumption
In standby (1 detector)
12 mA @ 28 V DC
In standby for each additional

detector
2.2 mA @ 28 V DC
In alarm/fault (with 1-4

detectors)
52 mA @ 28 V DC
Reset control by power

disruption
>5s
Alarm relay (contact load)
100 mA @ 36 V
Fault relay (contact load)
100 mA @ 36 V
850 nm
Tolerance of the axial deviation

Detector
0.3
Reflective prism
5.0
FRAY5000-EN Linear Smoke Detector
with one Detector Head, retro-operation, with building
shift compensation, range 8 m - 50 m
Order number FRAY5000-EN
FRAY5000-HEAD-EN Detector Head
additional Detector Head
Order number FRAY5000-HEAD-EN
Mechanics
LED indicators for
Alarm
Flashes red every 10 s
Fault
Flashes yellow every 10 s
Operation
Flashes green every 10 s s
Detector
135 x 135 x 135 mm
Prism reflector
100 x 100 x 10 mm
Control unit
200 x 235 x 81 mm
Housing
Color
Light gray/black
Material
C6600, non-flammable
Weight
Detector
500 g
FCSLWM1 Linear Heat

Detector
The FCSLWM1 is a Linear Heat Detector for detecting

fire. Its functionality is based on the change in
resistance of an electrical conductor caused by a rise in
temperature.
Features
Ceiling joists with a height of more than 20 cm are
calculated as walls. In this case, the distance from
sensor cable to joist must be between 1.5 m und
3 m. With ceiling panels measuring less than 3 m in
width, it may not be possible to keep these
distances. In such a case, the sensor cable must be
installed in the centre of the ceiling panel.
If ceiling joists are between 20 cm and 80 cm high
and the overall ceiling area is under 18 m2, at least 1
sensor cable of at least 10 m length must be
installed overall. (Where possible it is
recommended to install 1 sensor cable of at least
10 m length for each of the ceiling segments.)
If ceiling joists are between 20 cm and 80 cm high
and the overall ceiling area is between 18 m2 and
36 m2, the sensor cable must be distributed over
the two ceiling segments so that each ceiling
segment is outfitted with a sensor cable of at least
10 m length.
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Detector box with control unit
Usable in constricted spaces and under extreme

environmental conditions
Usable in Ex-zones 1,2, 21, 22
Resistant to mechanical and chemical influences,

corrosion, humidity and dust
Current consumption
Usable for DIN EN 54-5:2000 classes A1, A2, B, C
Standby
25 mA (at 24 V DC)
Simple installation and initial set-up
On alarm (ALARM DIFF/

ALARM MAX)
25 mA (at 24 V DC)
Malfunction
15 mA (at 24 V DC)
Functions
The four copper wires on the sensor cable are each
surrounded by a color-coded (orange, white, red, blue)
material with a negative temperature coefficient and
encased in a thermally resistant external coating. Two
copper wires are connected to the bare end of the
sensor cable to form two loops. The end of the sensor
cable is then hermetically sealed. Both loops are
continually monitored. In the event of an interruption or
short circuit, the control unit outputs a trouble
message.
If the temperature rises, the electrical resistance
between the two loops changes. The control unit
detects this change and triggers the alarm if the defined
response temperature is exceeded. Both short sensor
lengths and longer sections with small temperature
increases are detected.
Electrical
Voltage
Switch-on current
10 to 30 V DC
< 100 mA (at 24 V DC)
Mechanical
Display
In operation
LED green, continuously lit
ALARM DIFF
LED red, continuously lit
ALARM MAX
LED red, continuously lit
Malfunction
LED yellow, flashing light
Test keys
2 x for simulating alarm,

malfunction and LED test
200 mm x 120 mm x 80 mm
Material
ABS
VdS-Approval: G 205 066
Color
Grey, similar to RAL 7035
Weight
Appr. 550 g
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCS-LWM-1
Germany
VdS
G 205066 FCS-LWM-1
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19204 LWM1

EN 60529
IP 65
Temperature range
- 20 C to + 50 C
Norm applied
DIN EN 54-5:2000
Sensor Cables
Features
Blue Sensor Cable
Black Sensor Cable with

Nylon Coating

Steel Netting
Suitable for use in nonaggressive atmosphere with

high humidity
Suitable for use in aggressive
atmosphere (nylon coating
protects against acids and
bases)
suitable for use in aggressive
atmosphere (nylon coating
protects against acids and
bases), the surrounding
stainless steel netting reduces
the mechanical load of the
cable under extreme
conditions.
Heat resistance
Up to 100 C
Unlimited
Up to 150 C
35 h
Up to 175 C
25 h
FCSLWM1 Linear Heat Detector

Usable in constricted spaces and under extreme
environmental conditions
Order number FCS-LWM-1
Accessories
Blue Sensor Cable, per Meter
suitable for use in non-aggressive atmosphere with high
humidity
Order number LHD4-SC-BLUE
Black Sensor Cable with Nylon Coating, per Meter
suitable for use in aggressive atmosphere (nylon coating
protects against acids and bases)
Order number LHD4-SC-BLACK
Black Sensor Cable with Woven Steel Cover, per Meter
suitable for use in aggressive atmosphere (nylon coating
protects against acids and bases)
Order number LHD4-SC-STEEL
Terminal Connector for Sensor Cable
Order number LHD4-terminal
Intermediate Connector for Sensor Cable
Order number LHD4-connector
Exterior diameter
Blue Sensor Cable
3.15 mm

Nylon Coating
4.1 mm

Steel Netting
4.7 mm
Weight per 100 m

Blue Sensor Cable
1600 g

Nylon Coating
2150 g

Steel Netting
4150 g
Minimum tensile strength
100 N
Wire diameter
0.46 mm
Coating thickness
0.34 mm
Thickness of the exterior jacket
0.25 mm
Wire material
Lines 1 + 3 (orange + red)
Copper (with polyester coating)
Lines 2 + 4 (white + blue)
Copper (blank)
Coating material
Lines 1 + 3 (orange + red)
Non-conductive polymer
Lines 2 + 4 (white + blue)
Special NTC polymer
ADW 511 A Linear Heat

Detector
The Transafe ADW 511A is a Linear Heat Detector with

differential and maximum temperature recording.
The mode of operation is based on volumetric
expansion of a gas on heating and the corresponding
increase in pressure in a pneumatically sealed system.
The heat detector comprises a sensor tube (SENSTUBE)
and a detector box (with control unit).
The robust design makes the ADW 511A particularly
suitable for use in extreme areas in which conventional
detectors cannot be used (e. g. response grades in line
with EN 54 Part 5 and for increased ambient
temperatures in line with EN 54 Part 8).
Pos.
Description
End screw cap
Sensor tube segment
Fixing bridles
4+
5
SERTO clamp
Sensor tube segment
Sensor tube connection
Reference tube
Operating status display LEDs
10
PC board with evaluation electronics
11
Detector box housing
12
Cable duct (PG clamp)
13
Pump drive motor
14
Pump
15
Fiber-optic cable for the 3 display LEDs (Pos. 9)
16
Housing cover of the detector box
Functions
Compact, robust design
Suitable for use under extreme environmental

conditions
Low maintenance costs through periodic fully

automated seal verification and self-monitoring
Application-specific default settings by rotary

switch
The pressure sensor continually measures the pressure

in the sensor tube. The sensor signals are evaluated by
the microprocessor. The differential behavior is
electronic.
If the pressure in the sensor tube rises strongly over a
short time, the ADW 511A triggers an alarm.
Disturbance variables such as slow pressure changes,
e. g. as a result of weather-related temperature
fluctuations or pressure blows caused by high volumes
of traffic in tunnels are filtered out.
The evaluation of maximums is designed so that the
pressure value corresponding to a programmable
maximum temperature triggers the alarm. The
ADW 511A also responds to gradual temperature
increases over a longer time period, e.g. T = 40K/h
overheating of an oven. A temperature sensor in the
detector box continually measures the current ambient
temperature and derives the reference value for the
maximum evaluation value.
Response behavior can be programmed by PC
Self-monitoring
Features
System Overview
2
8
16
5
15
9
10
A test motor with a pressure pump generates a

specified pressure excess in the sensor tube in regular,
configurable intervals.
If the value measured by the sensor does not
correspond to the set value, e. g. because of a leak or
crushing of the sensor tube, a fault indication is
displayed.
Alarm and fault indications take the form of three LEDs
on the PC board using three fiber-optic cables in the
housing cover.
14
ADW511
11
13
12
Tunnel with flat roof and more than 3 traffic lanes

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
ADW 511 A
Germany
VdS
G 204122 ADW 511A
Switzerland
VKF
AEAI 19205 ADW511A
SENSTUBE
At least two sensor tubes are required
The maximum distance (a) between the sensor
tubes is 10 m.
The maximum distance (b) between sensor tube
and tunnel wall is a = 5 m.
General Planning Notes
The mounting location of the detector box and

sensor tube (SENSTUBE) must not be exposed to
direct sunlight.
The detector box can be mounted anywhere,
although a minimum distance of 0.1 m from
switching boxes, niches etc. must be provided on
the sensor tube connection side.
If used in a tunnel, or if it must be fitted outdoors,
the detector box must be installed in an additional
protective box.
At tunnel entrance portals, a distance of 25 m must
be maintained between the sensor tube end and the
portal.
The minimum sensor tube length is 20 m.
Storage halls, parking garages, vehicle decks and

applications with similar usage
b
b
a
SENSTUBE 1
ADW
511
SENSTUBE 2
Tunnel with curved roof, or round construction

and 2 to 3 traffic lanes
b
b
It is possible to lay the sensor tube in a spiral.

The maximum permitted sensor tube length is 80 m.
The maximum distance (a) between the sensor
tubes is 7.2 m.
The maximum distance (b) between sensor tube
and tunnel wall is a = 3.6 m.
Roof underpinnings must take guidelines in force
into account.
SENSTUBE
SENSTUBE
The sensor tube must always be installed in the

middle of the tunnel roof (max. permitted side
tolerance 0.5 m).
The maximum permitted sensor tube length is
130 m.
Other applications
For all other applications, the sensor tube must be

installed after agreement with the commissioning
authorities responsible.
The permitted sensor tube length is 80 m as
standard. Longer lengths are application-specific
and must be approved by the manufacturer.
For use in areas with raised ambient temperature,
metal bridles must be used for sensor tube
mounting. In addition, the detector box must be
mounted in an area with normal ambient
temperatures.
Tunnel with flat roof and 2 to 3 traffic lanes
SENSTUBE
SENSTUBE
The sensor tube should preferably be installed in

the middle of the tunnel roof (max. permitted side
tolerance 0.5 m).
The sensor tube side mounting is possible taking a
minimum distance (a) to tunnel wall into account.
For 2 traffic lanes: a > 0.5 m
For 3 traffic lanes: a > 1.0 m
The maximum permitted sensor tube length is
130 m.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Transafe ADW 511A detector box,

signal analysis and monitoring module of the linear
maximum and differential heat detector
Electrical
Operating voltage
10 V DC to 30 V DC

(12 / 24 V DC operation)
Measured at
10.5 V DC / 14 V DC
In standby
114 mA / 90 mA approx.
System limits
In the event of an alarm

(diff./max.)
Maximum permitted sensor tube

length
In the event of pre-alarm +

alarm
Tunnel applications (incl.

tube mounting)
20 m to 130 m
In the event of
malfunction
For other applications

(incl. tube mounting)
20 m to 80 m
When testing
Special features
1 A / 50 V DC
Detection principle
Change in volume of gases

caused by temperature change
Detector class according to

EN 54-5
A1 - G
Maximum contact load of alarm

relay
Mechanics
Connections
Contact outputs for

Alarm
Pre-alarm
Malfunction
Leakage
RS232 serial interface
9pin DSUB connector for

programming and data
transmission
Displays
ALARM DIFF
LED red
ALARM MAX
LED red
POWER / FAULT
LED yellow
ADW 511 A Linear Heat Detector
Order number ADW 511 A
Accessories
Copper Pipe and Accessories
order quantity must be specified in meters, delivery
occurs in 5.5 m long pieces, 5 mm, including 6 clamps
and 1 SERTO screw connector
Order number ADW53A6M-CU-PIPE
Plastic Hose, 25 m Reel
PA (polyamide)
Order number ADW53A-TUBE
Detector box
Material
Polyester, fiber-reinforced
Color
Dark gray, RAL 7000
160 x 205 x 93 mm
Weight
1700 g approx.
Sensor tube
Material
Copper
Dimensions ( x L)
5 mm x 20 m to 130m
IP 65
temperature
Detector box
-20 C to +50 C
Sensor tube (1)
-40 C to +160 C

Detector box
95 %
Sensor tube
100 %
(1) Subject to prior consultation with Bosch ST, lower or higher

operating temperatures may be possible
Infrared Flame Detectors
Pos.
Description
Non-Ex area
Ex area zone 1 or 2
Functions
The detection element of the Infrared Flame Detector
consists of two pyroelectric sensors (sensor 1 and 2)
and a silicon photo diode (sensor 3).
While sensor 1 detects the flame, the other two sensors
measure the malfunction beam in other wavelength
ranges.
Infrared Flame Detectors are used to detect open

flames in rooms or outdoors.
They are especially suitable for smokeless liquid and gas
fires as well as for fires of materials that contain carbon
with strong smoke development.
Typical areas of application are:
large industrial warehouses, airplane hangars, chemical
facilities, oil refineries, machine rooms, ferries and
freight ships, power plants, printing plants, wood
warehouses, subway tunnels.
The DF1101AEx is an inherently safe Infrared Flame
Detector for use in explosive areas of the zones 1 and 2,
e. g. in high warehouse halls for flammable liquids,
where liquid fires could occur in an explosive
atmosphere.
Features
u
Compact, robust and nearly maintenance-free
Suitable for outdoor use under extreme conditions
Optimal adjustment to the environmental

conditions with 10 DIP switches
Two sensitivity levels
Easy-to-see red individual display
System Overview
1
2
EOL22(Ex)
DFA1101A-Ex
FLM-420/4-CON
DO1101A-Ex
DCA1192
SB3
DCA1192
SB3
DO1101A-Ex
DM 1103 B-Ex
DM 1103 B-Ex
Senso
r
Spectral range
Detection from
4.0 m to 4.8 m
CO2
5.1 m to 6.0 m
Sources of
interference
0.7 m to 1.1 m
Solar radiation
The combination of the three sensors and the intelligent

signal processing with fuzzy algorithms and wavelet
creates outstanding reliability of detection with high
protection against false alarms.

The DF1101AEx meets the explosion classification in
line with IEC 60079 and EN 50020 (Eex ib IIC T4).
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DF 1192
CE
DF 1101-Ex
VdS
G 299085 DF1101-Ex/DF1192
Germany
Both Infrared Flame Detectors comply with
EN 5410.
The response sensitivity and the resulting
monitoring area of an Infrared Flame Detector
depend on:
Detection distance
Possible spread of fire
Fire material
Detector sensitivity
Detector arrangement.
Purely for physical reasons, IR flame detectors can
detect no fires of inorganic materials (e. g. sulfur,
phosphorous, magnesium, natrium, hydrogen, etc.).
The detector must have a direct visual line to all
possible fire locations of the monitoring area.
Practical area monitoring is achieved with a
detector arrangement at a 45 to the corners of the
area.
If the room height is more than 5 m, the detector
axis should be aligned towards the opposite corner
of the room.
The space above the detector is outside of the
detection area.
Despite wide-ranging insensitivity, the sensors must
be protected against direct or indirect sunlight; it
may be necessary to install a covering housing.
The Infrared Flame Detectors can be connected

using a FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface
Module to the Local SecurityNetwork LSN.
Parts Included
Detector type
Qty.
Components
DF1192
Infrared Flame Detector DF1192
DF1101A-Ex
Infrared Flame Detector DF1101AEx
Notice
With the Infrared Flame Detectors DF1192 and
DF1101AEx, the DFB1190 detector base is not
included in the scope of delivery and must be
ordered separately.
Electrical
Operating voltage
16 V DC . . . 28 V DC
Standby current consumption
0.5 mA
Special features
Detection principle
Detection of infrared radiation
Detection area
90
DF1192 Infrared Flame Detector
Order number DF1192
DFB1192-BASE Base for Infrared Flame Detector
Base for Infrared Flame Detectors DF1192 and
DF1101AEx, including line termination EOL22(Ex)
Order number DF1192-BASE
DF1101AEx Infrared Flame Detector for Ex Areas
Order number DF1101A-Ex
Order number SB3
Mechanics
Individual display
LED red
0.2 mm2. . . 2.5 mm2
Detector
135 x 135 x 32 mm
Detector incl. base
135 x 135 x 77 mm
Housing material
Detector
Cast aluminum
Base
Plastic, PC, fiber-reinforced
Color (detector and base)
White, RAL 9010
Weight incl. base

DF1192
500 g
DF1101A-Ex
750 g
EN 60529
IP 67
temperature
-35 C . . . +70 C
Permissible storage
temperature
-40 C . . . +75 C
Relative humidity
< 100 %, no heavy condensation

of the sensor window
Planning
Max. installation height
1.5 . . . 20 m
Max. monitoring area
80 m2 (Heed local guidelines!)
FAD420HSEN Duct Smoke

Detector

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FAD-O420, FAD-420-HS-EN, FAD-RBDIBT
Germany
VdS
G 211088 FAD-O420-HS-EN
Air velocities from 1.5 m/s to 20 m/s
Horizontal or vertical mount of housing
If a remote indicator is connected (like MPA or
FAA420RI), the FADRBDIBT Relay Board must not
be used!
The FAD420HSEN Duct Smoke Detector with
integrated FADO420 Detector detects smoke in
ventilation ducts. Smoke particles in the air are reliably
detected and reported to the fire panel by the LSN
improved bus system.
Features
u
Use in ventilation systems with air velocities from

1.5 m/s to 20 m/s
For the activation of fans, door controls or
external display devices an optional Relay Board
can be installed
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Air sampling housing with connection board, Detector

base and installation material
D344-1.5 sample tube (length 45.7 cm)
Ventilation tube
D344-TF air filter for sample and ventilation tube

Notice
Please note that the FAD420HSEN does not
come with the required FADO420 Detector. The
FADO420 Detector has to be ordered in
addition.
A clear section on the frosted cover allows

observing the alarm LED of the integrated
FADO420 Detector
Control to prevent unwanted removal of the cover
Easy installation of the FADO420 Detector
FAD-420-HS-EN Duct Smoke Detector

Electrical
System Overview
A
Operating voltage
24 V DC (15 33 V DC)
Approx. 0.5 mA (approx. 0.7 mA

when FADRBDIBT Relay Board
is installed)
Electromagnetic susceptibility
(EMS)
EN 501304
Electromagnetic emission (EME)
EN 6100063
Mechanics
A
Air sampling housing
Detector Base for the FADO420 Detector
C,D
Mounting flange for sample tube or ventilation tube
Connection board
Functions
Air from the ventilation duct is constantly directed
through the sample tube and the air sampling housing
to the purpose-built FADO420 Detector.
Smoke particles in the air are reliably detected and
reported to the fire panel by the LSN improved bus
system.
16.5 x 39.5 x 11 cm
Material and Color

Housing base
Plastic fiber reinforced, PPE +

PS (UL94-V1), grey
Housing cover
Plastic, PC (UL94-V2), clear
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg
Environmental Conditions
Permissible air velocity
1.5 m/s 20 m/s
temperature
0 C 50 C
-20 C 80 C
95 %, non condensing

EN 60529
IP 30
FAD-RB-DIBT Relay Board

Maximum contact load
2 A at 30 V DC
Weight
11 g
FAD420HSEN Duct Smoke Detector
The FADO420 Detector must be ordered in addition.
Order number FAD-420-HS-EN
Accessories
FADO420 Detector for Use in Air Sampling Housing
Order number FAD-O420
FADRBDIBT Relay Board for DIBT Application
Order number FAD-RB-DIBT

D3443 Sample Tube
length 91.4 cm (3 ft)
Order number D344-3
D3445 Sample Tube
length 1.52 m (5 ft)
Order number D344-5
D344TF Filter for Sample/Ventilation Tube
Replaceable filters for duct detector sampling tubes,
available in packages of 20
Order number D344-TF
FCS-320-TP Series
Conventional Aspirating
Smoke Detectors
Housing
Detector Module incl. airflow sensor
Aspiration unit
Air outlet
Functions
The FCS320-TP Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors are

are active fire detection systems for early fire detection
in area and equipment monitoring, as well as for the
monitoring of air conditioning units or ducts.
They have the latest detection technology. Their
resistance to contamination, the temperature
compensation of the sensor signals and initialization in
relation to air pressure ensure reliable operation even
under extreme environmental conditions.
Features
u
Connectable to conventional fire panels

signal processing LOGICSENS

Initial set-up made easy by automatic initialization
Easy diagnostics through flash code on the

Detector Module or by using the FASASDDIAG
diagnostic software
System Overview
The aspiration unit takes air samples from the

monitoring area through a pipe system with defined air
sampling openings and passes the samples to the
Detector Module.
Depending on the response sensitivity of the used
Detector Module, the Aspirating Smoke Detector
triggers an alarm when the appropriate smoke density is
reached. This alarm is displayed via the alarm LED on
the unit and is transmitted to the fire panel.
Intelligent signal processing LOGICSENS compares the
measured smoke level with known disturbance variables
and decides between alarm and deception. For the
display and transmission of alarm and faults various
delay times can be selected.
Each Detector Module is monitored for contamination,
signal malfunction and device removal. Malfunctions and
certain device states are displayed using various LED
flash codes on the Detector Module's electronics PCB.
Fault messages are reset via the connected fire panel
and the reset input or the Reset Module FCA-320-Reset.
There are three different Detector Modules available for
the FCS320-TP Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors.
These modules have different response sensitivities:
Detector Module
Max. sensitivity
(light obscuration)
Levels for selection
DM-TP-50(80)
0.5 %/m (0.8 %/m)
DM-TP-10(25)
0.1 %/m (0.25 %/m)
DM-TP-01(05)
0.015 %/m
(0.05 %/m)
Notice
The sensitivity is based on the measurements
during Standard Test Fires (previous
measurement in brackets).
The FCS320TP2 runs with two Detector Modules.
Two air sampling pipe systems can be connected to
monitor two areas. When monitoring only one area with
two pipe systems, dual-detector dependency may be
implemented.
Model variants FCS320-TP Series
4
2
5
The variants FCS320TP1 and FCS320TP2 are the

cost-effective Aspirating Smoke Detectors for universal
use with LED displays for operation, malfunction, and
alarm (two alarm indications on the FCS320TP2).
Pos.
Description
Pipe system/air intake

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCS-320-TP
CPD
0786-CPD-20790 FCS-320TPx_FCS-320-TTx_FAS-420TPx_FAS-420-TTx
For connection to conventional fire panels
Planning of the pipe system

PVC pipes and halogen-free aspiration pipes can be
used.
For equipment monitoring, halogen-free pipes
should be used.
The air sampling pipe system should be arranged
such that any fires can be detected at the initial
stage.
The pipe system including air sampling openings
must always be symmetrical in design (10%
deviation).
If structural issues make it impossible to maintain
this symmetry, the following conditions apply:
The distance between neighboring air sampling
openings on the aspiration pipe must be even
(max. deviation 20%).
question.
Greater distances between the Aspirating Smoke
Detector and aspiration pipe are specified for pipes
with a 40 mm diameter.
Depending on the geometrics of the area, the I-, U-,
M- or double U-pipe system is utilized.
Notice
Take notice when planning that the fans of the
Aspirating Smoke Detectors produce a noise
level of 45 dB(A).
Pos.
Designation
I-pipe system
U-pipe system
Mpipe system
Double U-pipe system

For a faster detection, it is best to select several
short branches rather than a few long branches (U
and double-U pipe systems preferable).
Bends are preferable to angles in the event of
directional changes.
In order to increase transport speed in critical
application areas, the fan voltage can be increased
from 6.9 V to 9 V.
Pipe length between two air sampling openings:

Minimum 4 m (0.1 m with Simplified Pipe
Planning)
Maximum 12 m.
The maximum monitoring area per air sampling
opening corresponds to the maximum monitoring
area of point-type detectors according to valid
planning guidelines.
Maximum of 32 air sampling openings per pipe
system
Max. pipe length / max. total monitoring area per
pipe system:
300 m / 2880 m2 (VdS-compliant)
With two Detector Modules: 2*280 m / 5760 m2
Aspiration pipe planning
Aspiration pipe systems are constructed according

to planning specifications with the common pipe
components as well as components for special
applications, e. g. Water Separator or Detonation
Safety Barrier.
All borings for the smoke aspiration systems are

made to a diameter of 10 mm and the exact
aspiration openings are implemented by means of
the patented Aspiration Reducing Film Sheets. For
each aspiration hole a Aspiration reducing Film
Sheet with corresponding punch diameter and
Marking Tape must be provided.
Notice
For applications in areas where a blowing-out
system is necessary (e. g. low-temperature areas
or where high levels of dust accumulate), special
suction reducers with plastic clips are available
as separate items.
FCS-320 planning, please refer to the operation guide
FCS-320 Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors LSN
improved version (product ID F.01U.130.926):
Specifying the sensitivity
Standard planning in line with VdS
Planning with long pipe feed lines
Planning for high-rise warehouses
Simplified Planning
Planning with single-hole monitoring
Planning for forced airflow
Parts Included
Type of device
Q
ty
Components
FCS-320-TP1

malfunction, and alarm, for one
Detector Module, for connecting one
pipe system
FCS-320-TP2

malfunction, and alarm, for two
Detector Modules, for connecting two
pipe systems
Notice
One or two Detector Modules must be ordered
separately for the basic units (see table).
Q
ty
Required Detector Modules
FCS-320-TP1
Either DMTP50(80), DMTP10(25) or

DMTP01(05)
FCS-320-TP2
DMTP50(80), DMTP10(25) and/or

DMTP01(05)
Electrical
Operating voltage
14 V DC to 30 V DC

auxiliary power supply (at 24 V)
FCS-320TP1
FCS-320TP2
300 mA
330 mA
300 mA
330 mA
In standby, fan voltage

6.9 V
200 mA
230 mA
In standby, fan voltage 9 V
260 mA
310 mA
On alarm, fan voltage

6.9 V
230 mA
290 mA
On alarm, fan voltage 9 V
290 mA
370 mA
Mechanics
FCS-320-TP1 / FCS-320-TP2
In operation
Green LED
Malfunction
Yellow LED
Alarm
1 red LED / 2 red LEDs
Conical duct connections

for 25 mm
Aspiration pipe
1 pipe / 2 pipes
Air return
1 pipe
Cable bushings
5 x M 20 and 2 x M 25
200 x 292 x 113 mm
Housing material
Plastic (ABS)
Housing color
Papyrus white, RAL 9018
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg
IP 20
Permissible temperature range

FCS-320-TP Series
Aspirating Smoke Detectors
-20 C to +60 C
Pipe system PVC
00 C to +60 C
Pipe system ABS
-40 C to +80 C

(non-condensing)
For type of
device

voltage 6.9 V

voltage 9 V
10 to 95 %
Special features
Acoustic power level
45 dB(A)
max. light obscuration
Detector Module DMTP-50(80)
0.5 %/m (0.8 %/m)
0.1 %/m (0.25 %/m)
0.015 %/m (0.05 %/m)
Service life of the fan (12 V)
43,000 hrs at 24 C
FCS-320-TP1 Conventional Aspirating Smoke Detectors
Order number FCS-320-TP1
FCS-320-TP2 Conventional Aspirating Smoke Detectors
Order number FCS-320-TP2
Accessories
failures.
FCA320Reset Reset Module
Reset module for FCS320TP1, FCS320TP2 or
FCS320TM
Order number FCA-320-Reset
MT1 Device Mounting
Order number TITANUS MT-1 mount
FCS-320-IK Installation Kit

installation kit for mounting of FCA320Reset modules
into FCS320TP1 or FCS320TP1
Order number FCS-320-IK
Test Pipe
Test Adapter
Sheets


FCS-320-TM Series
Conventional Aspirating
Smoke Detectors
Pipe system
FCS-320-TM
series
Aspirating smoke detector
Smoke aspiration pipe
Air intake
Detection unit incl. airflow sensor
Housing base
Aspiration unit
Air outlet
Functions
The FCS320TM Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors are

active fire detection systems for early fire detection in
zone and equipment protection, as well as for the
monitoring of air-conditioning units or ducts. The exact
location of the fire can be pinpointed using the
innovative fire source identification.
The aspirating smoke detectors are fitted with the latest
fire detection technology. Their resistance to
contamination, the temperature compensation of the
sensor signals and initialization in relation to air
pressure ensure reliable operation even under difficult
environmental conditions.
Features
u
For connecting to conventional fire panels

LOGICSENS signal processing
Innovative fire source identification technology

allows the exact location of the fire to be
pinpointed by monitoring up to five distinct zones

Installation and commissioning made easy by plugand-play function
System Overview
The aspiration unit uses a pipe system with defined air

sampling openings to draw in air samples from the
monitoring range and route them to the detection unit.
Depending on the programmed response sensitivity of
the detection unit and the alarm threshold, the
FCS320TM Aspirating Smoke Detector triggers the
alarm when the appropriate light obscuration level is
reached. The alarm is displayed via the main alarm LED
on the device and forwarded to the connected fire
panel.
Various time-delay settings can be selected for
displaying and forwarding alarms and malfunctions.
Malfunction messages are reset via the connected fire
panel and the Reset Module FCA-320-Reset.
Avoiding false alarms
The LOGICSENS intelligent signal processing compares

the measured smoke level with known disturbance
variables and decides whether something is an alarm or
deception.
Fire source identification
Innovative fire source identification technology allows

the exact location of the fire to be pinpointed by
monitoring up to five distinct zones.
Airflow monitoring

FCS320TM series Aspirating Smoke Detectors have a

response sensitivity of 0.5%/m to 2%/m light
obscuration. The alarm threshold can be set at intervals
of 0.1%/m with FASASDDIAG.
FCS320TM series variant models
All FCS320TM series Aspirating Smoke Detectors have

LED displays for operating mode, malfunction and main
alarm, as well as offering an infrared diagnostics port. In
addition to this, the FCS320TMR variant offer an
optical fire location display for up to five zones.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FCS-320-TM
CPD
0786-CPD-20879 FCS-320TM_FAS-420-TM
VKF
AEAI 21137 FCS-320-TM_FAS-420TM
Switzerland
Pipe system planning

The aspiration pipe system should be arranged such
that any fires can be detected at the initial stage. The
number of air sampling openings and the structure of
the pipe system depend on the size and geometry of the
monitoring area.
Symmetrical structure
The aspiration pipe system incl. aspiration borings
should preferably be symmetrical in structure, i.e.:
Same number of air sampling openings per pipe
branch
Same pipe branch lengths (maximum deviation
20%)
Same distance between adjacent air sampling
openings on the smoke aspiration pipe
(maximum deviation 20%)
Asymmetrical structure
If structural issues make it impossible to maintain this
symmetry, the following conditions apply:
The distance between adjacent air sampling
openings on the smoke aspiration pipe must be
the same (maximum deviation 20%).
question.
Branch length
For faster detection, it is best to select several short
branches rather than a few long branches (U and
double-U pipe systems preferable).
Pipe configuration
Depending on the geometry of the area, the aspiration
pipe is planned as an I, U, M or double-U pipe system.
Notice
Planning with fire source identification requires I
pipe configuration.
Item
Designation
I-pipe system
U-pipe system
M-pipe system
Double-U pipe system

FCS320TM planning, please refer to the operation
guide FCS320TM Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors
LSN improved version (Product ID F.01U.130.928):
Planning airflow monitoring
Defining the sensitivity
Planning air sampling pipes
Standard Pipe Planning
Simplified Pipe Planning
Planning for Forced Airflow
Setting of the fan current
Parts Included
Type of device
Qty.
Components
FCS320TM

mode, malfunction and alarm
FCS320TM-R

mode, malfunction, alarm and fire
source identification
Notice
The FAS420TMHB Housing Base must be
ordered separately for standard units.
0 C to +60 C
ABS pipe system
-40 C to +80 C
Permissible relative humidity (noncondensing)
Max. 95%
Special features
Electrical
Power supply
PVC pipe system
15 V DC . . 30 V DC
Sound power level (at 9 V fan

voltage) EN27779, 1991
40 dB(A)
Response sensitivity (light

obscuration)
0.5 to 2.0%/m
Life cycle of fan (at 12 V and 24 C)
60,000 hrs
Current consumption
from auxiliary power
supply
Fan voltage
9V
10.5 V
12 V
- Starting current
150 mA
150 mA
150 mA
- In standby
90 mA
110 mA
130 mA
- With alarm
125 mA
135 mA
150 mA
FCS320TM Conventional Aspirating Smoke Detector

with LED displays for operating mode, malfunction and
alarm
Order number FCS-320-TM

FCS320TM
FCS320TMR
Operation
Green LED
Green LED
Malfunction
Yellow LED
Yellow LED
Alarm
Red LED
Red LED
Fire location display
5 red LEDs (zones

A-E)
Smoke level display
Infrared port
IR transmitter/
receiver
IR transmitter/
receiver
Mechanics
Conical duct connections 25 mm
1x aspiration pipe
1x air return
Aspiration pipe
1 pipe
Air return
1 pipe
Cable bushings:
Housing base sides
8 x M 20 and 2 x M 25
Housing base rear wall
4 x M 25
140 x 222 x 70 mm
Weight
Approx. 0.8 kg
Housing material
Plastic (ABS)
Housing color
Papyrus white (RAL 9018)
EN 60529
Without air return
IP 20
With pipe section 100 mm/

pipe bend
IP 42
With air return
IP 54
Permissible temperature range:

FAS420TM series
Aspirating Smoke Detector
-20 C to +60 C
FCS320TMR Conventional Aspirating Smoke Detector

alarm and fire source identification
Order number FCS-320-TM-R
Accessories
failures.
FCA320Relay Relay Module
Relay module FCS320TM or FCS320TM-R
Order number FCS-320-Relay
FCA320Reset Reset Module
Reset module for FCS320TP1, FCS320TP2 or
FCS320TM
Order number FCA-320-Reset
Test Pipe
Test Adapter
Sheets


FAS-420-TM-HB Housing Base
for Aspirating Smoke Detectors Series FAS420TM
Order number FAS-420-TM-HB
The system can localize a fire within a range of a few

meters. This happens without interference from wind,
since the system does measure not only convection heat
but also heat radiation. Additionally the system can
monitor fire size and fire spreading direction over a
longer period, since the sensor cable can withstand
temperatures of up to 1000 C without losing its
functionality.

Certification
The N4387A Linear Heat Series is a fiber-optic linear

heat detection system which can monitor a maximum
range of 16 km (up to 2 fiber channels with 8 km length
each). The system creates an exact temperature profile
while measuring the temperatures along the optical
fiber in minimum measurement cycles of 10 seconds
and with a minimum spatial resolution of 1 m. The
measurements are based on the quantum-mechanic
Raman effect and the patented OTDR measurement
principle (Optical Time Domain Reflectometry).
Thanks to the fiber-optic technology the Linear Heat
Series is especially suited for use in harsh conditions
like dirt, dust, humidity and electromagnetic or
radioactive radiation.
The Linear Heat Series is especially suited for
monitoring objects with high danger potential:
Road and rail tunnels
Conveyer belts
Production halls and high voltage cables
Subway stations
Escalators in shopping malls
Mining transport machinery
Steel production plants
Areas with explosion danger (oil production)
All types of production plants and halls with harsh
conditions (dirt, dust, humidity)
Power plants (cable trays and cable shafts)
Nuclear plants (for monitoring radioactive areas,
requires special sensor fiber)
UL 20081210-E311780
UL 61010-1, IEC 61010-1, CSA-C22.2 No. 1010-1
Q20070029
KFI 2008-10-635
IEC 60825-1:2001 (Laser Safety)
1M, FDA 21CFR 1040.10+, Laser Note Nr. 50
(FDA for Laser Sources)
BVS 08 ATEX F 002 X
I (M2), II (1) GD
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
N4387A Wrmemelder
Germany
VdS
G 207158 N4387A Wrmemelder
Based on the number of detection controllers and fiber
channels, you can configure different heat monitoring
systems.
Features
u
Fast and accurate detection of fire location, size

and spreading
Coverage of up to 2 x 8 km or 48000 m2 without

blind spots
Up to 256 alarm zones with up to 5 alarm criteria

each, freely programmable
1 controller with 1 fiber channel; 8 km length; nonredundant single-ended layout
Lowest false alarm rate even in hazardous

environments
1 controller with 2 fiber channels; 4 km length;

redundant dual-ended layout
Easy system integration, scalability, standard

interfaces and protocols
2 controllers with 1 fiber channel each; 8 km length; fully

redundant single-ended layout
2 controlers with 2 fiber channels each; 8 km length; fully

redundant dual-ended layout
2 controllers with 1 fiber channel each; 16 km length;

fully redundant single-ended layout
Functions
The sensor cable can be segmented in up to 256 zones
(can be overlapping) each of which can be programmed
with multiple alarm criteria. Available criteria are
temperature maximum, temperature rate-of-rise (3 per
zone) and temperature deviance from zone average.
Parts Included
Operating voltage
10 V DC to 30 V DC
Quantit
y
Part
Current consumption at 20 C
Average 15 W, max < 40 W
N4387A Detection Controller incl. 1 fiber channel
Power supply cord
E2000 service device
10
Cleaning tissue for sensor cable connectors
1
1
Fiber types
MM 50/125 m
MM 62.5/125 m
Dynamic range
30 dB (loss in both directions)
CD with configuration software
temperature of sensor fiber
-273 C to +700 C (possibly

limited by sensor cable used)
User manuals and Certifcate of Calibration
Cable diameter
The detection controller comes standard with 1 fiber

channel. For applications that require 2 fiber channels,
you have to order an additional one separately. It will be
delivered pre-installed with the controller.
Sensor Fiber
Sensor Cable Safety
4.0 mm
Sensor Cable Steel
3.8 mm
Cable weight
Sensor Cable Safety
17 kg/km
Laser
Sensor Cable Steel
25 kg/km
Laser type
Semi-conducting laser
Housing and Environmental Conditions
Wavelength
1064 nm
Maximum average output power*
17 mW
temperature
Beam diameter
50 m
1 fiber channel
-10 C to +60 C
Numeric Aperture
0.2
2 fiber channels
-5 C to + 60 C
Laser class according to IEC

60825
1M
Maximum allowed average

output power**
20 mW
- 40 C to +80 C

1 fiber channel
0% to 95% non-condensing
2 fiber channels
15% to 85% non-condensing
* The maximum average output is the highest possible

average power the laser can generate at its output.
** The maximum allowed average output power is the
highest power which is allowed according to the IEC
laser class used.
Operation conditions for power

supply (optional)
0 C to 50 C; non-condensing,
only interior rooms
Measurements (H x W x D)
88 x 448 x 364 mm
Detection Controller
Weight
9 kg
Monitoring distances
1, 2, 3, 4, 8 km
Interfaces
Minimum sampling interval
0.5 m
Optical connector
E2000; 8 angled polish
Available measurement cycles
10 s to 30 s
Number of channels
1 or 2 channels
Available settings for spatial

resolution
1 m, 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m, 8 m
Computer interfaces
USB, LAN
Temperature resolution
(standard deviation over
distance) 30 s/ 1.5 m resolution
+/- 2.5 C
Relay board
4 inputs / 20 outputs*
Internal data storage capacity
150 measurements
Temperature reproductability
(standard deviation)
0.3 C (1-4 km); 1 C (8 km)
Temperature reproductability
for whole operating temperature
area (standard deviation)
2 C
Absolute temperature standard

deviation
2.5 C
Available measuring modes
Single-ended and dual-ended;

including fiber break
reconstruction
* Additional relays can be ordered separately (A1210A).

Cables
Zinc-plated steel anchor bolts

Stainless steel anchor bolts
Features
u
Imperishable against environmental influences
Maintenance-free
Light, flexible and easy to install
Highest durability against temperatures up to

1000C

Sensor Cable
Sensor Cables
2 different types are available:

Sensor Cable Safety
Sensor Cable Steel
The Sensor Cable Safety is a quickly responsive sensing
cable in tight-buffered design with a small diameter, low
weight and good flexibility. Thanks to the aramid yarn
surrounding the fibers, the cable offers a good rodent
protection and withstands high tensile loads.
The Sensor Cable Steel is a quickly responsive sensing
cable in loose-tube design. The fibers are protected by
non-corrosive and water-tight tubes made from stainless
steel. Additionally armored with stainless steel wires,
the cable offers the highest tensile-loaded capacity and
crush resistance as well as an excellent rodent
protection.
Both cable types have a halogen-free flame-retardant
coating.
The expected lifespan of both cables is 30 years.
Mounting Clamps in Plastic or Steel
The self-locking plastic clamps are field-proofed in many

tunnels. This fastening solution allows you to fix the
sensor cable fast and securely. The clamps provide good
resistance against chemicals and corrosive
atmospheres, and are halogen-free. The plastic clamps
combined with the metal-free Sensor Cable Safety are
especially suited for use in rail tunnels where metal-free
components are often required.
The steel clamps are a cost-effective solution complying
with DIN 3016.
Zinc-plated steel clamps (including zinc-plated
anchor bolts)
Stainless steel clamps (including stainless steel
anchor bolts)
Steel Anchor Bolts
To fix the clamps durably and reliably on the concrete,

special steel anchor bolts are used. They are placed into
a drilled hole and anchored by deformation-controlled
expansion. They can be used in structures exposed to
dry internal conditions and also in structures exposed to
humid and aggressive conditions like seawater, chloride
or chemically polluted atmospheres.
IEC
IEC 60331-25
IEC 620332-1/-2/-3-24
IEC 60754-2
IEC 60793
IEC 60794-1-2
IEC 61034-2
EN
EN 187000
Vds
EN 54-5 / A1
Parts Included
Sensor cables come standard with pre-installed
connectors (connectors have to be ordered separately).
This enables a quick and easy cable installation in the
field without complex splicing connection devices.
For safe transport and installation the connectors and
cable ends are wrapped tightly in solid tubing material.
Cables
Material / Contsruction
Sensor Cable Safety
Tight-buffered design
Aramid yarn
Sensor Cable Steel
Loose-tube design, gelfree

Stainless steel tubes and
wires
Outer sheath
Flame-retardant and noncorrosive (FRNC)
Fiber
MM 50/125 m
Diameter
Sensor Cable Safety
4.0 mm
Sensor Cable Steel
3.8 mm
Weight
Sensor Cable Safety
17 kg/km
Sensor Cable Steel
25 kg/km
Minimum bending radius

With tensile load
20xD mm
Without tensile load
15xD mm
Maximum crush resistance
Sensor Cable Safety
100 N/cm
Sensor Cable Steel
960 N/cm
Maximum working load

Short term
Sensor Cable Safety
Sensor Cable Steel
1000 N
1500 N
Permanent
Sensor Cable Safety
Sensor Cable Steel
800 N
1100 N
temperature
-40 C to +85 C
Permissible installation
temperature
-5 C to +50 C
Permissible short term

temperature (1 h)
-50 C to +150 C
Plastic Clamps
Type
Type 8, with reducing nozzle,

brace and M6 nut
Color
Dark gray, RAL 7001
Material
High-quality polyamide
temperature
-40 C to +110 C
Specification
UV-durable
Chemically durable
Halogen-free according
to IEC-754-2
Steel Clamps
Type
RLGU / RSGU
Material
Specification
Zinc-plated steel with

rubber protection, or
Stainless steel
DIN 3016, with 2 x M6 nuts
Anchor Bolts
Type
K6 30 / 15
Measurements (L x )
66 mm x 6 mm
Material
Fastening depth
Zinc-plated steel or
Stainless steel
26 mm

Extensions
Fieldbus controller
55 mm
Digital IO card
12 mm
Relay
6 mm
Weight
Fieldbus controller
200 g
Digital IO card
50 g
Relay
23 g
Mounting
DIN rail
temperature
0 C to +55 C
-25 C to +85 C
5% to 95%, non condensing
The N4387A Linear Heat Series detection system can

easily be integrated into SCADA Systems, direct process
control or external connections to fire control panels.
The following accessories can be used to extend the
standard DTS interfaces.
Operating voltage
Relay Controller Set
Current consumption
If the application requires driving more than the

embedded 20 relays outputs of the detection controller,
the Relay Controller Sets should be used. Each relay
output can be assigned to any defined alarm condition.
The set includes:
Power supply
Pre-programmed relay controller
1 digital output module and 1 end module
8 relays, with accessories for easy wiring
Relay Extension Set
The extension set adds another digital output module

and 8 relays.
Example: To have 48 relays, you require 1 Relay
Controller Set and 5 Relay Extension Sets.
Relay Power Supply
The Relay Power Supply provides 5A at 24V and is able

to supply enough current for a system configuration
with up to 128 relays. For more relays, another power
supply is required to supply the second set of 128
relays. In this case, the bus power module, which is part
of the Relay Controller Set, need to be inserted in the
middle of the digital output modules.
DIN Rail
A DIN rail is available in 450 mm length for mounting

various interface modules into a 19 rack system.
Relay Controller Set
Operating voltage
24 V DC
Current consumption
Relay Extension Set

24 V DC
Per digital IO card
25 mA at 24 V DC
Per relay
25 mA at 24 V DC
Height
100 mm
Depth
70 mm over DIN rail
Width
Fieldbus controller
55 mm
Digital IO card
12 mm
Relay
6 mm
Weight
Digital IO card
50 g
Relay
23 g
Mounting
DIN rail
temperature
0 C to +55 C
-25 C to +85 C
Relay Power Supply

Operating voltage
90 to 264 V DC
144 mm x 74 mm x 110 mm
Weight
890 g
Mounting
DIN rail
Fieldbus controller
350 mA at 24 V DC
temperature
0 C to +55 C
Digital IO card
25 mA at 24 V DC
-25 C to +85 C
Relay
25 mA at 24 V DC
5% to 95% , non-condensing
Height
100 mm
Depth
70 mm over DIN rail
Width
Manual Call Points
LSN Manual Call Points
330
Conventional Manual Call Points
338
Accessories - Manual Call Points LSN and
343
Conventional
Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas
348
Accessories - Manual Call Points for Ex Areas
350
330 | Manual Call Points | LSN Manual Call Points

Points LSN improved
Resettable single action call points:

2
4
1
Pressing the black marking (1) triggers the alarm. The

alarm status is indicated by the changed window color
(4) and the flashing LED (2).
Single action call points can be reset using the test key.
The LED (2) goes dark.
Individual call point identification
Neither single action call points with glass pane nor

resettable single action call points are reset on the fire
panel.
Individual call point identification with display of the call
point address on the fire panel ensures the quick
location of the triggered call point.
FMC420RW Single Action Call Points are used for

manual triggering and can be employed in both the
Local SecurityNetwork (LSN) and the LSN improved
version.
Region
Certification
Features
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20333 FMC-420RW
CPD
0786-CPD-20942 FMC-420RWHSGRD
CPD
0786-CPD-20943 FMC-420RWHSRRD
VdS
G 207087 FMC-420RW
MOE
UA1.016-0091994-09 FMC-420RW

Protection against injury through foil-labeled glass

pane
LED display for triggered alarm or inspection

evaluation
Call point query routines with evaluation and

multiple transmission
Germany
Manual call points must be mounted visibly along
escape and rescue routes (e.g. exits, passageways,
stairwells) and be easily accessible.
An installation height of 1400 mm 200 mm (55 in.
8 in.), measured from the middle of the manual call
point to the floor, must be maintained.
Manual call points must be sufficiently lit with
daylight or another light source (including
emergency lighting if present).
The maximum number of LSN elements that can be
connected depends on their current consumption
from the LSN data line. The limit values should be
taken from the product information supplied with
the fire panel used.
Standards, guidelines and planning
recommendations regarding the installation location
etc. should also be taken into consideration.
The regulations of the local fire services must be
observed.
Functions
Single action call points with glass pane:
2
Pressing the black marking (1) breaks the glass pane

(3), which triggers the alarm and causes the LED (2) to
flash.
Single action call points can be reset with the test key
and by replacing the glass pane (3). The LED display (2)
goes dark.
Parts Included
Quanti
ty
Components

Surface-mounted, Red
Manual Call Points | LSN Manual Call Points | 331
FMC-420RW-GSRRD Manual Call Point Resettable,

Surface-mounted, Red
FMC-420RW-GFGRD Manual Call Point with Glass Pane,

Flush-mounted, Red
FMC-420RW-GFRRD Manual Call Point Resettable, Flushmounted, Red

Surface-mounted, Yellow
FMC-420RW-GSRYE Manual Call Point Resettable,

Surface-mounted, Yellow

Surface-mounted, Blue
FMC-420RW-GSRBU Manual Call Point Resettable,

Surface-mounted, Blue
FMC-420RW-HSGRD Manual Call Point for Outdoor Use,

with Glass Pane, Surface-mounted, Red/White
FMC-420RW-HSRRD Manual Call Point for Outdoor Use,

Resettable, Surface-mounted, Red/White
Notice
delivery and must be ordered separately.
For the flush-mounted variants, the bezel has to
be ordered separately.
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 VDC to 33 VDC
Current consumption
0.4 mA
FMC420RWGFGRD,
FMC420RWGFRRD
107 mm x 107 mm x 38.5 mm

(4.2 in. X 4.2 in. X 1.5 in.)
FMC420RWGSGRD,
FMC420RWGSGBU,
FMC420RWGSGYE
87 mm x 87 mm x 56 mm (3.4
in. X 3.4 in. X 2.2 in.)
FMC420RWGSRRD,
FMC420RWGSRBU,
FMC420RWGSRYE
87 mm x 87 mm x 56 mm (3.4
in. X 3.4 in. X 2.2 in.)
FMC-420RW-HSGRD,
FMC-420RW-HSRRD
108 mm x 108 mm x 66 mm
(4.25 in. X 4.25 in. X 2.6 in.)
Housing material
Plastic, ASA
Colors
Red
RAL 3001
Blue
RAL 5005
Yellow
RAL 1003
Red/white
RAL 3001 / RAL 9003
EN 60529
IP 54

EN 60529 for
FMC-420RW-HSGRD
FMC-420RW-HSRRD
IP 67
temperature
-25 C to +70 C
< 96 %
Pane, Red
(type A), for LSN improved
FMC420RWGFGRD Manual Call Point with Glass
Pane, Flush-mounted, Red
for indoor use, direct alarm triggering (type A), for LSN
improved
Order number FMC-420RW-GFGRD
FMC420RWGFRRD Manual Call Point Resettable, Flush-mounted, Red
for indoor use, direct alarm triggering (type A), for LSN
improved
Order number FMC-420RW-GFRRD
Pane, Yellow
for indoor use, surface-mounted, direct triggering (type
A), for LSN improved
Pane, Blue
FMC-420RW-HSGRD Manual Call Point with Glass
Pane, Red/White, Outdoor
for outdoor use, surface mounting, direct alarm trigger
(type A)
Order number FMC-420RW-HSGRD
FMC-420RW-HSRRD Manual Call Point Resettable,

Red/White, Outdoor
for outdoor use, surface mounting, direct alarm trigger
(type A)
Order number FMC-420RW-HSRRD
Accessories
FMC-BEZEL-RD Bezel for MCP RW, red
Frame for the flush-mounted variant of the RW call
points.
1 unit = 4 bezels
Order number FMC-BEZEL-RD
FMC-BEZEL-WH Bezel for MCP RW, white
points.
1 unit = 4 bezels
Order number FMC-BEZEL-WH
FMCSPACERRWRD Spacer, Red
For the flush-mounted variant of the RW call points. Its
use increases the storage room for the cables.
1 unit = 5 spacers
Order number FMC-SPACER-RWRD

ready for use.
1 unit = 5 signs
FMCKEYRW Test Key
1 unit = 1 key
1 unit = 5 flaps

FMC210DM Double Action

Call Points
Variants
The designs of the manual call points for outdoor and

indoor use are identical. The manual call points for
indoor use (form G) are available in red, blue, and
yellow; the manual call points for outdoor use (form H)
are available in red and blue.
Form H manual call points are equipped with an
especially resistant PC board layered with parylene.
The FMC210DM Manual Call Points are used for

manual triggering, and are deployed in the Local
SecurityNetwork LSN and LSN improved. Form H
Manual Call Points are designed for outdoor
deployment, form G Manual Call Points are designed for
indoor deployment.
Features
u
Adjustment of the Manual Call Point after alarm

triggering
Automatic or manual detector addressing via

rotary switch possible
Indicator LED for alarm or for inspection

evaluation

The manual call points offer all the features of the

improved LSN technology:
Flexible network structures, including "T-tapping"
line
Shielded and unshielded cables can be used
Cable length up to 3000 m (with LSN 1500 A
module)
and control panels.

Type Number
Complies with
FMC210DMGR
EN 54-11:2001/A1:2005, EN 54-17:2005
FMC210DMHR
EN 54-11:2001/A1:2005, EN 54-17:2005
FMC210DMGY
EN 12094-3:2003, EN 54-17:2005
FMC210ESTGB
EN 12094-3:2003, EN 54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FMC-210-DM-G-B/-H-B/-SM-G-B
CE
FMC-210_DM-G-R/-H-R/-SM-G-R
CE
FMC-210-DM-G-Y / EST-G-B
CPD
0786-CPD-20293 FMC-210-DM-G/HR
CPD
0786-CPD-20244 FMC-210-DM-G-Y
CPD
0786-CPD-20245 FMC-210-EST-G-B
VdS
G 206100 FMC-210_EST-GB_G206100
VdS
G 206098 FMC-210_DM-G-R/-HR_G206098
VdS
G 206099 FMC-210_DM-GY_G206099
Poland
CNBOP
0082/2008 FMC-210 DM-G-R,

FMC-210 DM-H-R
Czech Republic
TZS
080_12987 FMC-210
MOE
UA1.016-0070338-11 FMC-210-DMG-R_FMC-210-DM-H-R_FMC-210-DMG-R-A
EVP
SK08-ZSV-0071 FMC-210-DM,
FMC-210-EST
Functions
5
1
Germany
In the event of an alarm, the glass pane (2) is broken

first, then the manual call point (3) is pressed hard. This
activates the microswitch for alarm triggering and the
indicator LED (4) blinks. A mechanism holds the
pressed call point down.
The manual call point can be reset with the reset lever
(5) or by closing the door of the manual call point (1).
The indicator LED (4) goes out.
This does not reset the alarm on the fire panel.
Slovakia
An installation height of 1400 mm 200 mm,
measured from the middle of the manual call point
to the floor, must be maintained.
Manual call points must be adequately illuminated
by sunlight or another light source (including
The maximum number of LSN elements that may be
Additional norms, guidelines, and planning
recommendations with respect to installation
location, etc. must be taken into account (see fire
detector manual).
observed.
135 mm
2,5 mm
140 mm
2 mm
12,5 mm
149,5 mm
Installation
139 mm
The cable duct can be surface-mounted or flushmounted.
Installation in fire hose cabinets is possible in three

ways:
Pos.
Description
Installation depth version 1: ca. 40 mm
Installation depth version 2: 14 mm
Installation depth version 3: min. 30 mm
Parts Included
Type Number
Component
FMC210DMGR
Form G, Red
Manual Call Point for indoor use, indirect

triggering (type B), housing color red
FMC210DMHR
Form H, Red
Manual Call Point for outdoor use, indirect

triggering (type B) , housing color red
FMC210DMGB
Form G, Blue

triggering (type B), housing color blue
FMC210DMHB
Form H, Blue
Manual Call Point for outdoor use, indirect

FMC210DMGY
Form G, Yellow

triggering (type B), housing color yellow
FMC210ESTGB
Form G, Blue
Electronic Stop Device for indoor use, indirect

Notice
The key must be ordered separately.
Accessories
Electrical
Operating voltage
24 V DC (15 V DC . . . 33 V DC)
Current consumption
0.4 mA
Mechanics
135 x 135 x 40 mm /
5.31 x 5.31 x 1.5 in.
Housing material
Plastic, ASA
Colors
Red, RAL 3001

Blue, RAL 5005
Yellow, RAL 1003
Weight
Approx. 235 g
FMXFSOLSN Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets

(Blank)
For the labeling field of manual call points of the Series
FMC210.
1 unit = 10 sheets
Order number FMX-FSO-LSN
FMCFSTDE Printed Labeling Foils for the Upper Label
Field
For yellow and blue manual call points of Series
FMC120 and FMC210, 1 unit = 5 sheets
Order number FMC-FST-DE
For manual call points of Series DM, DKM, SKM,
FMC120 and FMC210.
Order number FMC-SPGL-DEIL
Key for Fire Detectors Types G and H
made of red plastic (ASA)
Order number FMM-KEY-Form G/H

EN 60529
Form H (outdoor use)
IP 54
Form G (indoor use)
IP 52
Norm
FMC210DMGR,
FMC210DMHR
EN 54-11
FMC210DMGY,
FMC210ESTGB
EN 12094-3
temperature
Form H (outdoor use)
-25 C . . . +70 C /
-13 F 158 F
Form G (indoor use)
-10 C . . . +55 C /
14 F 131 F
FMC210DMHR Form H, Red
Manual call point for outdoor use, indirect alarm
triggering (type B), for LSN improved
Order number FMC-210-DM-H-R
FMC210DMGB Form G, Blue
Manual call point for indoor use, indirect triggering
(type B), for LSN improved
Order number FMC-210-DM-G-B
FMC210DMHB Form H, Blue
Manual call point for outdoor use, indirect triggering
Order number FMC-210-DM-H-B
FMC210DMGY Form G, Yellow
Manual call point for indoor use, indirect triggering
Order number FMC-210-DM-G-Y
FMC210ESTGB Form G, Blue
Electronic stop device for indoor use, indirect triggering
Order number FMC-210-EST-G-B
FMC210SM Single Action Call

Points

FMC210SMGR applies to
EN 5411:2001/A1:2005
EN 5417:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20316 FMC-210-SM-G-R
Germany
VdS
G 207008 FMC-210-SM-GR_G207008
The FMC210SM Single Action Call Points are used for

manual triggering, and can be used in the Local
SecurityNetwork LSN and LSN improved. The
FMC210SM Single Action Call Points are designed for
indoor deployment.
Features
u
Alarm triggering by breaking of the glass pane
Automatic or manual detector addressing via

rotary switch possible

evaluation


escape and rescue routes (e. g. exits, passageways,
Manual call points must be adequately illuminated
by sunlight or another light source (including
The maximum number of LSN elements that may be
Further standards, guidelines and planning
etc., should also be taken into consideration (see
Fire Detection manual).
observed.
Installation notes in accordance with VdS/VDE
The distance between manual call points should not

be more than 100 m according to DIN 14675 or
80 m according to VdS.
In high risk areas, manual call points should be
installed at a distance of max. 40 m (VDE 0833
Part 2, Point 7.2.6).
Installation
The cable duct can be surface-mounted or flushmounted.
Functions
5
1
2
4
With single action call points, the alarm is triggered

when the glass plate (2) is broken and the button (3)
springs up.
This activates the microswitch for alarm triggering and
the indicator LED (4) blinks.
The call point (3) can be reset after inserting a new
glass pane (2) and closing the door of the single action
call point (1). The indicator LED (4) goes out.

ways:
Colors
1
135 mm
FMC-210-SM-G-R
Red, RAL 3001
FMC-210-SM-G-B
Blue, RAL 5005
Weight
Approx. 235 g
2,5 mm
2
140 mm
2 mm
12,5 mm

EN 60529
IP 52
temperature
-10 C. . . +55
3
149,5 mm
FMC210SMGR Form G, Red

Single Action Call Point for indoor use, direct alarm
triggering (type A), for LSN improved
Order number FMC-210-SM-G-R
139 mm
FMC210SMGB Form G, Blue

Single Action Call Point for indoor use, direct triggering
Order number FMC-210-SM-G-B
Accessories
(Blank)
FMC210.
1 unit = 10 sheets
Pos.
Description
Installation depth version 1: ca. 40 mm
Installation depth version 3: min. 30 mm
Parts Included
TypeNumber.
Component
FMC210SMGB
Form G, Blue
Single Action Call Point for indoor use, direct

triggering (type A)
FMC210SMGR
Form G, Red
Single Action Call Point for indoor use, direct

triggering (type A

Field
FMC120 and FMC210.
Notice
The key must be ordered separately.
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC . . . 33 V DC
Current consumption
0.4 mA
Mechanics
135 x 135 x 40 mm
Housing material
Plastic, ASA
338 | Manual Call Points | Conventional Manual Call Points

Points
Resettable single action call points:

2
4
1
Pressing the black marking (1) triggers the alarm. The

alarm status is displayed by the red window (4) and the
flashing LED display (2).
Single action call points can be reset using the test key.
The LED display (2) goes out.

Applies to EN 5411:2001/A1:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FMC-300RW-GSGRD, -GSRRD
CE
FMC-300RW-GSGYE/BU, -GSRYE/BU
CPD
0786-CPD-20332 FMC-300RW
VdS
G 207086 FMC-300RW
FMC300RW Single Action Call Points are used for

manual alarm triggering and are employed in
conventional technology.
Germany
Features
u

Protection against injury through foil-labeled glass

pane
LED display for triggered alarm or inspection

evaluation
An installation height of 1400 mm 200 mm (55 in.
8 in.), measured from the middle of the manual call
point to the floor, must be maintained.
Manual call points must be sufficiently lit with
daylight or another light source (including
The maximum number of LSN elements that can be
Standards, guidelines and planning
etc. should also be taken into consideration.
observed.
Functions
Single action call points with glass pane:
2
Pressing the black marking (1) breaks the glass pane

(3), which triggers the alarm and causes the LED display
(2) to flash.
Single action call points can be reset with the test key
and by replacing the glass pane (3). The LED display (2)
goes out.
Parts Included
Quant
ity
Components

Blue
FMC-300RW-GSRBU Manual Call Point Resettable, Blue

Red
FMC-300RW-GSRRD Manual Call Point Resettable, Red

Yellow
FMC-300RW-GSRYE Manual Call Point Resettable, Yellow
Manual Call Points | Conventional Manual Call Points | 339
Notice
scope of delivery and must be ordered
separately.
Electrical
Operating voltage
20 VDC
(8.5 VDC to 30 VDC)
Current consumption
specified by the respective

security system
Alarm resistor
820 +/- 10%

(8.5 VDC to 30 VDC)
87 mm x 87 mm x 56 mm (3.4
in. x 3.4 in. x 2.2 in.)
Housing material
Plastic, ASA
Colors
Red
RAL 3001
Blue
RAL 5005
Yellow
RAL 1003
EN 60529
IP 54
temperature
-25 C to +70 C
Pane, Blue

Pane, Yellow
Accessories
FMC-BEZEL-RD Bezel for MCP RW, red
points.
1 unit = 4 bezels
Order number FMC-BEZEL-RD
FMC-BEZEL-WH Bezel for MCP RW, white
points.
1 unit = 4 bezels
Order number FMC-BEZEL-WH
FMCSPACERRWRD Spacer, Red
For the flush-mounted variant of the RW call points. Its
use increases the storage room for the cables.
1 unit = 5 spacers
Order number FMC-SPACER-RWRD
ready for use.
1 unit = 5 signs
FMCKEYRW Test Key
1 unit = 1 key
1 unit = 5 flaps

Pane, Red
FMC120DKM Manual Call

Points

Complies with
FMC120DKMGR
EN54-11:2001/A1:2005
FMC120DKMHR
EN54-11:2001/A1:2005
FMC120DKMGY
EN12094-3:2003
FMC120ESTGB
EN12094-3:2003
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FMC-120-EST-G-B / -DKM-G-Y
CE
FMC-120-DKM-G-R/-H-R
CE
FMC-120-DKM-G-B/ -H-B
CPD
0786-CPD-20294 FMC-120-DKMG/H-R
CPD
0786-CPD-20231 FMC-120-DKM-G-Y
CPD
0786-CPD-20232 FMC-120-EST-GB/-H-HE
VdS
G 298061 FMC-120-DKM-G-R/-HR_G298061
VdS
G 206079 FMC-120-DKM-GY_G206079
VdS
G 206080 FMC-120-EST-G-B/-HHE_G206080
Germany
The FMC-120-DKM Manual Call Points handle manual

alarm triggering and are used with conventional
technology.
Type Number
Features
u
Adjustment of the manual call point after alarm

triggering
PTB

evaluation
01 ATEX 2163 X OTC/OC 310/410,

OT/O/T 300/400, DKM/SKM 120, DM/
SM 210, MPA_01 ATEX 2163 X
PTB
01 ATEX 2163 X FMC-120-DKM
Second contact with connections for panel control
Variants for indoor and outdoor use
Functions
5
1

first, then the manual call point (3) is pressed hard.
This activates the micro switch for alarm triggering and
the indicator LED (4) blinks.
A locking mechanism holds the pressed manual call
point.
The manual call point can be reset with the reset lever
(5). The indicator LED (4) goes out.
Manual call points have to be mounted visibly along
Manual call points must be illuminated sufficiently
with daylight or another light source (including
emergency lighting, if present).
Max. one test detector may be used for primary
lines together with automatic detectors. The test
detector is connected at the end of the primary line.
Regulations of local fire departments must be
observed.
Installation
Cables can be inserted surface-mounted or flushmounted.
Variants
The design of the manual call points for indoor (form G)

and outdoor use (form H) are identical. Three color
variants, red, blue, and yellow are available.
Detectors for outdoor use (form H) have a cover
equipped with a seal.
Manual Call Points | Conventional Manual Call Points | 341
Mechanics
3,4

ways:
135
135 x 135 x 37 mm /
5.31 x 5.31 x 1.4 in.
Housing material
Plastic (ASA)
Colors
Red, RAL 3001

Blue, RAL 5005
Yellow, RAL 1003
Weight
Approx. 224 g
EN 60529
Form G (indoor area)
IP 52
Form H (outdoor area)
IP 54
Norm
2,5
140
10
FMC-120-DKM-G-R,
FMC120DKMHR
EN 54-11
FMC-120-DKM-G-Y,
FMC120ESTGB
EN 12094-3
temperature
Form G (indoor area)
-10 C . . . +55 C /
14 F 131 F
Form H (outdoor area)
-25 C . . . +70 C /
-13 F 158 F
147
FMC120DKMGR Form G, Red
Manual Call Point for indoor use, indirect alarm
triggering (type B), conventional technology
Order number FMC-120-DKM-G-R
139
FMC120DKMHR Form H, Red

Manual Call Point for outdoor use, indirect alarm
triggering (type B), conventional technology
Order number FMC-120-DKM-H-R
FMC120DKMGB Form G, Blue
Manual Call Point for indoor use, indirect triggering
(type B), conventional technology
Order number FMC-120-DKM-G-B
Pos.
Description
Installation depth version 3: approx. 30 mm
Electrical
Operating voltage
24 V DC (16.2 V DC . . .
30 V DC)
Current consumption
Specified by the respective

security system
FMC120DKMHB Form H, Blue

Manual Call Point for outdoor use, indirect triggering
Order number FMC-120-DKM-H-B
FMC120DKMGY Form G, Yellow
Manual Call Point for indoor use, indirect triggering
Order number FMC-120-DKM-G-Y
FMC120ESTGB Form G, Blue
Electronic Stop Device for indoor use, indirect triggering
Order number FMC-120-EST-G-B
Accessories
FMXFSOGLT Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets
(Blank)
For the labeling field of conventional manual call points
of the Series FMC120, 1 unit = 10 sheets
Order number FMX-FSO-GLT
Field
FMC120 and FMC210.
Manual Call Points | Accessories - Manual Call Points LSN and Conventional | 343
Punched, Self-adhesive Foil

Sets (Blank), for Operating
Panel and Labeling Field
10 punched foil sets, appropriate for DM/DKM/SM/SKM,

for individual printing with a customary laser printer
The required print file is available on the WinPara
diskette.
Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets (Blank), for Operating Panel and Labeling Field
10 units, for DM/DKM/SM/SKM, for individual printing
Order number DKM120-LABEL
344 | Manual Call Points | Accessories - Manual Call Points LSN and Conventional
FMXFSOLSN Punched, Selfadhesive Foil Sets (Blank)

FMC210.
1 unit = 10 sheets
Appropriate for printing at standard laser printers. The
required print file is available on the WinPara disk.

(Blank)
FMC210.
1 unit = 10 sheets
FMXFSOGLT Punched, Selfadhesive Foil Sets (Blank)

of the Series FMC120.
1 unit = 10 sheets
Appropriate for printing at standard laser printers. The
required print file is available on the WinPara disk.
FMXFSOGLT Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets
(Blank)
of the Series FMC120, 1 unit = 10 sheets
Order number FMX-FSO-GLT
346 | Manual Call Points | Accessories - Manual Call Points LSN and Conventional
FMCFSTDE Printed Labeling

Foils for the Upper Label Field

FMC120 and FMC210.
1 unit = 5 sheets
All labeling foils meet the requirements of the
EN 120943 (use in gas extinguishing system).
Field

FMC120 and FMC210.
FMC120 and FMC210.
348 | Manual Call Points | Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas
Conventional Manual Call

Points for Ex Areas

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DM 1103
BASEEFA
Ex 98E2304 DM 1103 B-Ex
VdS
G 297060 DKM 2014/2-ex/-GLU
VdS
G 295036 DM 1103 B-Ex
PTB
97 ATEX 3197 DKM 2014/2 / DKM

2014/2-GLU
Germany
The Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas are

used to manually activate the alarm in zones 1 and 2 at
risk of explosion.
The K type call points are encapsulated, intrinsically
safe call points and do not require any safety barriers.
The DM 1103 BEx Manual Call Points for ex zones must
be connected via a Safety Barrier SB 3 incl. Input/
Output Module DCA1192 (see system overview).
Manual call points must be illuminated sufficiently

with daylight or another light source (including
emergency lighting, if present).
Manual call points must be installed along escape
and rescue routes (e.g. exits, passageways,
stairwells).
Regulations of local fire departments must be
observed.

VdS/VDE
System Overview
1
2
EOL22(Ex)
DFA1101A-Ex
The distance between manual call points should not

exceed 100 m according to DIN 14675 or 80 m
according to VdS.
In high risk areas, manual call points should be
installed at a distance of max. 40 m (VDE 0833
Part 2, Point 7.2.6).
According to VdS, up to 10 manual call points can
be connected to a primary line.
DKM 2014/2ex Manual Call Point Type K
FLM-420/4-CON
DO1101A-Ex
DCA1192
SB3
DCA1192
SB3
DO1101A-Ex
DM 1103 B-Ex
DM 1103 B-Ex
For DM 1103 BEx:

Pos.
Description
Non-ex area
Ex area zone 1 or 2
Functions
first, then the pushbutton (3) is pressed hard. Thus the
switch triggers the alarm.
A locking mechanism holds the pressed manual call
point.
The pushbutton can be reset with the reset lever.
For connection to the LSN, an NBK 100 LSN Fire

Interface is required.
Can be connected directly to the following
conventional control panels:
BZ 1012
BZ 1060
UEZ 1000 GLT.
With an NBK 100 LSN Fire Interface, can be
connected to the following control panels:
BZ 500 LSN
UEZ 1000 LSN
UEZ 2000 LSN
UGM 2020 LSN
DKM 2014/2exUGM Manual Call Point Type K, for

Connection to UGM Conventional
Can be connected directly to the UGMGLT
Universal Danger Detection System
DM 1103 B-Ex manual call point for ex area
For connection to the LSN, an NBK 100 LSN

interface is required.
For use in explosive areas of zones 1 and 2, a safety
barrier and an input/output module are required,
which must be mounted in front of the ex area.
Manual Call Points | Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas | 349
Cables can be inserted surface-mounted or flushmounted
Parts Included
Type
Qt
y.
Components
DKM 2014/2ex
Manual Call Point Type K, for ex areas,

for surface mounting
DKM 2014/2exUG
M
Manual Call Point Type K, for

Connection to UGM Conventional, for
ex areas, for surface mounting
DM 1103 B-Ex
1
1
2
DM 1103 B-Ex manual call point,

color red
Key for DM1103B-Ex manual call
point
PG11 cable screws
Operating voltage
24 V DC
Switch contact
Type 366 (encapsulated), II 2 G

EEx d II C
Maximum contact load
5 A / 250 V AC
0,25 A / 250 V DC
Cable entry
1x M16 x 1.5 tightening

diameter 48 mm,
EEx e II
Blind plug: 1x M16 x1.5
EEx e II

EN 60529
IP 54
temperature
-25 C to +60 C
-30 C to +75 C
100% at T34 C
Ex classification
EEx ib IIC T4
for ex area, surface-mounted, indirect alarm triggering,
conventional technology
Order number DKM 2014/2-ex
Key for Fire Detector Type K
Order number FMX-7743.0.0500
for ex area, surface-mounted, indirect alarm triggering
Order number DKM 2014/2-ex-UGM
Key for Fire Detector Type K
Order number FMX-7743.0.0500
DM 1103 BEx Manual Call Point
for zone 1 and 2 areas at risk of explosion, conventional
technology
Order number DM1103B-Ex
Housing material
Polyester, glass fiber reinforced

Order number SB3
Colors
Red, RAL 3001
Accessories
136 x 138 x 88 mm
Weight
Approx. 1800 g

EN 60529
IP 66
temperature
-25 C to +40 C
Ex classification
Eex emd IIC T6
Test certificate / PTB No.
97-37001
ATEX approval no.
PTB 97 ATEX 3197

FMC120 and FMC210.
DM 1103 BEx Manual Call Point

Operating voltage
16V DC to 28V DC
Cable duct
PG11 screws (2x)
0.2 mm to 1.5 mm
Housing material
Plastic, PC
Color
Red, RAL 3000
134.4 x 134.4 x 43.5 mm
Weight
Approx. 200 g
350 | Manual Call Points | Accessories - Manual Call Points for Ex Areas
SB3 Safety Barrier incl.

Weight
Approx. 450 g

EN 60529
IP 56
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
-30 C . . . +75 C
Ignition protection according to

EN 50014/20
Inherent safety EEx ia IIC / IIB
DCA1192 Input/Output Module, with Housing

External supply
Functions
Operating voltage
18 V DC . . . 32 V DC
The SB3 Safety Barrier limits the electrical energy

between non-inherently safe and inherently safe circuits
and thus prevents the ignition of gas mixtures by
electrical sparks.
The Safety Barrier must always be installed outside the
explosive area.
The DCA1192 Input/Output Module is the galvanical
isolation between the fire panel and SB3 Safety Barrier.
Current consumption
Max. 5 mA
Line resistance
50 . . . 250
Line termination
EOL22(Ex)
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DC 1192
CE
SB 3
CPD
0786-CPD-20512 DC 1192
VdS
G 298021 DC 1192
PTB
01 ATEX 2088 SB 3
Germany
Parts Included
Line termination
Operating voltage
18 V DC . . . 22 V DC
Standby current
45 mA
Operating current
150 mA
Line resistance
50 . . . 250
Line termination
EOL22(Ex)
Wire gauge
0.2 mm2. . . 2.5 mm2
Cable bushings
PG16 (6x)
Housing material
Plastic, PC
Housing color
White, RAL 9010
135 x 135 x 65 mm
Qty.
Components
Weight
Approx. 425 g
SB3 Safety Barrier
IP 56
Installation set for SB3

EN 60529
temperature
-25 C . . . +70 C
Terminal carrier for DCA1192
EOL22(Ex) line termination, included with the DCA1192
-30 C . . . +75 C
Housing with cover
100% at T34 C
SB3 Safety Barrier, with Housing
Max. voltage
28 V DC
Max. permissible current
100 mA
Max. output
0.7 W
Wire gauge
0.2 mm2. . . 2.5 mm2
Cable bushings
PG16 (6x)
135 x 135 x 65 mm
Housing material
Plastic, PC
Housing color
White, RAL 9010

Order number SB3
10
LSN Interface Modules Series 420
352
EOL Modules
390
352 | Interface and EOL Modules | LSN Interface Modules Series 420
FLM420/4CON Conventional
Interface Modules 4wire LSN
10
The FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface Modules

allow conventional detectors to be connected to LSN
fire panels via a 4wire supply network (Local
SecurityNetwork LSN with external power supply).
The interface modules in the 420 series have been
specially developed for connecting to the Local
SecurityNetwork LSN improved version and offer the
enhanced functionality. In classic mode, selected via the
integrated rotary switches, the interface modules can be
connected to all classic LSN fire panels.
Features
u
Can be used with a wide range of conventional

detectors
Monitoring of primary lines for alarms, short

circuits and wire breaks
Conventional detectors can be connected in two

stubs or one loop
Individual detector parameters can be

programmed for each stub

System Overview
Description
Connection
LSN b1+ | a- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
AUX 2+ | 1/2- | 1+
Output power supply 4wire detectors
OUT1 + | -
Stub 1 or loop out
OUT2/IN1 - | +
Stub 2 or loop in
PWR IN
LSN AUX or EXT.PWR + | -
Input power supply (from LSN or

external source)
Functions
Features conventional lines
Individual detector parameters can be programmed for

each stub. Within one stub or loop the detector
parameters have to be consistent.
Only one EOL resistance can be selected for each
interface module.
The detector voltage AUX (supply to 4wire detectors)
can be switched on or off for each line individually. For
configurations with only one stub or one loop the two
outputs AUX with 200 mA maximum current intensity
can be switched in parallel.
If a line has only 2wire detectors connected, the AUX
output of this line might be switched in parallel with the
AUX output of the second line (with 4wire detectors).
In this case, both AUX outputs are reset in parallel at
once.
If both lines have only 2wire detectors connected, both
AUX outputs are set off.
The detector lines are short-circuit proof. In the event of
a short circuit on the line, a fault message is sent to the
control panel.
In the event of a line interruption in the loop, the loop is
split into two stubs to retain all detectors.
The system detects removal of detectors and indicates a
fault message on the fire panel.
The fire panel detects a ground connection for each
individual line.
LSN features
Integrated isolators ensure that function is maintained

in the event of a short circuit or line interruption in the
LSN loop. A fault indication is sent to the fire panel.
Interface and EOL Modules | LSN Interface Modules Series 420 | 353
Interface module functions
A red flashing LED on the device indicates the alarm of

one or both primary lines.
Current values and other parameters can also be
displayed.
Address switches
The rotary switches integrated in the interface module

can be used to select automatic or manual addressing
with or without auto detection.
Addre
ss
Operating mode
Fire panel
000
Loop/stub in LSN mode improved

version with automatic addressing (Ttaps not possible)
FPA-5000
FPA1200
001
254
Loop/stub/T-taps in LSN mode

improved version with manual
addressing
FPA-5000
FPA1200
CL 0 0
Loop/stub in LSN mode classic
BZ 500 LSN
UEZ 2000
LSN
UGM 2020
Features of LSN improved version
The interface modules in the 420 series offer all the

features of the improved LSN technology:
Up to 254 LSN-improved elements per fire panel
loop or stub line
Rotary switches allow operator to select automatic
and manual addressing, either with or without auto
detection
Downwards compatible with existing LSN systems
and control panels.
Interface variants
Different versions of the interface module are available:

FLM420/4CONS for surface-mount installation
with housing
FLM420/4COND for installation via an adapter on
a DIN rail or in a FLMIFB126S surface-mounted
housing.

Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420_4-CON/-S/-D
CPD
0786-CPD-20399 FLM-420/4-CON-S,
-D
VdS
G 208010 FLM-420/4-CON;
FLM-420/4CON-D
MOE
UA1.016-0070268-11 FLM-420CON-S_FLM-420-CON-D
Germany
FPA1200 and the classic LSN fire panels
BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN and UGM 2020.
For compatible devices, please refer to the
Compatibility List (document number F.01U.
079.455) available for download at
www.boschsecurity.com/emea/fire.
Programming is done with the programming
software of the fire panel.
Within one stub (class B) or loop (class A) the
detector parameters have to be consistent (e.g.
standby current, alarm resistance).
Loop wiring of the conventional zone (class A) does
not require an EOL resistor as it is already
integrated in the interface module.
The power supply is provided via the two wires on
the auxiliary LSN power supply or by an external
power supply unit. External power supply units
must be free-of-ground.
The surface-mounted housing has two cable ducts
on opposite sides:
2 x 2 pre-punched cable ducts for diameter up
to 21 mm/to 34 mm (for conduits)
2 x 4 rubber bushes for inserting cables with
diameters of up to 8 mm.
In addition, there are cable ducts on the base of the
surface-mounted housing:
1 x pre-punched cable duct for diameter up to
21 mm (for conduits)
For operating the fire alarm system according to
EN 54-13,
it is necessary to terminate every conventional
zone with EOL modules.
conventional 4-wire detectors must be supplied
by an external power supply. The
FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface Module
must be supplied by the auxiliary LSN power
supply.
Observe the maximum line resistance of 25 for
conventional lines with manual call points or
automatic fire detectors.
Parts Included
Type
Qt
y.
Component
FLM-420/4-CONS
Conventional Interface Module for 4wire LSN, with surface-mounted

housing, cable with EOL resistor (3k92)
FLM-420/4-COND
Conventional Interface Module for 4wire LSN, with adapter for installation
on a DIN rail in accordance with
EN 60715, light pipe, cable with EOL
resistor (3k92)
Electrical
LSN
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC (min. to max.)
10
Max. current
consumption from
LSN
8.5 mA
Primary line
Approx. 390 g / 590 g
FLM-420/4-CON-D
Approx. 150 g / 350 g
Line voltage
21 to 22 V DC (21,5 V DC typ.
0,5 V DC))
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to +55 C
Max. line current
80 mA per line (10% at 25 C)
-25 C to +80 C
Max. line resistance
50 per line (max. 2 x 25 )
Permitted storage
temperature
< 96% (non-condensing)

IEC 60950
Class III equipment
Input power supply (PWR IN)

Voltage
24 to 30 V DC
Residual ripple
< 150 mV
Output power supply 4wire

detector (AUX)

IEC 60529
FLM-420/4-CON-S
IP 54
FLM-420/4-CON-D
IP 30
Voltage
23.5 V DC to 30 V DC
(rated voltage 24 V DC)
Residual ripple
< 300 mV
Max. current (supply

to 4wire detector)
200 mA per output (can be

switched in parallel)
FLM420/4CONS Conventional Interface Module

4wire LSN
with 2 primary lines for 2- or 4-wire conventional
detectors, with surface-mounted housing
Order number FLM-420/4-CON-S
With calibration value
2,2 k
Without calibration
value
2,2 k / 3,9 k
FLM420/4COND Conventional Interface Module

4wire LSN
with 2 primary lines for 2- or 4-wire conventional
detectors, type DIN rail
Order number FLM-420/4-CON-D
EOL resistor for stub wiring

of conventional zone
(class B)
10
FLM-420/4-CON-S
Mechanics
Display element
1 red LED, flashes at 1 Hz in the

event of an alarm
Address setting
3 rotary switches
Connections
12 screw terminals
Permitted wire cross-section
0.6 to 3.3 mm2
Accessories
as retainer for the interface modules series 420 type
DIN rail (-D) or spare housing for type surface-mount (S)
Order number FLM-IFB126-S
Housing material
Surface-mounted
housing
ABS/PC blend
Interface housing and

adapter
PPO (Noryl)
Color
Surface-mounted
housing
Interface housing and

adapter
Off- white, similar to RAL 9002
Dimensions
FLM-420/4-CON-S

(W x H x D)
FLM-420/4-CON-D

(W x H x D)
Weight
FLM420NAC Signaling Device

Interface Modules
Description
Connector
b IN / a IN
NAC zone input
b OUT / a OUT
NAC zone output
0 V / 24 V
Ext. power supply
a1- / b1+
LSN in
a2- / b2+
LSN out
FAIL ac
Trouble ext. voltage
FAIL bat
Trouble ext. battery
Functions
Interface module variants
Two different versions of the interface module are

available:
FLM420NACS for surface-mounting with housing
FLM420NACD for installation on a DIN rail with
adapter.
Functions
FLM420NAC Signaling Device Interface Modules make

it possible to monitor and activate a group of signaling
devices (NAC = Notification Appliance Circuit) in the
Local SecurityNetwork LSN.
Each interface module offers one monitored primary
line. This means one signaling device line can be
connected to LSN fire panels.
The following can be connected:
Sounders
Strobes
Horns.
Features
The functions of the signaling device interface module

are:
1. Activation of signaling devices in the event of an
alarm
2. Monitoring the signaling device line
3. Monitoring the ext. power supply
4. Status display via LEDs
When activated signaling devices connected to
FLM420NAC zones are synchronized through the LSN
module they are connected to.
The control of the signaling device line is performed
through polarity reversal.
The status of the NAC zone is shown by a red and a
green LED.
Rotary switches
Rotary switches for automatic or manual address

setting
Control of signaling device line by pole reversal
Synchronized activation of all signaling devices

connected to a LSN module via FLM420NAC
Signaling Device Interface Module
000
Loop/stub in LSN mode improved version with

automatic addressing (T-tap system not possible)
Ten different output signals via LSN selectable
0 0 1 - 254
Loop/stub/T-tap system in LSN mode improved

version with manual addressing

CL 0 0
Loop/stub in classic LSN mode
System Overview
The rotary switch integrated in the interface module can

be used to select between automatic or manual
addressing with or without auto detection.
LSN features


features of improved LSN technology:
line
and control panels.
10
Max. output current
Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
3 A (during an alarm, from ext.

power supply)
EOL resistance
3.9 k
Mechanics
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-NAC/-S/-D
CPD
0786-CPD-20375 FLM-420-NAC
Germany
VdS
G 207052 FLM-420-NAC-S; FLM-420NAC-D
Hungary
TMT
TMT-24/2006 FLM-420-NAC, FLM-I

420-S
MOE
UA1.016-0070266-11 FLM-420-NACS_FLM-420-NAC-D
10

National standards and guidelines must be taken
into account during the planning stage.
An external power supply is required for the
FLM420NAC interface module.
on opposite sides:
1 x pre-punched cable duct for diameter up to
For operating the fire alarm system according to EN
54-13 the signaling device line must be designed in
loop topology.
Parts Included
Type
Qty
.
Components
FLM-420-NAC-S
Signaling Device Interface Module with

surface-mounted housing
FLM-420-NAC-D
Signaling Device Interface Module for

installation on a DIN rail with adapter
Display elements
Red LED
Alarm
Green LED
Normal operation
LSN/Address setting
3 rotary switches for

Mode LSN "classic" or LSN
improved version
Automatic or manual
addressing
Connections
12 threaded clamps
Max. wire diameter for

terminals
3.3 mm2 (12 AWG)
Housing material
Interface module
PPO (Noryl)
Surface-mount housing
ABS/PC-Blend
Housing color
Interface module
Off-white, similar to RAL 9002
Dimensions
FLM-420-NAC-S

(4.96 x 4.96 x 2.8 in.)
FLM-420-NAC-D (with
DIN rail adapter)

(4.33 x 4.33 x 1.89 in.)
Weight
FLM-420-NAC-S
FLM-420-NAC-D (with DIN rail

adapter)
System limits
Number of zones per signaling
device interface module
Output signals
Steady
BS 5839
March Time
March Time 120
California Coded
Synchronization protocol
(Wheelock, Gentex)
Electrical
Input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC

from LSN
from external power
supply
6,06 mA (normal operation and

alarm)
15 mA (normal operation) +
output current
20,4 V DC to 29 V DC
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to 50 C
(-4 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-25 C to 80 C
(-13 F to 176 F)
< 96%
Classes of equipment as
per IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
FLM-420-NAC-S
IP 54
FLM-420-NAC-D
IP 30
FLM420NACS Signaling Device Interface Module
with 1 supervised output line for conventional signaling
devices, with surface-mounted housing
Order number FLM-420-NAC-S
FLM420NACD Signaling Device Interface Module
with 1 supervised output line for conventional signaling
devices, for installation on a DIN rail with adapter
Order number FLM-420-NAC-D
10
FLM420RHV Relay High

Voltage Interface Modules
NO / C / NC
Relay 2
b1+ / a- / b2+
LSN
FB2+
Relay 2, feedback +
FB1/FB2-
Relay 1 and 2, feedback
FB1+
Relay 1, feedback +
Functions
Two different versions of the interface module are

available:
FLM420RHVS for surface-mounting with housing
FLM420RHVD for installation on a DIN rail with
adapter.
Relay and FAN function
The FLM420RHV Relay High Voltage Interface Modules

are used to control the activation of external elements,
e. g. smoke dampers or fans (FAN function), via the
Local SecurityNetwork LSN.
Features
10
Relay function or fan control function selectable

setting
The interface modules have two change-over contact

relays (Form C) for the controlled activation of external
elements.
The relay contacts are protected with 10 A fuses which
are built into the module.
The maximum relay contact loads are (values apply to
resistive load):
10 A at 120 V AC / 230 V AC / 24 V DC
6 A at 30 V DC.
Rotary switches
The rotary switches can be used to select either the

relay function (RLHV) or the fan control function (FAN)
as well as to define the address of the interface module.
Function selection (rotary switch 1)
LED display for operating state (can be

deactivated with LSN)
RLHV
Relay function used to control external elements
FAN
Fan control function
Power supply via LSN
Address setting (rotary switches 1-3)

000

automatic addressing (Ttap system not possible)
0 0 1 - 254

CL 0 0
System Overview

line
and control panels.
The status of the two relays is shown via a red and a

green LED.
The power is provided via the LSN loop.
Description
Connector
NO / C / NC
Relay 1

Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
Max. bounce period of NC

contact
9 ms
Region
Certification
Feedback current
1 mA (EOL resistance R=3.9 k)
Europe
CE
FLM-420-RHV/-S/-D
Feedback voltage
Max. 30 V DC
CPD
0786-CPD-20376 FLM-420-RHV
Fuses (F1, F2)
10 A / 250 V
VdS
G 207053 FLM-420-RHV-S; FLM-420RHV-D
Mechanics
MOE
UA1.016-0070267-11 FLM-420-RHVS_FLM-420-RHV-D
Germany
It is not permitted
to operate the relays with different voltages
(high voltage and low voltage)
to place two different AC line voltage phases on
the relay contacts.
The monitoring function is deactivated at the time
of delivery, and can be activated via the panel
software.
on opposite sides:
1 x pre-punched cable ducts for diameter up to
21 mm (for conduit)
For a fire system operation according to EN 542,
the interface modules used for the activation of fire
protection equipment and whose outputs are not
monitored, must be installed directly next to or
within the device which shall be activated.
Parts Included
Type
Qty.
Components
FLM-420-RHV-S
Relay High Voltage Interface Module

with surface-mounted housing
FLM-420-RHV-D
Relay High Voltage Interface Module

for installation on a DIN rail with
adapter
Electrical
Input voltage
17.15 mA (normal operation and

activated)
Max. contact load
10 A at 120 V AC
10 A at 230 V AC
10 A at 24 V DC
6 A at 30 V DC
2 LEDs (1 x red, 1 x green)
Function selection and

address setting

FAN/RLHV function
Mode LSN "classic" or LSN
improved version
Automatic or manual
addressing
Connections
12 threaded clamps
Housing material
Interface module
PPO (Noryl)
Surface-mount
housing
ABS/PC-Blend
Housing color
Interface module
Surface-mount
housing
Dimensions
FLM-420-RHV-S

(4.96 x 4.96 x 2.8 in.)
FLM-420-RHV-D
(with DIN rail
adapter)

(4.33 x 4.33 x 1.89 in.)
Weight
FLM-420-RHV-S
FLM-420-RHV-D
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to 50 C
(-4 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-25 C to 85 C
(-13 F to 176 F)
< 96%

IEC 60950
Class II equipment

IEC 60529
FLM-420-RHV-S
IP 54
FLM-420-RHV-D
IP 30
10
FLM420RHVS Relay High Voltage Interface Module
with 2 relay outputs (230 V), with surface-mounted
housing
Order number FLM-420-RHV-S
FLM420RHVD Relay High Voltage Interface Module
with 2 relay outputs (230 V), for installation on a DIN
rail with adapter
Order number FLM-420-RHV-D
10
FLM420RLV1 Relay Interface

Modules Low Voltage
Description
Connection
REL1 NC | COM | NO
Relay (NC, COM and NO contact)
LSN b1+ | a- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
FLM-420-RLV1-E
The FLM420RLV1 Relay Interface Modules Low Voltage

feature a changeover contact relay for providing a
potential-free output contact.
They are 2wire LSN elements. When connected to the
fire panels FPA5000 and FPA1200, the interface
module offers the enhanced functionality of LSN
improved technology.
Features
u
Maximum switching current of 5 A/30 V DC (type

DIN rail), 1 A/30 V DC (type in-built), 0.5 A/
42.4 V AC (both variants)
Low current consumption

System Overview
FLM-420-RLV1-D
Description
Connection
REL1 COM | NO | NC
Relay (COM, NO and NC contact)
LSN SHIELD
Shielding cable (if available)
LSN POWER
0 V | 0 V | +24 V | +24 V
LSN power supply (supports for

looping through)
LSN a1- | b1+ | a2- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
Functions
Address switches
The addresses of the interface modules are set using:

DIP switches for FLM420RLV1E
Rotary switches for FLM420RLV1D.
When connecting to the FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel
(LSN mode improved version), the operator can select
automatic or manual addressing with or without autodetection. In LSN mode classic, connection to the fire
panels BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN and UGM 2020 is
possible.
Address
rotary
switches
Address
DIP switches
Operating mode
000
001
254
1 - 254
Loop/stub/T-taps in improved
version LSN mode with manual
addressing
CL 0 0
255
Loop/stub in improved version LSN

mode with automatic addressing (Ttaps not possible)
LSN features


10

line
and control panels.
Interface variants
The input interface modules are available in various

designs:
FLM420RLV1E type in-built:
Can be built in to standard device boxes in
For space-saving installation in devices
FLM420RLV1D type DIN rail:
For installation on a DIN rail in accordance with
EN 60715 with included adapter
Can be built in to a FLMIFB126S surfacemounted housing.

Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-RLV1-D
CE
FLM-420-RLV1-D
CPD
10
Germany
Parts Included
Type
Qty
.
Component
FLM-420-RLV1-E
Relay Interface Module Low Voltage,

type in-built
FLM-420- RLV1-D
Relay Interface Module Low Voltage,

type DIN rail, with adapter and light
pipe
Electrical
LSN
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC (min. to max.)
Max. current
consumption from
LSN
1.75 mA
Relay (low voltage)
Normally closed, common and

normally open contact
(NC/COM/NO)
Contact load (ohm resistive

load) FLM420RLV1E
Max. switching
current and voltage
1 A / 30 V DC
0.5 A / 42.4 V AC
0786-CPD-20291 FLM-420-RLV1
Min. switching
current and voltage
0.01 mA / 10 mV DC
0.01 mA / 10 mV AC
CPD
0786-CPD-20292 FLM-420-RLV1-W, E
Max. frequency AC
VdS
G 207077 FLM-420-RLV1-D;
FLM-420-RLV1-E; FLM-420-RLV1-W
MOE
UA1.016-0070271-11 FLM-420RLV1-W_FLM-420-RLV1-E_FLM-420RLV1-D
The connected device must have a minimum
activation time of 20 ms.
The LSN connection is established via the two wires
on the LSN line.
The in-built (-E) version is fitted with terminals to
allow a second wire pair to be looped through to
the LSN power supply of subsequent elements.
100 Hz
Contact load (ohm resistive

load) FLM420RLV1D
Max. switching
current and voltage
5 A / 30 V DC
0.5 A / 42.4 V AC
Min. switching
current and voltage
0.1 mA / 100 mV DC
0.1 mA / 100 mV AC
Max. AC frequency
Minimum activation time of
the connected device
100 Hz
> 20 ms
Mechanical
Connections
FLM-420-RLV1-E
12 screw terminals
FLM-420-RLV1-D
6 threaded terminals

FLM-420-RLV1-E
0.6 to 2.0 mm2
FLM-420-RLV1-D
0.6 to 3.3 mm2
Address setting
FLM-420-RLV1-E
8 DIP switches
FLM-420- RLV1-D
3 rotary switches
Housing material
FLM-420- RLV1-E
ABS/PC blend
FLM-420- RLV1-D
with adapter
PPO (Noryl)
Color
FLM-420- RLV1-E
FLM-420- RLV1-D
Dimensions
FLM-420- RLV1-E
Approx. 50 mm x 22 mm ( x H)
FLM-420- RLV1-D
with adapter

(W x H x D)
Weight
FLM-420- RLV1-E
Approx. 35 g / 130 g
FLM-420- RLV1-D
Approx. 150 g / 235 g
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to +55 C
Permitted storage
temperature
-25 C to +80 C

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 30
10
FLM420RLV1E Relay Interface Module Low Voltage
with 1 relay output, type in-built
Order number FLM-420-RLV1-E
FLM420RLV1D Relay Interface Module Low Voltage
with 1 relay output, DIN rail type
Order number FLM-420-RLV1-D
FLM420RLV8S Octo-relay
Interface Module Low Voltage
0 0 1 ... 2 5
4
CL 0 0
Loop/stub/T-taps in improved version LSN mode

with manual addressing
LSN features

The interface modules of the 420 Serieshave all features

of the improved LSN technology:
line
and control panels.
The FLM420RLV8S Octo-relay Interface Module Low

Voltage features eight changeover contact relays for
providing potential-free output contacts.
It is a 2wire LSN element. When connected to the fire
panels FPA5000 and FPA1200, the interface module
offers the enhanced functionality of LSN improved
technology.
10
Features
u
Maximum switching capacity of the relays

2 A / 30 V DC or 0.5 A / 42.4 V AC
Low current consumption

Easy wiring thanks to pluggable terminal blocks
Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-RLV8-S
CPD
0786-CPD-20559 FLM-420-RLV8-S
VdS
G 208183 FLM-420-RLV8-S
MOE
UA1.016-0070264-11 FLM-420RLV8-S
Germany
Functions
Relay function
The eight changeover contact relays of the

FLM420RLV8S allow for a seperate connection of up
to eight single external elements.
The maximum contact load (resistive load) is 2 A /
30 V DC or 0.5 A / 42.4 V AC.
Address switches
The addresses of the interface modules are set by rotary

switches.
In case of a connection to the Local SecurityNetwork
LSN improved version, the operator can select
automatic or manual addressing with or without autodetection. In LSN mode classic, connection to the fire
panels BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN and UGM 2020 is
possible.
Address
000
Mode
Loop/stub in improved version LSN mode with
automatic addressing (T-taps not possible)
REL1
REL2
NC COM
Component
FLM-420-RLV8-S
Octo-relay Interface Module Low

Voltage, in housing for surface
mounting
REL4
REL5
REL6
REL7
NO
NC COM
NO
NC COM
NO
NC COM
NO
NC COM
NO
REL3
Qty
.
NC COM
Type
NC COM
REL8
Parts Included
NO
NO
NC COM
NO
LSN
LSN
LSN
+U 0V a1- b1+ SHIELD +U 0V a2- b2+
Use included spacers when mounting on uneven

surface.
Electrical
LSN
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC (min. to
max.)
Max. current
consumption from LSN
3.55 mA
8 relays (low voltage)
(NC contact / COM / NO contact)
Contact load (resistive load)

Max. switching current
and voltage
2 A / 30 V DC
0.5 A / 42.4 V AC
Min. switching current

and voltage
0.01mA / 10 mV DC
0.01 mA / 10 mV AC
Max. AC frequency
100 Hz
Mechanical
Description
Connection
+U | 0V
Auxiliary power supply (support

points to loop through)
Connections
Screw terminals
Wire diameter
0.6 to 3.3 mm2
LSN
a1- | b1+
LSN incoming
Address setting
3 rotary switches
LSN
SHIELD
Cable shielding (if available)
Material
ABS + PC-FR
LSN-POWER
+U | 0V

Housing color
LSN
a2- | b2+
LSN outgoing
Dimensions

(W x H x D)
REL1
REL8
NC | COM |
NO
Relay 1 to relay 8 (NC contact /

COM / NO contact)
Weight (without/with packing)
Approx. 490 g / 810 g

The LSN connection is established by the two wires
of the LSN line.
The interface module has terminals blocks to allow
a second pair of wires to be looped through to an
auxiliary power to supply downstream connected
elements.
The cables are fed through rubber bushings or PG
cable glands
The pluggable terminal blocks allow for an easy
wiring even if the interface module is built in.
temperature
-20 C to +65 C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25 C to +80 C
< 96% (noncondensing)

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 54
10
FLM420RLV8S Octo-relay Interface Module Low Voltage
2-wire LSN element with eight changeover contact
relays for providing potential-free output contacts, in
housing for surface mounting
Order number FLM-420-RLV8-S
10
FLM420I8R1S Octo-input
Interface Module with Relay
IN-
IN
IN+
RL/2
REOL
RL/2
REOL
Position
Description
Overall line resistance with R = RL/2 + RL/2 + REOL
RL/2
Line resistance
The following line conditions will be reliably detected if

the overall line resistance is within the specified range:
Line condition
Overall line resistance R
Standby
1500 to 6000
Short circuit
< 800
Interruption
> 12 000
Contact monitoring
RL/2
IN-
IN
The FLM420I8R1S Octo-input Interface Module with

Relay allows the monitoring of up to eight inputs.
Additionally, it features a changeover contact relay for
providing a potentialfree output contact.
technology.
Features
u
Individually selectable monitoring functions (EOL

or contact) for the eight inputs each
Maximum switching capacity 2 A / 30 V DC or

0.5 A / 42.4 V AC

Easy wiring thanks to pluggable terminal blocks
Functions
Monitoring functions of the inputs
The FLM420I8R1S Octoinput Interface Module

provides two monitoring functions:
1. Monitoring of a line by an EOL resistor
2. Monitoring of a potentialfree contact
The monitoring functions of the eight inputs can be
selected individually by setting the corresponding
addresses.
Line monitoring with EOL resistor
The monitoring with EOL resistor can be activated

individually for each of the inputs. The EOL resistor has
a standard resistance of 3.9 k.
The interface module detects
Standby
Triggering in the event of a short circuit
Triggering in the event of line interruption.
RL/2
IN+
The interface module evaluates the operating conditions

"open" or "closed". The normal operating condition can
be programmed for each input. Contact monitoring has
a pulse intensity of 8 mA.
Changeover contact relay
The maximum contact load (resistive load) is 2 A /

30 V DC or 0.5 A / 42.4 V AC.
Address switches

switches.
In case of a connection to the fire panels FPA5000 and
FPA1200 (improved version LSN mode), the operator
can select automatic or manual addressing with or
without auto-detection. In LSN mode classic, connection
to the fire panels BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN and
UGM 2020 is possible.
Address
000
0 0 1 ... 2 5
4
CL 0 0
Mode
LSN features

The interface modules of the 420 series have all features

line
and control panels.
10

Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-I8R1-S
CPD
0786-CPD-20560 FLM-420-I8R1-S
VdS
G 208184 FLM-420-I8R1-S
MOE
UA1.016-0070265-11 FLM-420I8R1-S
Germany
0V
REL
+U
+ 1 -
LSN
SHIELD
+U
+ 2 -
b1+
LSN
a1-
NC COM COM NO
+ 5 -
IN
+ 4 -
b2+
LSN
a2-
+ 3 -
0V
+ 8 -
+ 7 -
+ 6 -
10

of the LSN line.
The activation of the inputs IN 18 has to be
carried out electrically isolated from LSN (e. g. with
relay contact, pushbutton, etc.).
The inputs must have a minimum activation time of
3.2 s.
The maximum cable length of all inputs connected
to the loop or stub is 500 m in total. Additionally, all
outputs which are not electrically isolated from LSN
must be included in the total line length calculation
(e.g. peripherals connected via C points). With
UEZ 2000 LSN and UGM 2020, the limitation to
500 m applies to each Network Processing
Converter (NVU).
auxiliary power supply.
cable glands.
wiring even if he interface module is built in.
surface.
Parts Included
Type
Qty.
Component
FLM-420-I8R1S
Octo-input Interface Module with Relay,

in housing for surface mounting
Electrical
LSN
Description
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Max. current
5.5 mA
Connection
Inputs
+U | 0V
Auxiliary power supply (support points to

loop through)
Line monitoring with EOL
LSN
a1- | b1+
LSN incoming
LSN
SHIELD
+U | 0V
Auxiliary power supply (support points to

loop through)
LSN
a2- | b2+
LSN outgoing
IN
1 ... 8: + | -
Input 1 to input 8
REL
NC | COM |
COM | NO
Change-over relay (NC contact / COM, COM /

NO contact

FPA1200 and the classic LSN control panels
EOL resistor
Overall line resistance
R with R = RL/1 + RL/
2 + REOL
8, independent
Nominal 3.9 k
Standby: 1500 to
6000
Line interruption:
> 12.000
Short circuit: < 800
Contact monitoring
Max. current strength
(current pulse)
8 mA
Minimum activation time of the

inputs IN 18
3.2 s
Relay (low voltage)
(NC / COM / NO contact)
Contact load (resistive load)
Max. switching current

and voltage
2 A / 30 V DC
0.5 A / 42.4 V AC
Min. switching current

and voltage
0.01 mA / 10 mV DC
0.01 mA / 10 mV AC
Max. AC frequency
100 Hz
Mechanical
Connections
Screw terminals
Wire diameter
0.6 mm2 to 3.3 mm2
Address setting
3 rotary switches
Material
ABS + PC-FR
Housing color
Dimensions

(W x H x D)
Approx. 480 g / 800 g
temperature
-20 C to +65 C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25 C to +80 C
< 96% (noncondensing)

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 54
10
System limiting values

Maximum cable length of all
inputs and outputs which are
connected to the loop or stub
and not electrically isolated
from LSN
500 m in total
FLM420I8R1S Octo-input Interface Module with Relay
2-wire LSN element, allows the monitoring of up to
eight inputs, with a changeover contact relay for
providing a potentialfree output contact, in housing for
surface mounting
Order number FLM-420-I8R1-S
FLM420I2 Input Interface

Modules
IN2+ | IN2-
Input 2
LSN b1+ | a- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
FLM-420-I2-E / FLM-420-I2-W
The FLM420I2 Input Interface Modules monitor up to

two inputs.
They are 2wire LSN elements for connection to the
Local SecurityNetwork LSN improved version with the
enhanced functionality.
Features
10
Description
Connection
IN1- | IN1+
Input 1
IN2- | IN2+
Input 2
LSN-SHIELD
LSN POWER
0 V | 0 V | +24 V | +24 V
LSN power supply (supports for looping

through)
LSN a1- | b1+ | a2- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
Line monitoring when operating with EOL resistor
Contact monitoring
Functions
Voltage monitoring
Monitoring functions
Individual monitoring of the two inputs

System Overview
FLM-420-I2-D
The FLM420I2 Input Interface Modules offer three

monitoring functions:
1. Monitoring of a line with EOL resistor
2. Monitoring of a potential-free contact
3. Voltage monitoring
The monitoring functions can be selected for the two
inputs individually by address setting via the
programming software.
Operation with EOL resistor can be programmed for

each input individually. The standard EOL resistor is
3.9 k.
Standby
Triggering in the event of line interruption
Triggering in the event of a short circuit.
IN-
IN
IN+
Description
Connection
IN1+ | IN1-
Input 1
RL/2
RL/2
REOL
REOL
Position
Description
RL/2
Line resistance
The following line conditions will be definitely detected

if the overall line resistance is within the specified
ranges:
Line condition
Standby
1500 to 6000
Interruption
> 12.000
Short circuit
< 800
Contact monitoring
RL/2
IN-
IN
RL/2
IN+
Position
Description
RL/2
Line resistance with RL/2 + RL/2 50

be programmed for each input. Contact monitoring is
carried out with a pulse intensity of 8 mA. The module
detects signals from a duration of 300 ms.
IN+
Position
Description
RL/2
Line resistance with RL/2 + RL/2 50
Voltage monitoring is carried out between 0 V DC and

30 V DC. The programming software can be used to
select two threshold values.
Address switches

DIP switches for FLM420I2E and FLM420I2W
Rotary switches for FLM420I2D.
In improved version LSN mode, the operator can select
automatic or manual addressing with or without autodetection.
Address
rotary
switches
Address
DIP
switches
000
001
254
1 254
CL 0 0
255
Operating mode

Loop/stub/T-taps in improved version
LSN mode with manual addressing
LSN features


The Input Interface Modules are available in various

designs:
FLM420I2E type in-built:
accordance with EN 60670 (e.g. below standard
switch programs)
FLM420I2W type wall-mount (with cover):
For surface mounting in conjunction with the
FMXIFB55S interface box.
FLM420I2D type DIN rail:
Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
RL/2
IN-
RL/2
Interface variants
Voltage monitoring
IN

line
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-I2-W/-E
CE
FLM-420-I2-D
CPD
0786-CPD-20288 FLM-420-I2-D
CPD
0786-CPD-20287 FLM-420-I2-W, -E
VdS
G 207076 FLM-420-I2-D; FLM-420-I2E; FLM-420-I2-W
MOE
UA1.016-0070269-11 FLM-420-I2W_FLM-420-I2-E_FLM-420-I2-D
Germany
FPA1200.
on the LSN line.
A maximum cable length of 3 m is permitted per
input.
When mounting the in-built type interface module
below a switch, a minimum depth of the device box
of 60 mm is recommended.
The in-built (-E) and wall-mount (-W) versions are
fitted with terminals to allow a second wire pair to
be looped through to the LSN power supply of
subsequent elements.
Parts Included
Type
Qty.
Component
FLM-420-I2-E
Input Interface Module, type in-built
10
FLM-420-I2-W
Input Interface Module, type wallmount, with cover and accessories
FLM-420-I2-D
Input Interface Module, type DIN rail,

with adapter and light pipe
Electrical
FLM-420-I2-E
FLM-420-I2-W
FLM-420-I2-D with
adapter

(W x H x D)
Weight
LSN
FLM-420-I2-E
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
FLM-420-I2-W
Max. current
10.4 mA
FLM-420-I2-D
Approx. 150 g / 235 g
Inputs
2, independent of each other

EOL resistor
Nominal 3.9 k
During standby: 1500 to

6000
Interruption: > 12.000
Contact monitoring
Max. current (current
peak)
8 mA
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to +65 C
Permitted storage temperature
-25 C to +80 C

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 30
Voltage monitoring
10
Dimensions
Voltage range
0 to 30 V DC
Input resistance
50 k
Selectable threshold
values
0.8 V DC ( 0.3 V DC)

3.3 V DC ( 0.3 V DC)
10.2 V DC ( 0.5 V DC)
21.2 V DC ( 0.5 V DC)
Mechanical
Connections
FLM-420-I2-E / W
14 screw terminals
FLM-420-I2-D
7 screw terminals

FLM-420-I2-E / W
0.6 to 2.0 mm2
FLM-420-I2-D
0.6 to 3.3 mm2
Address setting
FLM-420-I2-E / W
8 DIP switches
FLM-420-I2-D
3 rotary switches
Max. cable length per input
3m
FLM420I2E Input Interface Module
with 2 monitored inputs, flush-mount type
Order number FLM-420-I2-E
FLM420I2W Input Interface Module
with 2 monitored inputs, wall-mount type, with cover
Order number FLM-420-I2-W
for interface modules of wall mount type in the
420 series, surface-mount
Order number FMX-IFB55-S
FLM420I2D Input Interface Module
with 2 monitored inputs, DIN rail type
Order number FLM-420-I2-D
Housing material
FLM-420-I2-E / W
ABS/PC blend
FLM-420-I2-D with
adapter
PPO (Noryl)
Color
FLM-420-I2-E / W
FLM-420-I2-D with
adapter
FLM420O2 Output Interface

Modules
Address switches

DIP switches for FLM420O2E and FLM420O2W
Rotary switches for FLM420O2D.
between automatic or manual addressing with or
without auto-detection.
Address
rotary
switches
Address
DIP switches
Operating mode
000
001
254
1 - 254
Loop/stub/T-taps in improved
version LSN mode with manual
addressing
CL 0 0
255

LSN features
The FLM420O2 Output Interface Modules have two

outputs to control external devices.
They are 2wire LSN elements for connection to the
Local SecurityNetwork LSN improved version with the
enhanced functionality.
Features
u
Two semi-conductor outputs, can be switched

independently of each other
Outputs are electrically isolated from LSN loop

and short-circuit proof
Max. switchable current per output 700 mA

Functions
Semi-conductor outputs
The two semi-conductor outputs can be switched

independently of each other. They are electrically
isolated from the LSN loop and protected against short
circuits.


line
The Output Interface Modules are available in various

designs:
FLM420O2E type in-built:
FLM420O2W type wall-mount (with cover):
For surface mounting in conjunction with the
FMXIFB55S interface box.
FLM420O2D type DIN rail:
POW+
OUT1/OUT2
OUT1 - / OUT2 -
POW-
Complies with
EN54-17:2005
EN54-18:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-O2/-W/-E
Functionality of the semi-conductor outputs
CE
FLM-420-O2-D
Power supply
CPD
0786-CPD-20290 FLM-420-O2-D
CPD
0786-CPD-20289 FLM-420-O2-W, -E
The loads' power supply can be selected for each

output:
Power supply of the interface module
External power supply.
10
Region
Certification
LSN SHIELD
Germany
VdS
G 207075 FLM-420-O2-D; FLM-420O2-E; FLM-420-O2-W
LSN POWER
0 V | 0 V | +24 V | +24 V
LSN power supply (supports for looping

through)
MOE
UA1.016-0070270-11 FLM-420-O2W_FLM-420-O2-E_FLM-420-O2-D
LSN a1- | b1+ | a2- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
FLM-420-O2-D
OUT
POW+ OUT2- OUT1-
POWER IN
POW- POW+
10
Description
Connection
POWER IN: POW- | POW+
Power supply (LSN and outputs)
POW+
Reference potential (+)
OUT2-
Output 2 (switched negative potential)
OUT1-
LSN b1+ | a- | b2+
LSN (in/out)
FLM-420-O2-E / FLM-420-O2-W

FPA1200.
on the LSN line.
The power supply for the outputs can be provided
by the power supply of the interface module or an
external power supply. External power supply units
The loads are switched against the negative
potential of the interface modules (OUT1- or
OUT2-). The positive potential is provided by either
the power supply of the interface module (POW+)
or an external power supply unit.
The maximum switchable voltage to the semiconductor outputs is 30 V DC. The maximum
switchable current is 700 mA per output.
output.
The in-built (-E) and wall-mount (-W) versions are
fitted with terminals to allow a second wire pair to
be looped through to the LSN power supply of
subsequent elements.
Parts Included
Type
Qty.
Component
FLM-420-O2-E
Output Interface Module, type in-built
FLM-420-O2-W
Output Interface Module, type wallmount, with cover and accessories
FLM-420-O2-D
Output Interface Module, type DIN rail,

with adapter and light pipe
Electrical
LSN
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Max. current
4.9 mA
Outputs
2, independent of each other
Max. switching voltage of

semi-conductor outputs
30 V DC
Power supply (LSN and outputs)
Max. switchable output

current
700 mA per output
POW+

Bounce period (when

initializing the system)
< 2 ms
OUT2OUT1-
Description
Connection
POWER IN
POW+ | POW-
5 to 30 V DC (min. to max.)
Mechanical
Connections
FLM-420-O2-E / -W
14 screw terminals
FLM-420-O2-D
8 screw terminals

FLM-420-O2-E / -W
0.6 to 2.0 mm2
FLM-420-O2-D
0.6 to 3.3 mm2
Address setting
FLM-420-O2-E / -W
8 DIP switches
FLM-420-O2-D
3 rotary switches
Housing material
FLM-420-O2-E / -W
ABS/PC blend
FLM-420-O2-D with
adapter
PPO (Noryl)
FLM420O2W Output Interface Module

with 2 open collector outputs, type wall-mount, with
cover
Order number FLM-420-O2-W
FLM420O2D Output Interface Module
with 2 open collector outputs, DIN rail type
Order number FLM-420-O2-D
Color
FLM-420-O2-E / -W
FLM-420-O2-D with
adapter
Dimensions
FLM-420-O2-E
FLM-420-O2-W
FLM-420-O2-D with
adapter

(W x H x D)
Weight
10
FLM-420-O2-E
FLM-420-O2-W
FLM-420-O2-D
Approx. 150 g / 235 g
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to +65 C
Permitted storage
temperature
-25 C to +80 C

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 30
System limits
Max. cable length per output
3m
FLM420O2E Output Interface Module
with 2 open collector outputs, type in-built
Order number FLM-420-O2-E
FLM-420-O8I2-S Octo-output
Interface Module with 2 Inputs
Output power supply
The power supply for connected loads can be selected

individually for blocs of four outputs each:
Auxiliary power supply (AUX) from the fire panel
External power supply units.
Monitoring functions of the inputs
The FLM420O8I2S Octo-output Interface Module

The monitoring functions of the two inputs can be
selected individually by setting the corresponding
addresses.
The monitoring with EOL resistor can be activated

individually for each of the inputs. The EOL resistor has
a standard resistance of 3.9 k.
Standby
The FLM420O8I2S Octo-output Interface Module is
fitted with eight outputs to control external devices and
with two monitored inputs.
technology.
10
Features
u
Eight individually switchable semi-conductor

outputs
Outputs electrically isolated from LSN loop and

short-circuit proof
Individually selectable monitoring functions (EOL

or contact) for the two inputs each

Functions
Semi-conductor outputs
The outputs can be switched independently. They are

electrically isolated from the LSN loop and protected
against short circuits.
PI- (POWER IN OUT I)
PII- (POWER IN OUT II)
1- . . . 4- (OUT I)
5- . . . 8- (OUT II)
OUT1 ... OUT8
PI+ (OUT I)
PII+ (OUT II)
Functionality of the semi-conductor outputs
IN-
IN
IN+
RL/2
RL/2
REOL
REOL
Position
Description
RL/2
Line resistance

Line condition
Standby
1500 to 6000
Short circuit
< 800
Interruption
> 12.000
Contact monitoring
RL/2
IN-
IN
RL/2
IN+

Address switches

switches.
In case of connection to the fire panels FPA5000 and
FPA1200 (improved version LSN mode), the operator
can select automatic or manual addressing with or
without auto-detection. In LSN mode classic, connection
to the fire panels BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN and
UGM 2020 is possible.
Address
000
Mode
+U
LSN features
1 -
+
POWER IN
OUT I
PI+ PI1-
SHIELD
LSN
b1+
LSN
a1-
The interface modules of the 420 series have all features

line
and control panels.
0V
IN

PI+
+U
4-
PI+
b2+
LSN
a2-
PI+
2-
0V
OUT I
CL 0 0

3-
0 0 1 ... 2 5
4
PI+
0786-CPD20795 FLM-420-O8I2-S
Germany
VdS
G 209147 FLM-420-O8I2-S
Hungary
TMT
TMT-36/2010 szamu FLM-420-O8I2S, FLM-420-O1I1-E, FLM-420-O1I1-D,

FLM-420-RLE-S
MOE
UA1.016-0070230-11 FLM-420O8I2-S
Description
PII+
CPD
7-
FLM-420-O8I2-S
PII+
CE
8-
Europe
PII+
Certification
POWER IN
OUT II
PII+ PII-
Region
OUT II
6-
PII+
5-
Complies with
EN 54-17: 2005
EN 54-18: 2005 + AC: 2007
Connection
+U | 0V

(support points to loop
through)
LSN
a1- | b1+
LSN incoming
LSN
SHIELD
+U | 0V

(support points to loop
through)
LSN
a2- | b2+
LSN outgoing
POWER IN OUTII
PII+|
PII-
Power supply output 5 to 8
OUTII
PII+|8
PII+|5-
Reference potential (PII+),

switched negative potential
output 5 to 8
OUTI
PI+|4
PI+|1-
Reference potential (PII+),

switched negative potential
output 1 to 4
POWER IN OUTI
PI+| PI-
Power supply output 1 to 4
IN
+|2|+|1|-
Input 2
Input 1
10
10

of the LSN line.
The outputs OUTI/1- to 4- and OUTII/5- to 8- are
switched against the negative potential of the
interface module (POWER IN OUTI/ PI- and
POWER IN OUTII/ PII-). The positive potential for
OUTI/PI+ and OUTII/PII+ is either supplied by
the auxiliary power (AUX) from the fire panel or by
one or two external power supply units or a
combination of both. OUTI/PI+ and POWER IN
OUTI/PI+ as well as OUTII/PII+ and POWER IN
OUTII/PII+ are linked internally.
External power supplies must be free-of-ground.
The maximum switchable voltage of the semiconductor outputs is 30 V DC. The maximum
switchable current is 700 mA for each of the ouputs
(depending on the external power supply).
The activation of the inputs IN 1 and 2 has to be
carried out electrically isolated from LSN (e. g. with
relay contact, pushbutton, etc.).
The inputs must have a minimum activation time of
3.2 s.
Converter (NVU).
auxiliary power supply.
cable glands
wiring even if he interface module is built in.
surface.
Parts Included
Type
Qty.
Component
FLM-420-O8I2S
Octo-output Interface Module, in

housing for surface mounting
Outputs
Max. switchable voltage
of semi-conductor
outputs
30 V DC

current
700 mA per output (depending on

external power supply)
5 V DC to 30 V DC
Inputs
LSN
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Max. current
5.5 mA
2, independent

EOL resistor
Nominal 3.9 k

2 + REOL
Standby: 1500 to
6000
Line interruption:
> 12.000
Contact monitoring
(current pulse)
8 mA
Minimum activation time of the

inputs IN 12
3.2 s
Mechanical
Connections
30 screw terminals
Permissible wire diameter
0.6 mm2 to 3.3 mm2
Address setting
3 rotary switches
Material
ABS + PC-FR
Housing color
Dimensions

(W x H x D)
Approx. 480 g /800 g
temperature
-20 C to +65 C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25 C to +80 C

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 54

Maximum cable length of all
inputs and outputs which are
connected to the loop or stub
and not electrically isolated
from LSN
Electrical
8, independent
500 m in total
FLM-420-O8I2-S Octo-output Interface Module with
2 Inputs
in housing for surface mounting
Order number FLM-420-O8I2-S
10
FLM420O1I1 Output-input
Interface Modules
Input monitoring functions
The FLM420O1I1 Output-input-Interface Module

The input monitoring functions can be selected by
setting the corresponding addresses.
The EOL resistor has a standard resistance of 3.9 k.

Standby
IN-
IN
IN+
The FLM420O1I1 Output-input Interface Modules are

fitted with one output to control external devices and
with one monitored input.
They are 2wire LSN elements for connection to the fire
panels FPA5000 and FPA1200 and offer the enhanced
functionality of LSN improved technology.
Features
10
Semi-conductor output electrically isolated from

LSN loop and short-circuit proof
Individually selectable input monitoring functions

(EOL or contact)

Functions
RL/2
RL/2
REOL
REOL
Position
Description
RL/2
Line resistance

Line condition
Standby
1500 to 6000
Short circuit
< 800
Interruption
> 12.000
Contact monitoring
RL/2
IN-
IN
RL/2
IN+

Adress switches
Semi-conductor output
The semi-conductor output is electrically isolated from

the LSN loop and protected against short circuits.
POW+
OUT
OUT-
The address of the interface module is set using:

DIP switches in case of the FLM420O1I1E
Rotary switches in case of the FLM420O1I1D.
automatic or manual addressing with or without autodetection.
Address
rotary
switches
Address
DIP
switches
000
001
254
1 - 254
CL 0 0
255
0V
Functionality of the semi-conductor output
Output power supply
The power supply for loads connected to the output can

be selected as:
Auxiliary power supply from the fire panel
External power supply units.
Mode

Loop/stub/T-taps in improved version
LSN mode with manual addressing
LSN features

FLM420O1I1D
IN+
ININ
OUT
POW+ OUT-

line
POWER IN
POW+ 0V
Interface variants
FLM-420-O1I1-E
CE
FLM-420-O1I1-D
CPD
0786-CPD-20714 FLM-420-O1I1-E
CPD
0786-CPD-20715 FLM-420-O1I1-D
VdS
G 209070 FLM-420-O1I1-E
VdS
G 209069 FLM-420-O1I1-D
TMT

FLM-420-RLE-S
MOE
UA1.016-0070232-11 FLM-420O1I1-E
MOE
UA1.016-0070263-11 FLM-420O1I1-D
Germany
Hungary
IN- | IN+
Input 1
OUT
POW+
OUT-
Output (switched negative potential)
POWER
IN
POW+ | 0V
Power supply output
LSN
b1+ | a- |
b2+
LSN (incoming / outgoing)
FLM420O1I1E
0V
CE
IN
+U
Europe
Connection
+
b1
Certification
Description
a1-
Region
b2+
a2-
Complies with
EN 54-17: 2005
EN 54-18: 2005 + AC:2007
LSN
a-
b2+
b1+
+U
The Output-input Interface Modules are available in

various designs:
FLM420O1I1E in-built version:
Suitable for standard device boxes according to
EN 60670 and
For a space-saving installation in all devices.
FLM420O1I1D DIN-rail version:
Suitable for installation on a DIN-rail according
to EN 60715 with included adapter and
For the FLMIFB126S surface-mounted housing.
OUT
IN
IN
-
0V
IN+
Description
Connection
POWER
IN
POW+ | 0V-
Power supply (interface module

and output)
OUT
POW+
OUT-
Output (switched negative

potential)
IN
-|+
Input
LSN
SHIELD
10
LSN
10
0V | +U | +U

b2+ | a2- | b1+ |

a1-
LSN (incoming / outgoing)

FPA1200.
of the LSN line.
The power supply for the output is either fed by the
auxiliary power supply from the fire panel or by an
external power supply unit. External power supplies
The outputs OUT/OUT- are switched against the
negative potential of the interface module
(POWER IN/0V). The positive potential (OUT/POW+)
is either supplied by the auxiliary power (AUX) from
the fire panel or by an external power supply unit.
The maximum switchable voltage of the semiconductor output is 30 V DC. The maximum
switchable current is 700 mA (depending on the
external power supply).
The activation of the input IN has to be carried out
electrically isolated from LSN (e.g. with relay
contacts, pushbutton, etc.).
The input must have a minimum activation time of
3.2 s.
input and output.
Converter (NVU).
a second pair of wires to be looped through to
supply the downstream connected elements with
LSN power.
Parts Included
Output
Max. switchable
voltage of semiconductor output
30 V DC

current
700 mA (depending on external

power supply)
5 V DC to 30 V DC
Input
EOL resistor
2 + REOL
Nominal 3.9 k
Standby: 1500 to
6000
Line interruption:
> 12.000
Contact monitoring
(current pulse)
Minimum activation time of
the input
8 mA
3.2 s
Mechanical
Connections
FLM-420-O1I1-E
14 screw terminals
FLM-420-O1I1-D
12 screw terminals
Permissible wire diameter

FLM-420- O1I1-E
0.6 mm2 to 2.0 mm2
FLM-420- O1I-D
0.6 mm2 to 3.3 mm2
Address setting
FLM-420- O1I1-E
8 DIP switches
FLM-420- O1I1-D
3 rotary switches
Housing material
FLM-420- O1I1-E
ABS/PC blend
FLM-420- O1I1-D incl.

adapter
PPO (Noryl)
Housing color
Type
Qty.
Component
FLM-420- O1I1-E
FLM-420- O1I1E
Output-input Interface Module, in-built

version

adapter
Gray white, similar to RAL 9002
FLM-420-O1I1D
Output-input Interface Module, DINrail

version, with adapter and light pipe
Electrical
Dimensions
FLM-420- O1I1-E

adapter

(W x H x D)
Weight
LSN
LSN input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Max. current
1.9 mA
Without/with packing
FLM-420- O1I1-E
FLM-420-O2-D
temperature
-20 C to +65 C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25 C to +80 C

IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 30

Maximum cable length input
3m
Maximum cable length output
3m
FLM420O1I1E Output-input Interface Module
with 1 open collector output and 1 monitored input, inbuilt version
Order number FLM-420-O1I1-E
FLM420O1I1D Output-input Interface Module
with 1 open collector output and 1 monitored input,
DIN-rail version
Order number FLM-420-O1I1-D
10
FLM-420-RLE-S Extinguishing
Interface Module
Functions
The FLM-420-RLE-S is fitted with a low voltage relay for
connecting one extinguishing system to one LSN fire
panel. Two feedback lines allow the FLM-420-RLE-S to
signal a fault or the activation of the extinguishing
system. These are indicated by a yellow and red LED.
The feedback lines can also be used as independent
input lines for the supervised monitoring of different
peripherals.
The address of the interface module is defined by
setting the rotary switches accordingly.
Address setting (rotary switches 1-3)
000

automatic addressing (Ttap system not possible)
0 0 1 - 254

CL 0 0
Loop/stub in LSN classic mode
The FLM-420-RLE-S is used for the supervised

monitoring and activation of extinguishing systems
connected to the Local SecurityNetwork.
Features
10

setting
2 input lines usable as independent inputs
LED display for status indication
Surface or DIN rail mounting
System Overview

features of LSN improved technology:
Flexible network structures including Ttaps without
additional elements
line
Unshielded cables can be used
and control panels
Short circuit isolators

LSN loop (according to EN 54-17). A fault indication is
sent to the fire panel.

Complies with EN 5417:2005, EN 54-18:2005 and
VdS 2496
Designation
Connection
NO / COM
Relay
FB2+
Feedback +
FB1- / FB2-
Feedback -
FB1+
Feedback +
b1+ / a- / b2+
LSN
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-RLE-S
CPD
0786-CPD-20725 FLM-420-RLE-S
Germany
VdS
G 209085 FLM-420-RLE-S
Hungary
TMT

FLM-420-RLE-S
MOE
UA1.016.0120702-11 FLM-420-RLES
BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN and UGM 2020 (from
WinPara SW version 4.83).
The FLM-420-RLE-S can be surface-mounted with
the provided housing, or mounted on a DIN rail
without the housing. A DIN rail adapter is included
in the delivery.
Parts Included
< 96%
Quant.
Component
Class III equipment

IEC 60950

IEC 60529
IP 54
DIN rail adapter
Electrical

The FLM-420-RLE-S is used for the supervised
monitoring and activation of extinguishing systems.
Order number FLM-420-RLE-S
Input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
7.9 mA
Activation extinguishing
system
after initialization /
during standby
3.3 kOhm
during alarm
680 Ohm
Max. monitoring voltage
6V
Max. monitoring current
1.5 mA (line short-circuit)
Mechanics
2 LEDs (1 yellow, 1 red)
Address setting

LSN classic mode or LSN
improved version
10
Automatic or manual
addressing
Connection
8 screw terminals
Material
Interface module
PPO (Noryl)
Surface-mount
housing
ABS/PC blend
Color
Interface module
Gray white, similar to RAL 9002
Housing
Dimensions
with housing

(4.96 x 4.96 x 2.8 in.)
without housing (with

DIN rail adapter)

(4.33 x 4.33 x 1.89 in.)
Weight
with housing
without housing
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to 50 C
(-4 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-25 C to 85 C
(-13 F to 176 F)
FMXIFB55S Interface Box

Surface-mount
The FMXIFB55S Interface Box Surface-mount acts as a

retainer for interface modules of wall mount type in the
420 series.
Parts Included
10
Type
Qty.
Component
FMX-IFB55-S
Interface Box Surface-mount
Notice
A compatible cover is included in the scope of
delivery for interface modules of wall mount type
in the 420 series (FLM420...W).
Mechanics
Material
ABS
Color
Weight
Approx. 30 g
Dimensions ( x H)
76 x 33 mm
FLMIFB126S Surfacemounted Housing
The FLMIFB126S Surface-mounted Housing acts as a

retainer for interface modules type DIN rail or as a spare
housing for the type surface-mount in the 420 series.
The Surface-mounted Housing has two cable ducts
on opposite sides:
21 mm (for conduit)
10
Material
ABS/PC Blend
Color
Signal white (RAL 9003)
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 235 g

line
FLMI 420S Short Circuit

Isolator
Address switch (rotary switch)
The address of the Short Circuit Isolator is set using the

rotary switches.
000

automatic addressing (T-tap system not possible)
0 0 1 - 254

CL 0 0
Configuration
The Short Circuit Isolator isolates alarm zones in which

a short circuit has occurred. The following illustrations
show typical configurations of the isolator module.
Wiring example: Isolation of separate floors
The Short Circuit Isolator isolates alarm zones in which

a short circuit has occurred. This means the
functionality of the remainder of the network remains
preserved.
b2+
b1+
a-
FLM-I 420-S
Features
Preservation of LSN loop functions in the event of

a short-circuit by two integrated isolators
Three free screw terminals
FLM-I 420-S
b2+
III
b1+
a-
Rotary switch for automatic and manual address

setting
System Overview
II
CL 0 1
2
b1+
LSN
a-
90 1
8
2
7
3
65 4
b2+
N/A
Description
b2+
b1+
a-
FLM-I 420-S
90 1
8
2
7
3
65 4
N/A
N/A
LSN
10
Connector
b+
LSN2
b1+ / a- /
b2+
LSN
N/A (3 x)
free terminals, e.g. for looping through ext. auxiliary

voltage and for shielding
ab+
LSN1
LSN
a-
Functions
Pos.
Description
Features of improved LSN
Fire panel
I, II, III
Floors

Typical wiring in a TTap
Mechanics
FLM-I 420-S
FLM-I 420-S
b1+
a-
LSN
a-
a-
b2+
b2+
b1+
b1+
b2+
LSN/Address setting
b1+
a-

Mode LSN classic or LSN
improved version
LSN
b2+
Automatic or manual
addressing
Pos.
Description
Alarm zone / device group with LSN elements

Complies with EN54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20374 FLM-I 420-S
Germany
VdS
G 207045 FLM-I 420-S; FLM-I 420-D
on opposite sides:
2 x 2 pre-punched for diameter up to 21 mm/to
Connectable to the fire panels FPA5000 Modular
and FPA1200 with LSN technology improved
version.
Parts Included
Connections
6 threaded clamps
Housing material
Isolator module
PPO (Noryl)
Surface-mount
housing
ABS/PC-Blend
Housing color
Isolator module
Surface-mount
housing
Dimensions

(4.96 x 4.96 x 2.8 in.)
Weight
Permitted operating
temperature
-20 C to 50 C
(-4 F to 122 F)
Permitted storage
temperature
-25 C to 85 C
(-13 F to. 176 F)
< 96%
Classes of equipment as
per IEC 60950
Class III equipment

IEC 60529
IP 54
Qty.
Components
Short Circuit Isolator with surface-mounted housing.
DIN rail adapter
FLMI 420S Short Circuit Isolator

for the isolation of alarm zones in which a short circuit
has occurred.
Order number FLM-I 420-S
Accessories
Notice
Alternatively to the use of the surface-mounted
housing, the Isolator can be mounted on a DIN
rail with the included adapter.

Electrical
Input voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC

During initialization
< 0.4 mA
Following the
initialization
< 0.25 mA
10
390 | Interface and EOL Modules | EOL Modules
FLM-320-EOL2W Conventional
EOL Module 2-Wire
<96%, non condensing

IEC 60529
IP 30
The EOL module terminates conventional lines

according to EN 5413.
It detects faults of the conventional line according to
EN 5413 and reports them to the fire panel. The reports
are displayed on the panel controller.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-320-EOL2W
CPD
0786-CPD-20926 FLM-320-EOL2W
VdS
G 210007 FLM-320-EOL2W
Germany
10
FLM420/4CON from Software-Version 2.0

According to DIN VDE 0833-2 there are the following
restrictions:
Max. 32 automatic fire detectors in a conventional
line.
Max. 10 manual call points in a conventional line.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FLM-320-EOL2W Conventional EOL Module
Electrical
Operating voltage
9 V DC to 30 V DC
Current consumption
< 2.0 mA
Mechanics
Housing material
Thermelt 861
Housing color
black
25 x 17 x 8 mm
Weight
7g
temperature
-25C to 70C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25C to 85C
Interface and EOL Modules | EOL Modules | 391
FLM-320-EOL4W-S
Conventional EOL Module 4Wire
Current consumption
conventional line
< 2.0 mA
Current consumption AUX
< 5.5 mA
Mechanics
Housing material
ABS + PC Blend
Housing color
ca. 126 x 126 x 71 mm
Weight
342 g
The EOL module terminates conventional lines

It detects faults of the conventional line and aux power
faults according to EN 5413 and reports them to the
fire panel. The reports are displayed on the panel
controller.
For wirings complying with standards a maximum of 32
automatic fire detectors or 10 manual call points can be
used.
temperature
-20C to 55C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25C to 85C

IEC 60529
IP 54

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-320-EOL4W-S
CPD
0786-CPD-21028 FLM-320-EOL4W-S
VdS
G 211008 FLM-320-EOL4W-S
Germany
10
For use with CZM 0004 A modules (SoftwareVersion 1.1.10) only.
For aux power supply according to EN 54-13 use
BCM 0000 B, LSN 0300 A or LSN 1500 A.
The resistance of the conventional line should not
exceed 2x25 .
FLM420/4CON from Software-Version 2.0
restrictions:
Max. 32 automatic fire detectors in a LSN stub or
Ttap.
Max. 10 manual call points in a LSN stub or Ttap.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FLM-320-EOL4W-S Conventional EOL-Module 4-Wire
Electrical
Operating voltage AUX
8 V DC to 30 V DC
Operating voltage conventional

line
9 V DC to 30 V DC
FLM-420-EOL2W-W EOL
Module LSN
temperature
-20C to 55C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25C to 85C

IEC 60529
IP 40
The EOL module terminates LSN stubs or T-taps

It detects LSN line faults according to EN 5413 and
reports them to the fire panel via LSN. The reports are
displayed on the panel controller.
10
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-EOL2W-W
CPD
0786-CPD-20927 FLM-420-EOL2WW
VdS
G 210008 FLM-420-EOL2W-W
Germany
restrictions:
Max. 32 automatic fire detectors in a LSN stub or
Ttap.
Max. 10 manual call points in a LSN stub or Ttap.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
< 1.5 mA
Mechanics
Housing material
ABS + PC Blend
Housing color
Dimensions (x D)
76 x 30 mm
Weight
50 g
Interface and EOL Modules | EOL Modules | 393
FLM-420-EOL4W EOL Module

LSN
FLM-420-EOL4W-D
FLM-420-EOL4W-S
Weight
FLM-420-EOL4W-D
85 g
FLM-420-EOL4W-S
346 g
The EOL module terminates LSN stubs or loops

It detects LSN line faults and aux power faults according
to EN 5413 and reports them to the fire panel via LSN.
The reports are displayed on the panel controller.
LSN loops improved version allows up to 254 LSN
elements, LSN loops in classic mode allows up to 127
elements.
-20C to 55C
Permissible storage
temperature
-25C to 85C

IEC 60529
FLM-420-EOL4W-D
IP 30
FLM-420-EOL4W-S
IP 54
FLM-420-EOL4W-S EOL Module LSN
FLM-420-EOL4W-D EOL Module LSN
Order number FLM-420-EOL4W-D
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FLM-420-EOL4W-S/-D
CPD
0786-CPD-210027 FLM-420-EOL4WS, -D
VdS
G 211007 FLM-420-EOL4W-S,
FLM-420-EOL4W-D
Germany
temperature
According to the LSN specifications
A maximum of 127 elements can be connected to a
LSN ring in classic mode
A maximum of 254 elements can be connected to a
LSN ring improved version.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
FLM-420-EOL4W
Electrical
Operating voltage AUX
8 V DC to 30 V DC
Operating voltage LSN
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption AUX
< 5.0 mA
Current consumption LSN
< 2.0 mA
Mechanics
Housing material
ABS + PC Blend
Housing color
10
10
11
396
415
396 | Notification Appliances | Audible Notification Appliances
MSS Detector Base Sounders
Functions
The electronic tone generator integrated into the
signaling device can produce 11 different tones
(including DIN tones conforming to DIN 33404 and
EN 457).
The tone variants include different wailing tones, various
signals for fire alarms, and other special modulations.
Depending on the tone type, volume set, and operating
voltage, the sound pressure level varies between
87 dB(A) and 100 dB(A).
The programming of the tone type and volume setting is
performed:
for the MSS 300 / MSS 300WHEC via integrated
DIP switch and potentiometer (continuously)
for the MSS 400 LSN / MSS 401 LSN via the LSN.

MSS 400 LSN/MSS 401 LSN comply with:
EN54-3:2001/A1:2002
EN54-17:2005
MSS 300/MSS 300WHEC comply with:
EN54-3:2001/A1:2002
Detector Base Sounders are used when the acoustic

signaling of an alarm is required directly at the site of
the fire.
Features
Certification
Europe
CE
MSS 300 ws
Volume up to 100 dB(A)
CE
MSS 300 ws - EC
Electronic tone generator integrated into the

signaling device
CE
MSS 401 LSN
Hungary
BMF
11 different tone variants can be selected (incl.

DIN tone)
618/73/2002 OTC 410 LSN, OC 410

LSN, OC 310 GLT, MSS 300/400
Europe
CPD
0786-CPD-20185 MSS 300
CPD
0786-CPD-20186 MSS 400_MSS 401
VdS
G 204067 MSS 300/-EC/

SA_G204067
VdS
G 204068 MSS 400/401/

SA_G204068
Great reliability and long service life
For surface-mounted and flush-mounted cable

feed
Germany
System Overview
1
MSS Detector Base Sounders are intended only for

interior areas.
The current consumption depends on the tone type
selected and is maximum 20 mA.

3
81,5
11
Region
4
128
Pos.
Description
Detector module
Sounder unit
Snap-fit hooks
Mounting base
Control from the C point of the deployed fire

detector
When the detector is reset in the event of an alarm,
the sounder is not reset.
The sounder continues to sound for approx. 90 s
after being switched off after occurrence of an
alarm.
MSS 300WHEC Detector Base Sounder White
The Detector Base Sounder is externally controlled,

e.g. via FLM420NAC or NZM 0002 A (not via the
C point of the deployed detector).
MSS 400 LSN Detector Base Sounder White
The Detector Base Sounder as well as the deployed

detector are each independent LSN elements.
The current consumption from the LSN is max.
20 mA.
Notification Appliances | Audible Notification Appliances | 397
MSS 401 LSN Detector Base Sounder White
The Detector Base Sounder as well as the deployed

detector are each independent LSN elements.
The current consumption from the LSN is only max.
1.025 mA, as the sounder has a separate power
supply.
Tone type table
Alarm: max. 20 mA
Current consumption from LSN
MSS 400 LSN
Standby: 2 mA
Alarm: max. 20 mA
MSS 401 LSN
Max. 1.025 mA
Mechanics
N
o
.
Signal type
(sound type)
Frequency /
modulation
Acoustic sound
level at 24 V
1
*
Increasing/
decreasing tone (DIN
tone)
1200/500 Hz
at 1 Hz
96 dB(A)
Increasing/
decreasing tone
British alarm tone
(BS 5839)
800-970 Hz
at 1 Hz
100 dB(A)
Increasing /
decreasing tone
Australian alarm tone
(AS 2220)
2400-2850 Hz
at 7 Hz
95 dB(A)
Variable tone
Dutch alarm tone
500-1200 Hz
3.5 s on/
0.5 s off
97 dB(A)
Continuous tone,
British alarm tone (BS
5839)
970 Hz
97 dB(A)
Variable tone,
French alarm tone
554 Hz/100 ms
440 Hz/400 ms
97 dB(A)
Continuous tone,
Swedish alarm tone
660 Hz
97 dB(A)
Sound pressure level at a distance

of 1 m
Max. 100 dB (A)
Variable tone
580/1000 Hz
each 500 ms on /
off
91 dB(A)
Frequency range
440 Hz up to 2.85 kHz
Connections (inputs/outputs)
0.28 mm2 to 2.5 mm2
Dimensions (W x H)
128 x 40.5 mm
Weight
Without packaging
Approx. 220 g
With packaging
Approx. 260 g
Housing
Material
Plastic, ABS (Novodur)
Color
Protection category as per
EN 60529 (with detector)
IP 30
temperature
-10 C to +55 C
-25 C to +85 C
Special features
Pulse tone
580 Hz
each 250 ms on /
off
87 dB(A)
1
0
USA temporal 3 tone

ISO 8201
610 Hz
99 dB(A)
1
1
USA temporal 3 tone

ISO 8201
2850 Hz
94 dB(A)

Control via C-point of the detector
Order number MSS 300
MSS 300-WHEC Detector Base Sounder White
Control through fire panel via interface
Order number MSS300-WH-EC
* Delivery state: tone complying with DIN 33404 or

EN 457
Electrical
Operating voltage
MSS 300 /
MSS 300WHEC
9 V DC to 30 V DC
MSS 400 LSN /

MSS 401 LSN
15 V DC to 33V DC

external source
MSS 300 /
MSS 300WHEC
Standby: 1 mA
Alarm: max. 20 mA
MSS 401 LSN
Standby: 2 mA
11
BZ 1060
BZ 500 LSN
UEZ 1000 LSN
UEZ 2000 LSN
UGM 2020.
The DS 10 sounders can be directly connected to
monitored control lines.
DS 10 Sounders
Tone type table
The DS 10 sounders are acoustic signaling devices for

connection to fire panels, available for operating voltage
230 V AC or 24 V DC.
Features
11
Very robust housing made of 4 mm pressuremolded aluminum
Compact and maintenance-free
Great reliability and long lifespan
Reverse polarity protected connections
N
o
Signal shape
Frequency
DIN tone (increasing/decreasing tone)
1200-500 Hz
Variable tone
825/1075 Hz
Pulse tone 1
825 Hz
Pulse tone 2
500 Hz
Continuous tone 1
825 Hz
Continuous tone 2
500 Hz
Calculation example:
Number of signaling devices used:
Maximum DS 10 sound pressure level:
110 dB
less 10 dB for unique audibility:
-10 dB
less environmental sound level:
-70 dB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Attenuation through distance from siren:
Diagram: Sound Pressure Level Drop
y
0
Functions
The DS 10 sounders have an integrated tone generator
with a selection of 6 sound variants, including DIN tones
conforming to EN 457 (DIN 33404).
voltage, the sound pressure level varies between
105 dB(A) and 110 dB(A).
The programming/coding is undertaken via DIP switches
in the signaling device.
The DS 10 sounders can be used as a monitored and
non-monitored signaling devices.
-10
1
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
1
VdS ID number: G 28 609

CE DS 10
EN54-3: 2006
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
DS 10
CPD
0786-CPD-20005 DS10
VdS
G 28609 DS 10
Germany
30 dB
For surface-mounted cable feed
Can be connected to the following fire panels:
BZ 1012
16
32
64
128
256
x
Pos.
Description
Distance from loudspeaker (m)
Sound pressure level decrease (dB)
Sound pressure decrease on reflection

(depends on room volume and reverberation time)
Drop of sound pressure without reflection
The diagram shows a maximum distance of 32 m for this

damping. It is therefore recommended that an audible
notification appliance be installed approximately every
60 m.
32m
32m
60m
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Sounder red, 24 V DC or 230 V AC,

surface-mounted cable feed
Operating voltage
DS 10 rot, 230 V
230 V AC
DS 10 rot, 24 V
24 V DC
(12 V DC 30 V DC)
Current consumption
230 V type
Max. 60 mA
24 V type
Max. 420 mA
Sound pressure level at a distance of

1m
Max. 110 dB (A)
Frequency range
500 Hz up to 1.2 kHz
-25 C . . +55 C
95%
IP 66/67
133 x 119 x 133 mm
Housing material
Cast aluminum
Housing color
Red, similar to RAL 2002
11
Weight
230 V type
2,200 g
24 V type
1,800 g
DS 10 Red, 230 V
for connection to fire panels, available for operating
voltage 230 V, usable in adverse environmental
conditions
Order number DS10-230V
DS 10 Red, 24 V
for connection to fire panels, available for operating
voltage 24 V DC, usable in adverse environmental
conditions
Order number DS10-24V
universal acoustic signaling device for dry and damp
areas
Order number HPW/11
The AC run Alarm Horn is a universal acoustic signaling

device for dry and damp areas.
Features
u
Robust housing made of impact-resistant plastic
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
Very loud alarm tone: 110 dB(A)

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
HPW 11
Parts Included
11
Qty.
Components
HPW 11 AC Alarm Horn, 230 V
Electric
Operating voltage
230 V AC
Current consumption
100 mA
Mechanics
Line feed
PG11 screw point for cable

diameter 812 mm
Housing material
Plastic, ABS
Housing color
Light gray
Weight
With megaphone
1,200 g approx
Without megaphone
900 g approx.
EN 60529
IP 55
Special features
Sound pressure level at a
distance of 1 m
Approx. 110 dB (A)
FNM-420-A Sounder Indoor
The signaling devices are intended for indoor use.
selected and is maximum 3,9 mA.
The maximum quantity of sounders on a loop
depends on the cable diameter and overall loop
current.
Please refer to the Fire System Designer for a safe
loop configuration.
Tone type table

N
r
Signal type
(Tone type)
Frequency /
modulation
Sound
pressure
level dB(A)
EN 54-3 **
1
*
Sweeping
tone = DIN
tone
1200-500 Hz
at 1 Hz, off
10 ms
99.0
dB(A)
93.9
dB(A)
The indoor sounders are used independently for

signaling an alarm directly at the fire location.
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 50 Hz
98.7
dB(A)
Features
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 7 Hz
99.6
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 7 Hz
99.0
dB(A)
Volume up to 101.3 dB(A)
Maximum current consumption less than 3,9 mA
Up to 100 sounders per loop
Constant sound pressure level between 22 V and

33 V operating voltage
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz at
1 Hz
101.2
dB(A)
1000 Hz /
0.25 s on, 1 s
off
100.5
dB(A)
Synchronization without delay
Intermittent
tone
Alternating
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
101.3
dB(A)
Continuous
tone
970 Hz
99.1
dB(A)
Alternating
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 2 Hz
101.0
dB(A)
1
0
Intermittent
tone
970 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off, 3 tones
per 4 cycles
99.0
dB(A)
1
1
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
100.1
dB(A)
1
2
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
101.2
dB(A)
1
3
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
100.3
dB(A)
1
4
Alternating
tone
510 Hz/
610 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
97.8
dB(A)
1
5
BMW tone
800 Hz / 60 s
on, 10 s off, 3
cycles
95.0
dB(A)
1
6
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz at
1 Hz
99.2
dB(A)
1
7
Alternating
tone
2400/2900 Hz
at 2 Hz
99.4
dB(A)
Functions
The sounder allows to select 32 types of alarm and
evacuation tones (incl. DIN tone 33404 Part 3) for
different requirements.
You can adjust the sound pressure by five levels
according to the operational environment. Depending on
the tone type and volume set, the sound pressure varies
between 65 dB and 101.3 dB. Sounders of the same
LSN loop and with the same tone type provide
synchronization without delay. The sounders can be
programmed easily via the fire panel.

Complies with
EN 54-3:2001
EN 54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNM-420-A-WH, FNM-420-A-RD
CPD
0832-CPD-1006 FNM-420-ARD_FNM-420-A-WH
Germany
VdS
G 210002 FNM-420-A-WH/-RD
Poland
CNBOP
0912/2011 FNM-420-A-RD -B-RD -AWH
MOE
UA1.016.0113309-11 FNM-420-AWH_FNM-420-A-RD
11
94.7
dB(A)
94.0
dB(A)
11
1
8
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 1 Hz
101.2
dB(A)
1
9
Sweeping
tone
1400-2000 Hz
at 10 Hz
97.3
dB(A)
2
0
Sweeping
tone
500-1200 Hz /
0.5 s
98.5
dB(A)
2
1
Continuous
tone
2900 Hz
98.1
dB(A)
2
2
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 50 Hz
99.8
dB(A)
2
3
Alternating
tone
554 Hz/100 ms
+
440 Hz/400 ms
95.7
dB(A)
2
4
Slow Whoop
500-1200 Hz
in 3,5 s, off
0,5 s
100.1
dB(A)
2
5
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz /
150 ms on,
100 ms off
99.6
dB(A)
2
6
Continuous
tone
660 Hz
97.6
dB(A)
2
7
Intermittent
tone
660 Hz; 1,8 s

on/off
97.6
dB(A)
2
8
Intermittent
tone
660 Hz /
150 ms on/off
96.4
dB(A)
2
9
USA
temporal 3
tone ISO
8201
610 Hz
97.7
dB(A)
3
0
US Temporal
Pattern LF
950 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off x 3 then
1,5 s off
95.8
dB(A)
3
1
3. Hi/Lo
1000/800 Hz
(0,25 s on/
alternate)
100.7
dB(A)
3
2
Thyssen
Krupp tone
450/650 Hz at
2 Hz
96.5
dB(A)
Quiescent state
< 1 mA
Alarm
< 3,9 mA
Mechanics
0,28 mm to 2,5 mm
105 x 105 x 95 mm
Housing
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color
red, similar to RAL 3001

white, similar to RAL 9010
Weight
96.0
dB(A)
* Delivery state: Tone in accordance with DIN 33404

** Results taken from EN 54-3 test results: Min SPL @
15V @ max. volume @ loudest node dB(A). All other SPL
measurements are taken on axis and are not third
party verified.
Sound pressure level tolerance is 3 db(A).
Without packaging
250 g
With packageing
300 g
temperature
-25 C to +70 C
-25 C to +85 C
IP 42 *
* Manufacturers declaration, not third party approved
Special features
of 1 m
max. 101.3 dB(A)
Frequency range
440 Hz up to 2,90 kHz
FNM-420-A-WH Sounder Indoor, white
for signaling an alarm directly at the fire location, for
LSN improved technology
Order number FNM-420-A-WH
FNM-420-A-RD Sounder Indoor, red
Order number FNM-420-A-RD
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Sounder Indoor
Key to open the housing
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
FNM420ABS Base Sounder,

Indoor
The signaling devices are intended for indoor use.
current.
loop configuration.
The Base Sounder can be combined with a
FNS420R LSN Strobe or an automatic fire detector
Series 420 LSN improved version.
For the installation with surface cabling an
additional FNMSPACER Spacer for Surface Cabling
is necessary.
A FNMCOVERWH Cover is necessary, if the
FNM420ABSWH Base Sounder Indoor is used
without an automatic detector or FNS420.
The Base Sounders Indoor are used for signaling an

alarm directly at the fire location. They can be employed
either as base sounders or stand-alone sounders.
Features
u
Maximum current consumption less than 3.7 mA
Up to 100 sounders per loop

Synchronization without delay
Functions
between 65 dB and 92.1 dB. Sounders of the same LSN
loop and with the same tone type provide

Complies with
EN 54-3:2001
EN 54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNM-420-A-BS-WH, FNM-420-A-BS-RD
CPD
0832-CPD-1008 FNM-420-A-BSRD_FNM-420-A-BS-WH
Germany
VdS
G 210003 FNM-420-A-BS-WH/-RD
Poland
CNBOP
0913/2011 FNM-420-A-BS-RD -A-BSWH
MOE
UA1.016.0113307-11 FNM-420-ABS-WH_FNM-420-A-BS-RD
Tone type table

N
r
Signal type
(Tone type)
Frequency /
modulation
Sound
pressure
level dB(A)
EN 54-3 **
1
*
Sweeping
tone = DIN
tone
1200-500 Hz
at 1 Hz, off
10ms
90.0
dB(A)
84.6
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 50 Hz
90.9
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 7 Hz
91.9
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 7 Hz
89.7
dB(A)
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz at
1 Hz
84.6
dB(A)
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz /
0.25 s on, 1 s
off
84.1
dB(A)
Alternating
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
87.5
dB(A)
Continuous
tone
970 Hz
87.7
dB(A)
Alternating
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 2 Hz
87.2
dB(A)
1
0
Intermittent
tone
970 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off, 3 tones
per 4 cycles
87.6
dB(A)
1
1
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
88.9
dB(A)
1
2
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
84.6
dB(A)
1
3
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
91.1
dB(A)
1
4
Alternating
tone
510 Hz/
610 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
85.4
dB(A)
11
86.0
dB(A)
85.6
dB(A)
11
800 Hz / 60 s
on, 10 s off, 3
cycles
88.0
dB(A)
Cover for Base Sounder (only FNM420ABSRD)
Mounting Plate
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz at
1 Hz
88.7
dB(A)
1
7
Alternating
tone
2400/2900 Hz
at 2 Hz
92.1
dB(A)
1
8
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 1 Hz
91.4
dB(A)
1
9
Sweeping
tone
1400-2000 Hz
at 10 Hz
83.6
dB(A)
2
0
Sweeping
tone
500-1200 Hz /
0.5 s
89.5
dB(A)
2
1
Continuous
tone
2900 Hz
86.5
dB(A)
2
2
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 50 Hz
86.5
dB(A)
2
3
Alternating
tone
554 Hz/100 ms
+
440 Hz/400 ms
87.4
dB(A)
2
4
Slow Whoop
500-1200 Hz
in 3,5 s, off
0,5 s
91.2
dB(A)
2
5
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz /
150 ms on,
100 ms off
88.0
dB(A)
1
5
BMW tone
1
6
2
6
Continuous
tone
660 Hz
88.6
dB(A)
2
7
Intermittent
tone
660 Hz; 1,8 s

on/off
88.6
dB(A)
2
8
Intermittent
tone
660 Hz /
150 ms on/off
87.3
dB(A)
2
9
USA
temporal 3
tone ISO
8201
610 Hz
85.2
dB(A)
3
0
US Temporal
Pattern LF
950 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off x 3 then
1,5 s off
88.5
dB(A)
3
1
3. Hi/Lo
1000/800 Hz
(0,25 s on/
alternate)
87.3
dB(A)
3
2
Thyssen
Krupp tone
450/650 Hz at
2 Hz
87.1
dB(A)
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
Quiescent state
< 1 mA
Alarm
< 3,7 mA
Mechanics
0,28 mm to 2,5 mm
Dimensions ( x H)
With mounting plate
115 x 40 mm
With spacer for surface

cabling
115 x 50 mm
Housing
86.3
dB(A)
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color

white, similar to RAL 9010
Weight
Without packaging
200 g
With packageing
245 g
temperature
-25 C to +70 C
-25 C to +85 C
IP 43 *
Qty.
Components
Base Sounder Indoor

of 1 m
max. 92.1 dB(A)
Frequency range

party verified.
Parts Included
Special features
FNM-420-A-BS-WH Base Sounder Indoor, white

Order number FNM-420-A-BS-WH
FNM-420-A-BS-RD Base Sounder Indoor, red
Order number FNM-420-A-BS-RD
Accessories
FNM-COVER-RD Cover for Base Sounder, red
1 order unit = 10 covers
Order number FNM-COVER-RD
FNM-COVER-WH Cover for Base Sounder, white
Order number FNM-COVER-WH
FNM-SPACER-WH Mounting Base for Surface Cabling,
white
1 order unit = 10 mounting bases
Order number FNM-SPACER-WH
FNM-SPACER-RD Mounting Base for Surface Cabling,
red
Order number FNM-SPACER-RD
11
FNM-420-B-RD Sounder
Outdoor, Red
The signaling devices are intended for outdoor use.
current.
loop configuration.
Tone type table
The outdoor sounder is used independently for signaling

an alarm directly at the fire location at outside areas.
Features
11
N
r
Signal type
(Tone type)
Frequency /
modulation
Sound
pressure
level dB(A)
EN 54-3 **
1
*
Sweeping
tone = DIN
tone
1200-500 Hz
at 1 Hz, off
10 ms
99.3
dB(A)
92.1
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 50 Hz
99.9
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 7 Hz
100.8
dB(A)
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 7 Hz
99.2
dB(A)
Maximum current consumption less than 3,9 mA
Up to 75 sounders per LSN 300 A loop and 100

sounders per LSN 1500 A loop.
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz at
1 Hz
100.9
dB(A)
1000 Hz /
0.25 s on, 1 s
off
100.4
dB(A)

Intermittent
tone
IP 66 for usage at exposed outdoor locations
Alternating
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
100.9
dB(A)
Continuous
tone
970 Hz
99.8
dB(A)
Alternating
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 2 Hz
100.7
dB(A)
1
0
Intermittent
tone
970Hz / 0,5 s
on/off, 3 tones
per 4 cycles
99.7
dB(A)
1
1
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
101.1
dB(A)
1
2
Intermittent
tone
1000 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
100.8
dB(A)
1
3
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
100.4
dB(A)
1
4
Alternating
tone
510 Hz/
610 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off
97.5
dB(A)
1
5
BMW tone
800 Hz / 60 s
on, 10 s off, 3
cycles
95.0
dB(A)
1
6
Intermittent
tone
2900 Hz at
1 Hz
100.7
dB(A)
1
7
Alternating
tone
2400/2900 Hz
at 2 Hz
100.6
dB(A)
Functions
between 65 dB and 102.5 dB. Sounders of the same
LSN loop and with the same tone type provide

Complies with
EN 54-3:2001
EN 54-17:2005
Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNM-420-B-RD
CPD
0832-CPD-1007 FNM-420-B-RD
VdS
G 210004 FNM-420-B-RD
MOE
UA1.016.0113311-11 FNM-420-BRD
Germany
94.7
dB(A)
94.0
dB(A)
1
8
Sweeping
tone
2400-2900 Hz
at 1 Hz
102.5
dB(A)
1
9
Sweeping
tone
1400-2000 Hz
at 10 Hz
97.5
dB(A)
2
0
Sweeping
tone
500-1200 Hz /
0.5 s
98.8
dB(A)
2
1
Continuous
tone
2900 Hz
99.2
dB(A)
2
2
Sweeping
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 50 Hz
99.7
dB(A)
2
3
Alternating
tone
554 Hz/100 ms
+
440 Hz/400 ms
96.3
dB(A)
2
4
Slow Whoop
500-1200 Hz
in 3,5 s, off
0,5 s
100.1
dB(A)
2900 Hz /
150 ms on,
100 ms off
100.7
dB(A)
2
5
Intermittent
tone
Electrical
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
Quiescent state
< 1 mA
Alarm
< 3,9 mA
Mechanics
0,28 mm to 2,5 mm
110 x 110 x 95 mm
Housing
2
6
Continuous
tone
660 Hz
98.0
dB(A)
2
7
Intermittent
tone
660 Hz; 1,8 s

on/off
98.0
dB(A)
2
8
Intermittent
tone
660 Hz /
150 ms on/off
96.7
dB(A)
2
9
USA
temporal 3
tone ISO
8201
610 Hz
97.4
dB(A)
3
0
US Temporal
Pattern LF
950 Hz / 0,5 s
on/off x 3 then
1,5 s off
97.1
dB(A)
3
1
3. Hi/Lo
1000/800 Hz
(0,25 s on/
alternate)
3
2
Thyssen
Krupp tone
450/650 Hz at
2 Hz
96.0
dB(A)
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color
Weight
Without packaging
250 g
With packageing
300 g
temperature
-25 C to +70 C
-25 C to +85 C
IP 66 *
Special features
of 1 m
max. 102.5 dB(A)
100.3
dB(A)
Frequency range
96.9
dB(A)
FNM-420-B-RD Sounder Outdoor, Red

Order number FNM-420-B-RD

Part 3
party verified.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Sounder Outdoor
Housing screws
Allen wrench
11
FNM-320 Sounders
Conventional
Region
Certification
Germany
Poland
CPD
0832-CPD-1375 FNM-320LED-SRD
VdS
G 210036 FNM-320-Serie
VdS
G 210037 FNM-320-LEDSRD
CNBOP
1182/2012 FNM-320
FPA-5000 / FPA-1200 with NZM 0002 A or
FLM-420-NAC
(BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 1000 LSN, UEZ 2000 LSN,
UGM 2020)
Doubled screw clips exist for looping-in of voltage.
Tone Table FNM-320-SRD, -SWH, -FRD, FWH

1
The FNM-320 Sounders are acoustic signaling devices

with a sound transducer and are designed for
connection to fire panels.
Features
11
Volume up to 112 dB(A)
For 12 V DC and 24 V DC
Reverse polarity protection
Functions
The integrated sound transducer offers a selection of 32
tone variants, including various wailing tones, diverse
signals for fire alarm (e. g. the DIN tone according to
EN 457 / DIN 33404) and other special modulations.
The tones are set with a 5-pin DIP switch in the
signaling device. With a selected tone type, on
activation of the second input, the second tone type is
switched on.
The volume is steplessly adjustable by the integrated
potentiometer.
voltage, the sound pressure varies up to a maximum of
112 dB(A).
Monitored connection to fire panels is possible.
The bayonet lock enables simple mounting.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNM-320-SRD,FNM-320FRD,FNM-320-SWH,FNM-320-FWH
CE
FNM-320-LEDSRD
CPD
0832-CPD-1374 FNM-320SRD_FN-320-SWH_FNM-320FRD_FNM-320-FWH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
EN54-3
12/24VDC 15/28VDC
2
14 11111
14 11110
14 11101
14 11100
4
11011
4
11010
14 11001
14 11000
10111
4
14 10110
10101
4
10100
4
14 10011
14 10010
14 10001
16 10000
17 01111
18 01110
19 01101
20 01100
21 01011
14 01010
14 01001
01000
4
25 00111
26 00110
27 00101
10 00100
988Hz 00011
510Hz 00010
00001
14
510Hz 00000
mA dB(A)
800 & 970Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
BS 6/13 95/101
800 & 970Hz 7Hz (7/s)
BS 8/12 94/100
800 & 970Hz 1Hz (1/s)
BS 6/12 95/102
2850Hz
16/32 99/105
2400 ~ 2850Hz 7Hz
16/32 103/109
2400 ~ 2850Hz 1Hz
16/32 105/112
| 3s | 0.5s
300 ~ 1200Hz 3s | 0.5s
...
NEN 6/12 97/103
1200 ~ 500Hz 1Hz
DIN 7/15 96/102
2400 & 2850Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
15/31 99/105
970Hz
)
0.5Hz (1s
| 1s
5/8 95/101
BS 6/12 95/101
800 & 970Hz 1Hz (500ms ~ 500ms)
2850Hz
)
0.5Hz (1s | 1s
9/17 99/105
970Hz
)
0.8Hz (250ms
|1s
3/5 94/101
970Hz
BS 7/14 95/101
554 & 440Hz 100ms ~ 400ms
NFS 8/17 96/102
)
660Hz
3.3Hz (150ms |150ms
4/6 94/100
660Hz
)
0.28Hz (1.8s
|1.8s
4/7 95/101
)
0.05Hz (6.5s
660Hz
|13s
3/6 95/101
660Hz
5/10 95/101
)
554 & 440Hz 0.5Hz (1s
|1s
7/16 96/102
660Hz
1Hz (500ms ~ 500ms)
4/6 94/101
|100ms )
2850Hz
4Hz (150ms
12/27 98/104
800 ~ 970Hz 50Hz
BS 6/12 93/100
2400 ~ 2850Hz 50Hz
15/32 102/108
3 x 500ms|1.5s |3 x 500ms... ISO 8201
970Hz
4/7 95/101
800 ~ 970Hz 3 x 500ms|1.5s |3 x 500ms... ISO 8201
4/6 95/102
970 & 800Hz 3 x 500ms|1.5s |3 x 500ms... ISO 8201
3/6 94/101
BS 6/12 95/101
800 & 970Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
990 & 650Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
BS 10/20 99/105
BS 8/16 94/100
510 & 610Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
10/14 98/103
300 ~ 1200Hz 1Hz
510 & 610Hz 1Hz (500ms ~ 500ms)
BS 8/16 95/100
dB(A)
*
*
92/95
*
*
*
93/97
93/94
*
*
*
*
*
93/95
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
93/96
91/92
*
*
Tone Table FNM-320-LEDSRD

@20 C
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
EN54-3
2
14
14
14
14
4
4
14
14
4
14
4
4
14
14
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
14
14
4
25
26
27
10
33
35
31
32
11111
11110
11101
11100
11011
11010
11001
11000
10111
10110
10101
10100
10011
10010
10001
10000
01111
01110
01101
01100
01011
01010
01001
01000
00111
00110
00101
00100
00011
00010
00001
00000
mA dB(A)
19
100
800 & 970Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
BS
19
101
800 & 970Hz 7Hz (7/s)
BS
19
101
800 & 970Hz 1Hz (1/s)
BS
33
110
2850Hz
31
110
2400 ~ 2850Hz 7Hz
31
110
2400 ~ 2850Hz 1Hz
98
| 3s | 0.5s
300 ~ 1200Hz 3s | 0.5s
...
NEN 21
98
1200 ~ 500Hz 1Hz
DIN 17
31
109
2400 & 2850Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
13
100
970Hz
)
0.5Hz (1s
| 1s
BS
19
100
800 & 970Hz 1Hz (500ms ~ 500ms)
25
109
2850Hz
)
0.5Hz (1s | 1s
9
96
970Hz
)
0.8Hz (250ms | 1s
21
101
970Hz
BS
93
554 & 440Hz 100ms ~ 400ms
NFS 13
10
86
660Hz
3.3Hz (150ms | 150ms )
13
88
660Hz
)
0.28Hz (1.8s
| 1.8s
)
15
0.05Hz (6.5s
88
660Hz
| 13s
15
89
660Hz
)
14
96
554 & 440Hz 0.5Hz (1s | 1s
11
87
660Hz
1Hz (500ms ~ 500ms)
23
109
2850Hz
4Hz (150ms | 100ms )
19
101
800 ~ 970Hz 50Hz
BS
26
110
2400 ~ 2850Hz 50Hz
3 x 500ms|1.5s |3 x 500ms... ISO 8201 15
99
970Hz
3 x 500ms|1.5s |3 x 500ms... ISO 8201 21
108
2850Hz
36
83
4000Hz
18
BS
100
800 & 970Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
22
99
990 & 650Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
BS
BS
16
96
510 & 610Hz 2Hz (250ms ~ 250ms)
22
96
300 ~ 1200Hz 1Hz
36
83
4000Hz
@28VDC
dB(A)
*
*
95
*
*
*
97
94
*
*
*
*
*
95
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
96
92
*
*
The tones certified according to EN 543 are shown in

the last columns of the tone tables. The sound pressure
levels (SPL) are measured at 28 or 15 V DC at maximum
volume and at the loudest node. All other SPL

measurements are taken on axis at 1 m and are not third
party verified.
Parts Included
At 24 V
112 dB(A) 3 dB(A)
FNM-320-LEDSRD
Light output
> 0.5 cd
Flash rate
1 Hz
Qty.
Components
Acoustic Signaling Device, red or white
Base, surface or flush mounting
FNM-320-SRD Sounder Red, Surface Mounting

conditions
Order number FNM-320-SRD
Electrical
Operating voltage
9 V DC to 30 V DC

FNM-320-SRD /-FRD/SWH/-FWH
33 mA
FNM-320-LEDSRD
36 mA
Monitoring
Reverse polarity
Mechanics
Dimensions (W x H)
FNM-320-FWH/-FRD
93 mm x 63 mm
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
93 mm x 91 mm
FNM-320-LEDSRD
93 mm x 107 mm
Weight
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
FWH/-FRD
250 g
FNM-320-LEDSRD
300 g
Housing material
ABS V0, PC
Color
Red, RAL 3001

White, RAL 9010
FNM-320-FRD Sounder Red, Flush Mounting

conditions
Order number FNM-320-FRD
FNM-320-SWH Sounder White, Surface Mounting
conditions
Order number FNM-320-SWH
FNM-320-FWH Sounder White, Flush Mounting
conditions
Order number FNM-320-FWH
FNM-320-LEDSRD Sounder Red with LED, Surface
Mounting
transducer and integrated LED, suitable for use in
adverse environmental conditions
Order number FNM-320-LEDSRD
temperature
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
FWH/-FRD
-25 C to +70 C
FNM-320-LEDSRD
-10 C to +55 C

EN 60529
FNM-320-FWH/-FRD
IP 54 *
FNM-320-SWH/-SRD
IP 65 *
FNM-320-LEDSRD
IP 65 *
* Manufacturers specification, not third party verified
Special features
Max. sound pressure
At 12 V
105 dB(A) 3 dB(A)
11
The maximum number of sounders on each loop

depends on the cable diameter and the total current
of the loop.
Use the Fire System Designer for reliable loop
planning.
FNM-420U Sounders,
uninterruptible
Tone types
These devices are equipped with an industrial, highperformance power source for bypassing the power
supply. This feature ensures uninterruptible alarm
signaling in line with VdS 3536, even if a stub line is
broken or the bus system is permanently damaged (e.g.
by fire).
The power source is laser-welded, making it leak proof.
The gold contacts allow the devices to be used in
adverse environmental conditions. The control panel
enables continuous and reliable monitoring of the
power source.
11
No.
Tone type
Frequency/
modulation
Volume
dB(A)
EN
54-3 **
1*
Decreasin
g = DIN
tone
1200500 Hz
at 1 Hz, pause
10 ms
99.0 dB(A)
93.0 d
B(A)
Increasing
24002900 Hz
at 50 Hz
98.7 dB(A)
Increasing
24002900 Hz
at 7 Hz
99.6 dB(A)
Increasing
800/1000 Hz
at 7 Hz
99.0 dB(A)
Pulse tone
1000 Hz at 1 Hz
101.2 dB(A
)
Pulse tone
1000 Hz/
0.25 s on, 1 s
off
100.5 dB(A
)
Variable
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
101.3 dB(A
)
Continuou
s tone
970 Hz
99.1 dB(A)
Uninterruptible alarm signaling even in the LSN

stub
Variable
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 2 Hz
101.0 dB(A
)
Maximum current consumption of less than

4.05 mA
10
Pulse tone
970 Hz/0.5 s
on/off, 3 tones
in 4 cycles
99.0 dB(A)
Volume of up to 101.3 dB(A)
11
Pulse tone
Immediate synchronization
2900 Hz/0.5 s
on/off
100.1 dB(A
)
Long life cycle and modern design
12
Pulse tone
1000 Hz/0.5 s
on/off
101.2 dB(A
)
13
Increasing
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
100.3 dB(A
)
14
Variable
tone
510 Hz/
610 Hz/0.5 s
on/off
97.8 dB(A)
15
BMW tone
800 Hz/60 s
on, 10 s off, 3
cycles
95.0 dB(A)
16
Pulse tone
2900 Hz at 1 Hz
99.2 dB(A)
17
Variable
tone
2400/2900 Hz
at 2 Hz
99.4 dB(A)
18
Increasing
24002900 Hz
at 1 Hz
101.2 dB(A
)
19
Increasing
/
decreasing
tone
1400-2000 Hz
at 10 Hz
97.3 dB(A)
Functions
There are 32 different tones available (including DIN
tone 33404, part 3) and the sound level can be set to
between 65 and 101 dB. Sounders with the same tone
offer immediate synchronization within a loop.
The sounders can be programmed easily and clearly via
the control panel.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNM-420U-A/-B
This device can only be used with the type B panel
controller or the FPA-1200-MPC Panel Controller.
The type A panel controller cannot be used.
selected and is maximum 4.05 mA.
Sounders with different LSN settings (classic and
improved) cannot be synchronized.
93.1 d
B(A)
92.6 d
B(A)
20
Slowly
increasing
/
decreasing
5001200 Hz/
0.5 s
98.5 dB(A)
21
Continuou
s tone
2900 Hz
98.1 dB(A)
22
Increasing
800/1000 Hz
at 50 Hz
99.8 dB(A)
23
Pulse tone
554 Hz/100 ms
+
440 Hz/400 ms
95.7 dB(A)
24
Slowly
increasing
5001200 Hz
in 3.5 s, pause
0.5 s
100.1 dB(A
)
25
Pulse tone
2900 Hz/
150 ms on,
100 ms off
99.6 dB(A)
Standby
1 mA
Alarm
4.05 mA
Mechanics
0.28 mm to 2.5 mm
94.0 d
B(A)
FNM-420U-A for indoor

areas
105 x 105 x 95 mm
FNM-420U-B for outdoor

areas
110 x 110 x 95 mm
Housing material
Plastic, ABS
Housing color

Weight
Approx. 295 g
26
Continuou
s tone
660 Hz
97.6 dB(A)
27
Pulse tone
660 Hz/1.8 s
on/off
97.6 dB(A)
temperature
-20C to +70C
28
Pulse tone
660 Hz/150 ms
on/off
96.4 dB(A)
-20C to +70C
29
USA
temporal 3
tone ISO
8201
610 Hz
97.7 dB(A)
30
US
temporal
pattern LF
950 Hz/0.5 s
on/off x 3 then
pause 1.5 s
95.8 dB(A)
31
3. Hi/Lo
1000/800
(0.25 s on/
alternating)
100.7 dB(A
)
450/650 Hz at
2 Hz
96.5 dB(A)
32
Thyssen
Krupp
tone
* Default setting: tone in line with DIN 33404, part 3

** Results from EN54-3 testing: lowest value at 15 V at
maximum volume level, measured on the measurement
axis with the highest results.
Sound pressure level specified with a tolerance of
3 dB(A).
Parts Included
Quantit
y
Component
Sounder for indoor areas, red or white;

Sounder for outdoor areas, red
Power source (3 V lithium)
Key (for opening the housing)
Protection category (EN 60529)

FNM-420U-A for indoor
areas
IP 42
FNM-420U-B for outdoor

areas
IP 66
Special features
Max. sound pressure level at a
distance of 1 m away
101.3 dB(A)
Frequency range
440 Hz to 2.90 kHz
Power source
Type
3 V lithium
Capacity
2.6 Ah
Typical life cycle
> 10 years
temperature
-25 C to +70C
-25 C to +85 C
Electrics
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
11
The maximum number of sounders on each loop

depends on the cable diameter and the total current
of the loop.
Use the Fire System Designer for reliable loop
planning.
The base sounder can be operated with an FNS-420R LSN Strobe or an automatic detector from the
420 series.
For installation scenarios involving surface-mounted
cable routing, an FNM-SPACER Mounting Base is
also required for surface cabling.
The white FNM420ABSWH Base Sounder requires
a white FNMCOVERWH Cover when used without a
detector or strobe.
FNM-420U-A-BS Base
Sounders (Indoor),
uninterruptible
Tone types
11
These devices are equipped with an industrial, highperformance power source for bypassing the power
supply. This feature ensures uninterruptible alarm
signaling in line with VdS 3536, even if a stub line is
broken or the bus system is permanently damaged (e.g.
by fire).
The power source is laser-welded, making it leak proof.
The gold contacts allow the devices to be used in
adverse environmental conditions. The control panel
enables continuous and reliable monitoring of the
power source.
The base sounders can be installed as a standalone
device or in conjunction with an automatic detector
from the 420 series or an FNS420R LSN Strobe.
Features
No.
Tone type
Frequency/
modulation
Volume
dB(A)
EN 54-3
**
1*
Decreasing
= DIN tone
1200500 Hz
at 1 Hz, pause
10 ms
91.0 dB(A)
86.8 dB(
A)
Increasing
24002900
Hz at 50 Hz
91.9 dB(A)
Increasing
24002900
Hz at 7 Hz
92.9 dB(A)
Increasing
800/1000 Hz
at 7 Hz
90.7 dB(A)
Pulse tone
1000 Hz at
1 Hz
85.6 dB(A)
Pulse tone
1000 Hz/
0.25 s on, 1 s
off
85.1 dB(A)
Variable
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
88.5 dB(A)
Uninterruptible alarm signaling even in the LSN

stub
Continuous
tone
970 Hz
88.7 dB(A)
Maximum current consumption of less than

3.85 mA
Variable
tone
800/1000 Hz
at 2 Hz
88.2 dB(A)
Volume of up to 93.1 dB(A)
10
Pulse tone
88.6 dB(A)
Immediate synchronization
970 Hz/0.5 s
on/off, 3 tones
in 4 cycles
Long life cycle and modern design
11
Pulse tone
2900 Hz/0.5 s
on/off
89.9 dB(A)
12
Pulse tone
1000 Hz/0.5 s
on/off
85.6 dB(A)
13
Increasing
800/1000 Hz
at 1 Hz
92.1 dB(A)
14
Variable
tone
510 Hz/
610 Hz/0.5 s
on/off
86.4 dB(A)
15
BMW tone
800 Hz/60 s
on, 10 s off, 3
cycles
89.0 dB(A)
16
Pulse tone
2900 Hz at 1
Hz
89.7 dB(A)
17
Variable
tone
2400/2900 Hz
at 2 Hz
93.1 dB(A)
Functions
There are 32 different tones available (including DIN
tone 33404, part 3) and the sound level can be set to
between 65 and 93 dB. Base sounders with the same
tone type offer immediate synchronization within a loop.
This device can only be used with the type B panel
controller or the FPA-1200-MPC Panel Controller.
The type A panel controller cannot be used.
selected and is maximum 3.85 mA.
Sounders with different LSN settings (classic and
improved) cannot be synchronized.
84.7 dB(
A)
85.2 dB(
A)
18
Increasing
24002900
Hz at 1 Hz
92.4 dB(A)
19
Increasing/
decreasing
tone
1400-2000 Hz
at 10 Hz
84.6 dB(A)
20
Slowly
increasing/
decreasing
5001200 Hz/
0.5 s
90.5 dB(A)
21
Continuous
tone
2900 Hz
87.5 dB(A)
22
Increasing
800/1000 Hz
at 50 Hz
87.5 dB(A)
23
Pulse tone
554 Hz/
100 ms +
440 Hz/
400 ms
88.4 dB(A)
Slowly
increasing
5001200 Hz
in 3.5 s, pause
0.5 s
92.2 dB(A)
Pulse tone
2900 Hz/
150 ms on,
100 ms off
89.0 dB(A)
24
25
Electrics
Operating voltage
15 V DC to 33 V DC
Current consumption
Standby
1 mA
Alarm
3.85 mA
Mechanics
0.28 mm to 2.5 mm
Dimensions ( x H)
87.4 dB(
A)
With mounting plate
115 x 40 mm
With mounting base
115 x 50 mm
Housing
Material
Plastic, ABS
Color

Weight
240 g
26
Continuous
tone
660 Hz
89.6 dB(A)
27
Pulse tone
660 Hz/1.8 s
on/off
89.6 dB(A)
temperature
-20C to +70C
28
Pulse tone
660 Hz/
150 ms on/off
88.3 dB(A)
-20C to +70C
Protection category (EN 60529)
IP 42
29
USA
temporal 3
tone ISO
8201
610 Hz
86.2 dB(A)
30
US
temporal
pattern LF
950 Hz/0.5 s
on/off x 3 then
pause 1.5 s
89.5 dB(A)
31
3. Hi/Lo
1000/800
(0.25 s on/
alternating)
88.3 dB(A)
450/650 Hz at
2 Hz
88.1 dB(A)
32
Thyssen
Krupp tone
Max. sound pressure level at a

distance of 1 m away
93.1 dB(A)
Frequency range
440 Hz to 2.90 kHz
Power source
* Default setting: tone in line with DIN 33404, part 3

** Results from EN54-3 testing: lowest value at 15 V at
maximum volume level, measured on the measurement
axis with the highest results.
Sound pressure level specified with a tolerance of
3 dB(A).
Parts Included
Quantit
y
Component
Base sounder for indoor area, red or white
Power source (3 V lithium)
Mounting plate (flush-mounted)
Special features
Type
3 V lithium
Capacity
2.6 Ah
Typical life cycle
> 10 years
temperature
-25 C to +70C
-25 C to +85 C
Accessories
FNM-COVER-RD Cover for Base Sounder, red
Order number FNM-COVER-RD
FNM-COVER-WH Cover for Base Sounder, white
Order number FNM-COVER-WH
FNM-SPACER-WH Mounting Base for Surface Cabling,
white
Order number FNM-SPACER-WH
11
FNM-SPACER-RD Mounting Base for Surface Cabling,

red
Order number FNM-SPACER-RD
11
Notification Appliances | Visual Notification Appliances | 415
FNS-P400RTH Rotating
Beacons
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Rotating Beacon with motor and reflector, in a

weatherproof housing with a red or amber lens
Electrical
Operating voltage
230 V
Current consumption
186 mA
Light output
40 W
Mechanics
Housing
The rotating beacons are used for an additional local
alarm notification.
Material
Polycarbonate (PC)
Base color
Black
Features
Lens color
Transparent red or amber
Powerful halogen bulbs
Light source
Halogen bulb
360 light beam
Dimensions
140 x 220 mm
Extremely rugged and durable thanks to highquality synthetic
Weight
578 g
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
Can be mounted in any orientation
System Overview
3 x 5.4 mm
85
47
20
58
110
25
220
2 x M 20
120
140
Functions
Inside the beacon, a motor-driven mirror rotates around
the halogen bulb with constant speed and thus,
generates a blinking signal.
In the event of an alarm, the beacons are activated by
the appropriate interface or functional modules of the
fire panel.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE

EN 60529
IP 65
temperature
-25C to +50C
11
Special features
5-7 mm
120
Rotation speed
Approx. 180 min-1
Lifespan
> 5,000 h
FNS-P400RTH-Y Rotating Beacon Amber, 230 V
for an additional local alarm notification
Order number FNS-P400RTH-Y
FNS-P400RTH-R Rotating Beacon Red, 230 V
for an additional local alarm notification
Order number FNS-P400RTH-R
Accessories
Mounting Bracket for FNS-P400RTH
for easy wall-mounting of the FNS-P400RTH Rotating
Beacon; mounting bracket material: polycarbonate.
Order number FNA-P400RBA-MB
FNS-P400RTH
A right-angle mounting bracket can be ordered
separately for easy wall mounting
416 | Notification Appliances | Visual Notification Appliances
BZ 1060
BZ 500 LSN
UEZ 1000 LSN
UEZ 2000 LSN
UGM 2020.
Notice
When connected to the BZ 1060, a resistance of
10 /2 W in series is switched.
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
PB 2005 Strobe Red, 24 V, consisting of a gray lower part

and a signal part of red, transparent acrylic glass
The PB 2005 Strobe is a signaling device for visual
alarm. It is designed for connection to fire panels.
Features
Operating voltage
18 V DC . . . 30 V DC
Current consumption
230 mA
Power consumption
5.6 W
Reliable, bright light, and long-lived with Xenon

flash tubes
Cable entry
M20
Polarity-safe connections
Housing material
Plastic, ABS
Cable feed surface and flush-mounted possible
Housing color
Graphite gray, RAL 7024
Signal strobe lens material
PC
Signal strobe lens color
Red transparent
166 mm x 111 mm x 128 mm
Weight
Approx. 310 g
System Overview
168,2
11
Electrical
Mechanics
111,2
130,5
Functions
The strobe lamps are located in the transparent
upper section of the signaling device. This issues
flashes of red light when controlled via the central
fire panel.
The blink frequency is once a second.
The circuit board has a protective lacquer.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
IP 55
temperature
-30C . . . +55C
-40C . . . +70 C
90%
Special features
Flash strength
5.0 J
Flash frequency
1 Hz
Service life*
8 million flashes
*) After approx. 8 million flashes, the light emission

amounts to only 70% of the initial power. The flash tube
has then become only a bit darker.
PB 2005
Signaling device for visual alarm, for connection to fire
panels
Order number PB 2005
11
Functions
The LSN Strobe can only be used with the
FNM420ABS Base Sounders or the MSS 400 LSN and
the MSS 401 LSN Detector Base Sounders providing a
combination of visual and acoustic signaling. Mounted
on the MS 400 Detector Base, the FNS420R can be
used as a strobe without acoustic signaling.
Both applications are easily integrated into an existing
Local SecurityNetwork (LSN).
Notice
The FNS420R LSN Strobe cannot be used with
the MSS series standalone or conventional
sounders.

Complies with EN5417:2005
The FNS420R LSN Strobe is an optical signaling device

and can be connected exclusively to the fire panels
FPA5000 and FPA1200.
Certification
Europe
CE
FNS-420-R LSN
CPD
0786-CPD-20531 FNS-420-R
VdS
G 207145 FNS-420-R
MOE
UA1.016-0070272-11 FNS-420-R
Germany
Features
u
Quick installation
No additional cabling or power supply
Low consumption thanks to LED-technology
Synchronized flash rate of 1 Hz
The FNS420R LSN Strobe can be connected exclusively

to the fire panels FPA5000 and FPA1200.
System Overview
99,5 mm
40 m m
69 m m
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Electrical
Operating voltage
28 V DC (15 to 33 V DC)
Current consumption
0.5 to 6.55 mA
Light intensity
> 2 cd
Mechanical
128 mm
MSS 401 / MSS 400
Dimension (H x W)
40 x 99.5 mm
Weight
67 g
Material
PC, ABS (UL94 V2)
52 m m
11
Region
120 mm
MS 400
Operating temperature
-20 C to 60 C

EN 60529
IP 42
optical signaling device that can be connected to the
fire panels FPA5000 and FPA1200
Order number FNS-420-R
Electrical
Operating voltage
9 V DC to 30 V DC
Current consumption
24 V
88 mA
12 V
185 mA
Mechanics
The FNS-320 Beacons are universally employable

signaling devices for optical alarm and designed for
connection to fire panels.
Features
Housing material
ABS V0 + PC
Base color
Red, RAL 3001
Dimensions ( x H)
93 mm x 121 mm
Weight
180 g
EN 60529
IP 21C (IP 65)*
temperature
-20 C to +70 C
Reliable, bright light, and long-lived with Xenon

flash tubes
*Manufacturers specification, not third party verified
For operating voltage 12 V DC and 24 V DC
Special features
Light output
10 cd (1.25 J)
Functions
Flash rate
1Hz
The beacon lamp is mounted in the upper, clear part of

the device. When activated via the fire panel, it flashes
with a flash rate of once a second.
The connections are protected against reverse polarity.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
FNS-320-SRD, FNS-320-SYE,
FNS-320-SWH, FNS-320-SGR
Germany
VdS
G 210038 FNS-320 Serie
The beacons are suitable for indoor and outdoor
use.
The upper part fixed to the base by a bayonet lock.
The strobe lens has screw threads and is also
secured against removal by a security screw.
FPA-5000 / FPA-1200 with NZM 0002 A or
FLM-420-NAC
(BZ 1060, BZ 500 LSN, UEZ 1000 LSN, UEZ
2000 LSN, UGM 2020)
FNS-320-SRD Beacon Red, Surface Mounting

Order number FNS-320-SRD
FNS-320-SGR Beacon Green, Surface Mounting
Order number FNS-320-SGR
FNS-320-SYE Beacon Amber, Surface Mounting
Order number FNS-320-SYE
FNS-320-SWH Beacon Clear, Surface Mounting
Order number FNS-320-SWH
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Signaling device in red, clear, amber or green
Mounting base, red, surface mounting
11
11
12
Relays
422
422 | Distributors and Relays | Relays
UAR Relays for Fire Detection

Systems
Housing color
Gray
160 x 80 x 55 mm
Weight
Approx. 300 g
UAR/12 V Universal Connection Relay
Both parts (housing and relay) are needed.
Order number FMX-UAR12-compl
Both parts (housing and relay) are needed.
Order number FMX-UAR24-compl
The Universal Connection Relay (UAR) is controlled by a

security system and handles the triggering of additional
equipment on monitored control lines.
The UAR can be, depending on the connection to the
security system, equipped with a 12 V relay or a 24 V
relay.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
UAR 12V/24V
Germany
VdS
G 178046 UAR
Parts Included
12
Qty.
Components
Relay housing with PC board and relay base
Relay 12 V
Bag with connection accessories

Qty.
Components
Relay housing with PC board and relay base
Relay 24 V
Bag with connection accessories
Operating voltage
10.5 V DC . . . 29 V DC
Permissible switching current
Max. 3 A
Switching voltage
60 V AC/DC
Switching power with AC current

load
180 VA
Permissible ambient
temperature
-25 C . . . +60 C

EN 60529
IP 54
13
Test Devices
424
Service Devices
433
424 | Test and Service Devices | Test Devices
When the tool is moved away from the detector or when

the tool times out the heater shuts off and the blower
runs for a few seconds to cool the heater.

Region
Certification
Europe
CE
Solo 461
USA
UL
URRQ.S4994, URRQ.S7201 SOLO461
Parts Included
The SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester operates with a

battery to direct heated air at heat detector sensors. It
uses a patented CAT (Cross Air Technology) system to
focus the air and direct it horizontally at the sensor
regardless of the detector's size or shape.
Features
u
Operating status display with multi-color LED
Automatic detector recognition with infrared

sensors
Automatic switch-off after 5 min. standby time
Automatic switch-off in case of battery overvoltage
Enters standby mode after 120 seconds of use
Functions
13
Cross Air Technology
Under control of a microprocessor, blown air is heated

by the element just before exiting the duct. The narrow
opening focuses the heated air into a beam. A reference
platform incorporated into the Heat Detector Tester
ensures that the beam of heated air is correctly lined up
with the sensor whatever the shape and size of the
detector.
Because the beam of hot air is blown horizontally
directly at the sensor:
Test times are dramatically reduced
Minimum power is required thereby extending
battery life
The possibility of heat damage to detector plastics
is significantly reduced
Tool Operation
When the tool is fully assembled, press the switch on

the tester to put the tool into standby mode. When the
tester is positioned so that it encloses a detector, the
detector interrupts an infrared beam turning on the
heater and blower units in the tester. Hold the tool in
place over the detector until either:
the detector alarms indicating proper operation
until the tool automatically times out indicating a
problem with the detector
Quant.
Component
SOLO720 Battery
Charging set with mains and car connector
Literature pack
Electrical
Charging set operating voltage
Alternating voltage
110 to 240 V AC ~50/60 Hz
Direct voltage
11 to 16 V DC
Mechanical
Weight
Without battery
600 g (21 oz)
With battery
1.1 kg (38.8 oz)
Dimension ( x H)
99.5 mm x 52 mm (3.9 in x 2 in)
Environmental
Operating temperature
5 C to 45 C (40 F to 115 F)
Storage temperature
-10 C to 50 C (15 F to 120 F)
Trademarks
CAT and SOLO are trademarks of No Climb Products,

Ltd.
Heat Detector Tester operating with a battery
Order number SOLO461
Accessories
Robust bag made of sturdy woven polyester for carrying
and storing test and service products.
Enables the installation and replacement of fire
detectors at high ceilings. Expandable with up to three
SOLO101 Fixed Extension Poles.
Test and Service Devices | Test Devices | 425

detectors at ceilings. Expandable with other Fixed
Extension Poles.
SOLO720 Battery
Rechargeable battery bar for the SOLO461 Heat
Detector Tester
13
SOLO330 Smoke Detector

Tester
Tests smoke detectors in place using an aerosol.
Use the SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester for in place

testing of smoke detectors using an aerosol designed to
simulate smoke particles.
Features
u
Touch-sensitive, spring-loaded mechanism for

effective, economic aerosol delivery
Clear cup allows view of detector LED
Strong and durable modern plastics technology

for long life and minimal weight
Compatible with SOLO100 and SOLO101 Poles
13
Region
Certification
USA
UL
URRQ.S24293 SOLO330
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
Literature pack
Mechanical
Detector size range1 ()
99 mm (3.9 in)
Weight
567 g (1 lb 4 oz)
Working angle
0 to 90
Only the sensing chamber needs to be sealed within

the tester cup.
Trademarks
SOLO is a trademark of No Climb Products, Ltd
SOLO100 Telescopic Access

Pole
Accessories
Extension Poles.
The SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole enables the

installation and replacement of fire detectors at high
ceilings. It can be expanded with up to three
The Telescopic Access Pole withstands high voltage
situations and is checked for Safety compliance in
accordance with the requirements of BS EN 61235
Section 12 using an applied voltage of 20 kV.
Features
u
Non-conductive at voltage of 20 kV
Expandable with up to three SOLO101 Fixed

Extension Poles
Electrical
Conductivity
13
Tested per BS EN 61235

Section 12;
applied voltage 20 kV
Mechanics
Length
Europe, Middle East,
Africa
1 m to 3.4 m (3.3 ft to 11.2 ft)
America
1.26 m to 4.5 m
(4.1 ft to 14.8 ft)
Trademarks
SOLO is a trademark of No Climb Products, Ltd.
Spare Test Beaker for Service

Set
Only for the SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester from the

service set with the product ID 2.799.330.868
Notice
The seal on the top of the Spare Test Beaker
(shown in black in the figure) is not included in
the scope of delivery!
Spare Test Beaker for Service Set
only for the SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester from the
service set with the product ID 2.799.330.868
Order number
Accessories
Seal for Test Beaker
only for the smoke detector test device from the service
set with the product ID 2.799.330.868
Order number test tool membrane
13
Solo A3001 Test Aerosol for

Optical Smoke Detectors
Spray with 250 ml Test Aerosol for Optical Smoke

Detectors,
DU = 12 pieces
Solo A3001 Test Aerosol for Optical Smoke Detectors
DU = 12 pieces
Order number Solo A3-001
13
Solo CO Testing Gas
Spray with CO testing gas for multisensor detectors

with C component.
Contents: approx. 4 l compressed gas
(DU = 12 pieces)
Solo CO Testing Gas
for multisensor detectors with C-sensor, DU = 12
pieces.
Order number Solo CO test gas
13
LSN Simulator
By imitating an LSN loop or stub, one at a time, the LSN

Simulator enables the testing of the LSN control panel
parameters.
The required SenSim software is available for download
on the BOSCH ExtraNet (authorized access only).
Suitable for:
BZ 500 LSN
UEZ 2000 LSN
UGM 2020
LSN Simulator
enables the testing of the LSN control panel parameters
Order number IPB-SIM-LSN
13
LSN Test Device
By imitating the control panel the LSN Test Device

enables the testing of the periphery.
The required PG32 software is available for download
on the BOSCH ExtraNet (authorized access only).
Suitable for:
BZ 500 LSN
UEZ 2000 LSN
UGM 2020
LSN Test Device
enables the testing of the periphery of a control panel
Order number IPB-TD-LSN
13
Test and Service Devices | Service Devices | 433
SOLO200 Detector Removal

Tool
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Plastic caps for the Detector Removal Tool

Notice
The SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole or
SOLO101 Fixed Extension Pole must be
purchased separately.
Mechanics
With its pivoting grip segments and three different

diameters, the SOLO200 Detector Removal Tool is
suitable for the insertion and removal of most fire
detectors.
The plastic caps ensure secure gripping of fire detectors
and thus also protect the detector surface against
damage.
Detector size range ()
64 m to 112 mm (2.5 to 4.4 in)
Weight
1.1 kg (2 lb 7 oz)
Working angle
max. 30
Trademarks
Use to remove and replace detectors
Features
u
Suitable for a wide range of detector sizes
Adjustable color-coded grips rotate to fit different

sized detectors
Universal joint ensures tool remains parallel with

ceiling
Functions
13
Adjustment of detector sizes
The color-coded grips use a pull and twist motion to

rotate to the desired combinations and lock into place
to fit the following detector sizes:
Color combination
Detector diameter
Yellow
64 mm to 76 mm (2.5 in to 3 in)
Yellow and red
74 mm to 93 mm (2.91 in to 3.66 in)
Yellow and blue
75 mm to 87 mm (2.95 in to 3.93 in)
Blue
86 mm to 98 mm (3 in to 3.85 in)
Blue and red
92 mm to 105 mm (3.6 in to 4.13 in)
Red
98 mm to 112 mm (3.85 in to 4.4 in)
Universal joint
A universal joint enables detector removal and

replacement even if the detector cannot be accessed
from directly underneath.
434 | Test and Service Devices | Service Devices
FME420ADAP Tool Adapter

for MS420
The FME-420-ADAPT Tool Adapter can be used in

addition to the SOLO200 Detector Removal Tool. The
plastic bowl and the adapter pole optimize the insertion
and removal of fire detectors when using detector bases
with springs (MS 420, FAAMS 420RSP).
Notice
Use the plastic bowl exclusively with the adapter
pole. On the adapter pole there is a rubber
bearing that cushions the turning motion when
removing the fire detectors and prevents
damage.
13
FME420ADAP Tool Adapter for MS420

optimize the insertion and removal of fire detectors
Order number FME-420-ADAP
Exchanger Device for

DO1101AEx and DOW 1171
Exchanger Device for the insertion and removal of the

following fire detectors:
DO1101AEx Optical Smoke Detector for Ex Areas
Parts Included
Qty.
Components
Exchanger Device for DO1101A-Ex and DOW 1171

Notice
The Exchanger Device fits only on Siemens
service poles. The service pole is not included in
the scope of delivery.
13
Exchanger Device for DO1101AEx and DOW 1171

fits only on Siemens service poles
Order number FAA-RTL-SIEMENS
SOLO100 Telescopic Access

Pole
Accessories
Extension Poles.
The SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole enables the

installation and replacement of fire detectors at high
ceilings. It can be expanded with up to three
The Telescopic Access Pole withstands high voltage
situations and is checked for Safety compliance in
Features
u
Expandable with up to three SOLO101 Fixed

Extension Poles
13
Electrical
Conductivity

Section 12;
Mechanics
Length
Africa
1 m to 3.4 m (3.3 ft to 11.2 ft)
America
1.26 m to 4.5 m
(4.1 ft to 14.8 ft)
Trademarks
The SOLO101 Fixed Extension Pole enables the

installation and replacement of fire detectors at ceilings.
Use it individually or with up to three other Fixed
Extension Poles. It also can be used with the SOLO100
Telescopic Access Pole.
The Fixed Extension Pole withstands high voltage
situations and is checked for safety compliance in
Features
u
Expandable with other Fixed Extension Pole
Extension for the SOLO100 Telescopic Access

Pole
13
Electrical
Conductivity

Section 12;
Mechanical
Length
Africa
1 m (3.3 ft)
Amerika
1.13 m (3.7 ft)
Trademarks
Extension Poles.
The SOLO610 Test Equipment Bag is made of sturdy

woven polyester with a PVC coating for carrying and
storing test and service products. It is designed with
special compartments to hold a full range of products.

Trademarks
Parts Included
Quant.
Component
13

Robust bag made of sturdy woven polyester for carrying
and storing test and service products.
Index | 439
ADC5000OPC License Key ..........................................65

Additional Key Switch .................................................173
Address Cards ...............................................................61
ADW 511 A Linear Heat Detector ................................308
ANI 0016 A Annunciator Module ....................................33
ASE for Monitored Activation of External Signaling
Devices ..................................................................174
ATBLEA Panel Control ................................................177
ATE 100 LSN Parallel Display ......................................175
ATE 100 LSN red Extension Kit, Red ...........................130
FAA420RI Remote Indicator ..............................230, 270

FAA500 LSN Base .......................................................218
FAA500BB Ceiling Mount Back Box ...................220, 260
FAA500CB Built-in Housing for Concrete Ceilings ....221,
261
FAA500R LSN Base with Relay ..................................219
FAA500RTL Exchanger Device ...................................265
FAA500SB Surface Mount Back Box ..................222, 262
FAA500SB-H Surface Mount Back Box with Damp Room
Seal ...............................................................223, 263
FAA500SPRING for Concrete/Wooden Ceilings .224, 264
.......................................................................217, 257
FAA500TR-W Trim Ring, White ...........................216, 256
FAA500TTL Test Adapter with Magnet .....................266
FAAMSR 420 Detector Base with Relay ......................227
FAD420HSEN Duct Smoke Detector .........................313
FAP-420/FAH-420 Automatic Fire Detectors LSN
improved version ...................................................211
FAP520 Automatic Fire Detectors LSN improved version
...............................................................................206
FAS420
Series
Aspirating
Smoke
Detectors
LSN improved version ............................................289
FAS-420-TM Series Aspirating Smoke Detectors LSN
improved version ...................................................284
FBH 0000 A Mounting Frame Large ...............................76
FCA500EEU Conventional Base EOL ........................259
FCA500EU Conventional Base ...................................258
FCP320/FCH320 Conventional Automatic Fire Detectors
.........................................................................15, 251
FCP500 Conventional Automatic Fire Detectors ...........13
FCS-320-TM Series Conventional Aspirating Smoke
Detectors ...............................................................319
FCS-320-TP Series Conventional Aspirating Smoke
Detectors ...............................................................315
FCSLWM1 Linear Heat Detector ................................306
FDP 0001 A Dummy Cover Plate .................................112
FDT 0000 A Front Door Transparent .......................85, 97
FDT 0001 A Large Front Door Transparent ....................98
FDT 0002 A Large Front Door Transparent ....................99
FDT 0003 A Front Door Transparent .....................86, 100
FHS 0000 A Mounting Frame Large with Distributor Rail
.................................................................................79
Fire Department Action Card Box ................................138
Fireray 2000 Linear Smoke Detector ...........................299
Fireray 50/100RV Linear Smoke Detectors ..................295
FLM-320-EOL2W Conventional EOL Module 2-Wire .....390
FLM-320-EOL4W-S Conventional EOL Module 4-Wire .391
FLM420/4CON Conventional Interface Modules 4wire
LSN ........................................................................352
FLM-420-EOL2W-W EOL Module LSN ..........................392
FLM-420-EOL4W EOL Module LSN ..............................393
FLM420I2 Input Interface Modules ............................370
FLM420I8R1S Octo-input Interface Module with Relay
...............................................................................367
FLM420NAC Signaling Device Interface Modules ......355
FLM420O1I1 Output-input Interface Modules ...........380
FLM420O2 Output Interface Modules .......................373
FLM-420-O8I2-S Octo-output Interface Module with
2 Inputs .................................................................376
FLM420RHV Relay High Voltage Interface Modules ...358
FLM-420-RLE-S Extinguishing Interface Module ..........384
FLM420RLV1 Relay Interface Modules Low Voltage ..361
FLM420RLV8S Octo-relay Interface Module Low Voltage
...............................................................................364
B
Base for DO1101AEx Smoke Detector ........................279
BAT 100 LSN Display Panel .........................................188
Battery 12 V / 10 Ah ....................................................201
Battery 12 V / 24 Ah ....................................................202
Battery 12 V / 38 Ah ............................................101, 203
Battery 12 V / 6.5 Ah ...................................................199
BCM0000B Battery Controller Module ........................30
BS ATE 100 LSN Primary Extension Kit, Red ..............129
BS NRKN Network Relay Card ............................134, 171
C
Cables .........................................................................104
CBB 0000 A Cable Set BCM/Battery ...........................107
Components for Smoke Aspiration Systems ...............294
Control for Key Deposit ...............................................148
Control for Transmission Units ....................................147
Conventional Manual Call Points for Ex Areas .............348
CPA 0000 A Cable Set AT 2000 ...................................108
CPH 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for 6 Modules, Frame
Installation ...............................................................70
CPR 0001 A Printer Cable ...........................................105
CRP 0000 A Cable Set Redundant Panel Controller ....106
CZM 0004 A 4 Zone Conventional Module .....................40
D
DBZ 1193A Detector identification ..............................245
DBZ 1191 Additional Base ...........................................280
DBZ 1192 Additional Base for Damp Rooms ...............281
DBZ 1193A Detector Identification .............................282
DIB 0000 A Distribution Box ..........................................94
DO1101AEx Optical Smoke Detector for Ex Areas .....254
Document Bag .............................................................143
DR 2020 T Log Printer without Roll-up Equipment ......167
DR 2020 T/AV Log Printer with Roll-up Equipment ......166
DR 500 T/AV Tabletop Printer .....................................139
DZW 1171 Radio Test Unit ..........................................243
E
ENO 0000 A Fire Service Interface Module ....................54
ENO 0000 B Fire Service Interface Module ....................44
Installation ..............................................................72
ERLE 10 Line Extension ..............................................125
ERSE 10 Interface Extension .......................................126
ERT100 Module for Loop System Power Supply .121, 157
ERWE 10 voltage converter .........................................120
EV FUEM2 Power Supply Filter ....................................179
Event Database ...........................................................151
Exchanger Device for DO1101AEx and DOW 1171 .....435
Exchanger device for the DOW 1171 RF smoke detector
...............................................................................246
440 | Index
FLMI 420S Short Circuit Isolator ...............................388

FLMIFB126S Surface-mounted Housing ....................387
FMC210DM Double Action Call Points ......................333
FMC210SM Single Action Call Points ........................336
FMC300RW Single Action Call Points ...................17, 338
FMC420RW Single Action Call Points LSN improved ..330
Field ......................................................................346
FMCSPGLDEIL Spare Glasses ...................................347
FME420ADAP Tool Adapter for MS420 ......................434
FMH 0000 A Mounting Frame Medium ..........................77
FMR-5000 Remote Keypad ............................................62
FMXFSOGLT Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets (Blank)
...............................................................................345
FMXFSOLSN Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets (Blank)
...............................................................................344
FMXIFB55S Interface Box Surface-mount ..................386
FNM-320 Sounders Conventional ..........................19, 408
FNM-420-A Sounder Indoor .........................................401
FNM-420-B-RD Sounder Outdoor, Red ........................406
FNM-420U Sounders, uninterruptible ..........................410
FNM-420U-A-BS Base Sounders (Indoor), uninterruptible
...............................................................................412
FNS-320 Beacons Conventional ....................................21
FNS420R LSN Strobe, Red ........................................418
FNS-P400RTH Rotating Beacons .................................415
FPA-1200 Fire Panel ....................................................116
FPA5000 With Functional Modules ...............................24
FPC-500 Conventional Fire Panel ..................................10
FPE5000UGM Interface Module ..................................38
FPP5000 External Power Supply Unit Kit 24 V/6 A .....197
FPP5000TI Trouble Interface for FPP5000 ...............194
FPP-5000 ...............................................................196
FRAY5000-EN Linear Smoke Detector .........................303
FRB 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit, Large ..................82
FRK 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit ............................96
FRM 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit, Medium ..............83
FRS 0019 A 19" Rack Installation Kit, Small .................84
FSH 0000 A Mounting Frame Small ...............................78
FSM-2000 Fire Monitoring System ..............................113
G
Gel Battery 12 V / 7.2 Ah .............................................200
H
Hardware accessories and changes to existing security
systems ................................................................154
HBC 0010 A Modular Panel Housing for 10 Modules .....90
.................................................................................91
HCP 0006 A Modular Panel Housing for 6 Modules .......89
HMP 0003 A Mounting Plate for Mounting Frame ..........81
Housings for Frame Installation .....................................66
Housings for Wall Mounting ..........................................87
HPW 11 AC Alarm Horn ..............................................400
I
ICPBSTRSP Panel Relay Plug-in Board ......................141
ICPLSA20 Connection Strip ......................................172
ICPLSA20 Connection Strip ....................................142
Infrared Flame Detectors ............................................311
Input per Text Line ......................................................152
Instruction on the basis of the user guide, per
commenced 15 minutes .........................................155
IOP 0008 A Input/Output Module ..................................46
IOS 0020 A 20 mA Communication Module ...................42
IOS 0232 A RS232 Communication Module ..................43
Isolator Type YBOR/SCI .....................................123, 164
K
Key Switch ..................................................................131
L
Lithium Block Battery 9 V for Optical RF Smoke Detector
DOW 1171 .............................................................204
LSN RF Fire Detection System ....................................238
LSN Simulator .............................................................431
LSN Test Device ..........................................................432
LSN 0300 A LSN improved Module 300 mA ...................34
LSN 1500 A LSN improved Module 1500 mA .................36
LVM 100 Line Extension Module .................................156
M
MH 400 Detector Heating Element ......................233, 273
MK 400 Detector Console ...................................232, 272
MOD 300 Modem ................................................135, 161
Mounting Bracket for Fire Detectors on False Floor Stilts
.......................................................................231, 271
Mounting Kit 19" for BZ 500 LSN ................................137
DIN 14623 .....................................................229, 269
Frame Installation ....................................................71
MS 400 Detector Bases .......................................225, 278
MS 420 LSN Detector Base with Spring ......................226
MSC 420 Additional Base with Damp Room Seal 228, 267
MSD 320 Conventional Detector Base with Diode ......268
MSS Detector Base Sounders .....................................396
N
N4387A Linear Heat Series ..........................................323
N4387A Linear Heat Series Cables ..............................325
N4387A Linear Heat Series Extensions ........................327
NZM 0002 A Notification Appliance Zone Module ..........52
O
Options Plate ..............................................................136
P
Panel Controller ............................................................58
Panel Points of the Central Functions .........................153
Panel Rails ....................................................................56
PMF 0004 A Power Supply Big, Frame Installation ........75
Power Supply Brackets ...............................................102
PSB 0004 A Power Supply ............................................93
PSF 0002 A Power Supply Small, Frame Installation .....74
PSK 0001 A Labelling Strips, Wide ..............................111
PSL 0001 A Labelling Strips, Small .............................110
PSS 0002 A Power Supply Small ...................................92
Punched, Self-adhesive Foil Sets (Blank), for Operating
Panel and Labeling Field ........................................343
Index | 441
R
...............................................................................244
RLE 0000 A Junction Board EU ....................................80
RLU 0000 A Junction Board ..........................................95
RMH 0002 A Relay Module ...........................................50
RML 0008 A Relay Module ............................................48
RTBL Relay ..................................................................178
RTP Panel Relay Module ......................................133, 163
S
.......................................................................283, 350
SEMO 1 Interface Card ...............................................168
Service Switch for Exstinguishing Systems .................176
Service Switch for Extinguishing Systems ...................140
SIV 28 Fuse Distributor 28 V ...............................124, 165
SK 400 Protective Basket ....................................234, 274
SM 20 Interface Module ......................................127, 159
SM 24 Interface Module ......................................128, 160
SM 485 Interface Module ............................................169
Solo A3001 Test Aerosol for Optical Smoke Detectors .....
429
Solo CO Testing Gas ...................................................430
SOLO100 Telescopic Access Pole .......................427, 436
SOLO101 Fixed Extension Pole ...................................437
SOLO200 Detector Removal Tool ................................433
SOLO330 Smoke Detector Tester ...............................426
SOLO610 Test Equipment Bag ....................................438
Spare Test Beaker for Service Set ...............................428
SSK 400 Protective Dust Cover ...........................235, 275
Switching the Detector Zones to Daytime Operation ..149
System Interface for Networking the BZ 500 LSN .......150
T
TD32DC Telemodem ..................................................170
TeleService ..................................................................145
TeleService Software Package ....................................146
Thermal Paper for Printer ............................................144
THP 2020 A Thermal Printer .......................................109
TP4 400 Support Plate for Detector Identification .....236,
276
TP8 400 Support Plate for Detector Identification .....237,
277
TRN Panel Relay Module .....................................132, 162
U
UAR Relays for Fire Detection Systems .......................422
UPS 2416 A Universal Power Supply ...........................103
.................................................................................73

Databook Fire Alarm Systems En54 en 3868942603

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Databook Fire Alarm Systems En54 en 3868942603

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Databook Fire Alarm Systems En54 en 3868942603

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advantage Line

FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel

FPA-1200 Fire Panel

Power Supplies and Batteries

Automatic Fire Detectors

Manual Call Points

Interface and EOL Modules

Distributors and Relays

Test and Service Devices

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Housings for Frame Installation FPA-5000

Fire Alarm Panels

FPC-500 Conventional Fire Panel

FCP500 Conventional Automatic Fire

Manual Call Points

FMC300RW Single Action Call Points

Housings for Frame Installation

Audible Notification Appliances

Accessories - Frame Installation FPA-5000

FNM-320 Sounders Conventional

Visual Notification Appliances

FNS-320 Beacons Conventional

FBH 0000 A Mounting Frame Large

FPA-5000 Modular Fire Panel

Modular Fire Panel FPA-5000

FPA5000 With Functional Modules

Housings for Wall Mounting

Panel Rails FPA-5000

Accessories - Wall Mounting FPA-5000

Panel Controller FPA-5000

RLU 0000 A Junction Board

Power Supplies FPA-5000

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Cable Sets and Accessories FPA-5000

Accessories - BZ 500 LSN

FSM-2000 Fire Monitoring System

ERWE 10 voltage converter

FPA-1200 Fire Panel

FPA-1200 Fire Panel

FPA-1200 Fire Panel

Bosch Security Systems B.V.

Accessories - UEZ 2000 LSN

Automatic Fire Detectors

LVM 100 Line Extension Module

FAP520 Automatic Fire Detectors LSN

Accessories - Series 500 LSN and 520 LSN

FAA500TR-W Trim Ring, White

Accessories - Series 420 LSN improved

MS 400 Detector Bases

LSN RF Fire Detection Systems

LSN RF Fire Detection System

Accessories - LSN RF Fire Detection System

DZW 1171 Radio Test Unit

FPC-500 Conventional Fire Panel

LSN Display Panels

BAT 100 LSN Display Panel

Power Supplies and Batteries

Type 519, 24 V/0.35 A Power Supply Unit